ARTICLES
Otlar oldidan qo’llanuvchi so’z turkumi- artikl deyiladi va ular 2 ga bo’linadi:
1) Indefinite Articles- Noaniq artikllar
2) Definite Articles- Aniq artikllar
Ingliz tilida noaniq artikllar – “a” va “an”
Agar so’z undosh harf bilan boshlansa “a” noaniq artikli qo’llaniladi: a book,
a door, a teacher…
Agar so’z unli harf bilan boshlansa, “an” noaniq artikli qo’llaniladi: an egg,
an apple, an iron…
Ammo, ba’zi unli va undosh harflar bilan boshlangan otlar oldidan a noaniq
artikli qo’llaniladi:
(ju:): a european
a house
a university
a home
a uniform
a half
a eulogy
(v): a one- eyed
a universal
a euphemism
a eucalyptus
a union
Ba’zi unli va undosh harflar bilan boshlangan so’zlar oldidan doim “an”
artikli qo’llaniladi:
(-): an hour
(^): an uncle
an heir
an umbrella
an herbal
an unnatural
an honor
an understanding
Indefinite Articles
(Noaniq Artikllar)
1) So’zlovchi va tinglovchi nutqida, gapda ular tomonidan birinchi marta
qo’llanilayotgan narsa- predmetlar oldidan noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi. Bu
holatda, o’sha narsa- predmetlarning hech qanday belgi- hususiyati, kimga
tegishli ekanligi va turgan joyi haqida ma’lumot berilmaydi yoki gapda
ko’rsatilmaydi:
This is a book.
This is a table.
There is a man and a boy outside.
2) Biror bir narsa- predmet gapda bir necha bor qo’llanilishiga qaramasdan otkesim vazifasida oldidan sifat kelsa, noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi:
This is a book.
It is a good book.
It is an interesting book.
Noaniq artikllar birlik artikllari hisoblanib, faqat sanaladigan, birlikdagi
otlar oldidan qo’llaniladi:
A book, a boy…
3) Noaniq artikllar “one” so’zidan kelib chiqqan bo’lib “bitta, birorta” degan
ma’noni anglatadi. Bu holatda, so’zlovchining nutqi va e’tibori aynan bir narsapredmetga emas, balki ko’p sonli narsa- predmetlardan biriga qaratilgan bo’ladi
(qaysi biri bo’lsa ham):
Bring me a chair
Pass me an apple
Give me a book.
Call me a boy.
Noaniq artikllar “one” so’zi o’rnida sonlarga nisbatan ham qo’llanilishi
mumkin:
One hundred times (yuz marta) = A hundred times
One thousand soum (yuz so’m) = A thousand soum.
1
4) Kishi kasbini bildirgan otlar ot- kesim vazifasida birlikda kelsa, ular
oldidan noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi:
I am a teacher.
He is a doctor.
Ammo kishi kasbini bildirgan otlar ot- kesim vazifasida ko’plikda kelsa, ular
oldidan artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
We are × teachers.
They are × doctors.
Kishi kasbini bildirgan otlar birlikda ega vazifasida kelganda, ular oldidan
aniq artikl “the” qo’llaniladi:
The teacher asked me a question.
Ammo kishi kasbini bildirgan otlar umumiy ma’noda biror kasb haqida
umumiy ma’lumot bersa, ular oldidan noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi:
A teacher is someone who teaches pupils.
Kishi kasbini bildirgan otlar ko’plikda, umumiy ma’noda, ega vazifasida kelsa,
ular oldidan artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
×Teachers work more than engineers.
Ammo kishi kasbini bildirgan otlar ko’plikda, ega vazifasida, aniq ma’noda
kelsa, ular oldidan aniq artikl “the” qo’llaniladi:
The teachers in our lyceum work more than engineers.
5) Ma’lumki noaniq artikllar sifat + ot birikmasi oldidan qo’llaniladi:
A good book
A clever boy
Ammo sifatlar oldidan “so”, “too” (shunday, juda) ravishlari kelsa, noaniq
artikllar sifat + ot birikmasi o’rtasidan qo’llaniladi:
So good a book
Too clever a boy
6) “Such”(shunday), “Quite”(juda), “Rather”(biroz) ravishlaridan so’ng
sanaladigan otlar birlikda kelsa, noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi:
Such a clever boy
Quite an interesting film
Rather a cold day
Ammo bu ravishlardan so’ng sanaladigan otlar ko’plikda kelsa, yoki
sanalmaydigan otlar kelsa, ular oldidan artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
Such ×clever boys.
Such ×good ink
Quite × interesting films.
Quite ×nice scenery
Rather ×cold days.
Rather ×cold wheather.
NOTE: Noaniq artikllar “rather” ravishidan oldin ham, keyin ham qo’llanila
oladi:
Rather a cold day = A rather cold day.
7) “What” so’roq olmoshi his- hayajon gaplarda kelsa, undan so’ng
sanaladigan otlar birlikda kelsa, ular oldidan noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi:
What a clever boy! – qanday aqlli bola
What a cold day! – qanday sovuq kun
“What” so’roq olmoshidan so’ng sanaladigan otlar ko’plikda kelsa, yoki
sanalmaydigan otlar kelsa, artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
What ×cold days!
What ×nice scenery!
What ×clever boys!
What ×cold weather!
8) “To have”, “there is” iboralaridan so’ng sanaladigan otlar birlikda kelsa,
ular oldidan noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi:
I have a book – meni kitobim bor
There is a book on the table – stolda kitob bor
2
Ammo bu iboralardan so’ng sanaladigan otlar ko’plikda kelsa, yoki
sanalmaydigan otlar kelsa, artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
I have ×books
I have ×time
There are ×books on the table
There is×water in the pail
9) Sanaladigan birlikdagi otlar “called” (nomli, nomlangan) so’zi oldidan
to’ldiruvchi, kesim, hol vazifasida kelsa, ular oldidan noaniq artikllar
qo’llaniladi:
I read a book called “Jane Eyre” – men “Jeyn Eyre” nomli kitob o’qidim
This is a film called “Harry Potter” – bu “Garri Potter” deb nomlangan film
Yesterday, I went to a restaurant called “Zarafshan” – kecha, men “Zarafshon”
nomli restoranga bordim
Ammo sanaladigan birlikdagi otlar “called” so’zi oldidan ega vazifasida kelsa,
ular oldidan aniq artikl “the” qo’llaniladi:
The book called “Jane Eyre” is interesting.
The film called “Harry Potter” is astonishing.
10) Noaniq artikllar (a, an) gapda “har qanday” degan ma’noni berishi ham
mumkin va bu o’rinda ular “every” olmoshiga sinonim bo’lib keladi:
A room has 4 corners = Every room has 4 corners (Har bir xonani to’rtta burchagi
bor)
A child can understand this sentence = Every child can understand this sentence
(Har bir bola bu gapni tushuna oladi)
Definite article
(Aniq Artikl)
1) So’zlovchi va tinglovchi nutqida ular tomonidan gapda ikkinchi marotaba
yoki takroran qo’llanilgan ot (narsa- predmet) oldidan aniq artikl “the”
qo’llaniladi. Bu holatda o’sha narsa- predmetlarning ma’lum bir belgilari, turgan
joyi, kimga tegishli ekanligi haqida ma’lumot beriladi yoki gapda ko’rsatib
o’tiladi:
Indefinite article:
This is a book
It is an apple
This is a pen
There is a man and a boy outside
Definite article:
The book is interesting
The apple is on the table
The pen is mine
The man is a teacher and the boy his
son
2) Aniq artikl “the” ingliz tilidagi “this”, “that” ko’rsatish olmoshlaridan kelib
chiqib, “o’sha” degan ma’noni anglatadi. Bu holatda so’zlovchining nutqi va
e’tibori aynan bir narsa- predmetga qaratilgan bo’ladi:
Indefinite article:
Bring me a book – menga bitta kitob
ber
Give me a pen – menga birorta ruchka
ber
Definite article:
Bring me the book – menga o’sh
kitobni ber
Give me the pen – menga o’sh
ruchkani ber
Artikllarning qo’llanilish holatlari
1) Sifatlarning orttirma darajasi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
3
The longest river – eng uzun daryo
The most interesting film – eng qiziqarli film
The best book – eng yaxshi kitob
Ammo oddiy darajadagi sifatlar gapda yakka holda kelsa, ular oldidan
artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
This river is ×long – daryo uzun
This book is ×good – bu kitob yaxshi
This film is ×interesting – bu film qiziqarli
2) Tartib sonlar oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The first chapter – birinchi bob
The third text – uchinchi matn
The second lesson – ikkinchi dars
The fourth room – to’rtinchi xona
Ammo sanoq sonlar va ularning birikmalari oldidan artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
×One
×Chapter one
×Two
×Lesson two
×Three ×Text three
×Four
×Room four
Bundan tashqari, tartib sonlar gapda sanash ohangida ketma- ketlikni ifodalab
kelsa, ular oldidan noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi:
Suddenly, I heard a cry, then a second, a third and a fourth – to’satdan, bir qichqiriq
eshitdim, keyin ikkinchisi, uchinchisi va to’rtinchisi eshitildi
A boy intered the room, then a second, a third, a fourth and a fifth – xonaga bir bola
kirdi, keyin ikkinchisi, uchinchisi, to’rtinchisi va beshinchisi kirdi
Ammo, sanoq sonli birikmalar aniq vaziyatda kelsa, yoki boshqa bir
aniqlovchi bilan birikib kelsa, ular oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
Mr. John’s daughter Sarah and Mr Winke’s nice Nora Share are in the same
apartment. But the two girls don’t get on well – janob Jonsonning qizi Sara va janob
Vinklning jiyani Nora Sheya bir xonada yashashadi. Ammo bu ikki qiz kelisholmaydi
The two missing travellers were found yesterday (yo’qolgan sayyohlar kecha topildi)
- × Two travelers were found yesterday (kecha 2 ta sayyoh topildi)
3) “Where” so’roq olmoshi bilan boshlangan gaplarda, narsa- predmetlar nomi
oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi. Bu vaziyatda, so’zlovchining nutqi va
e’tibori aynan o’sha narsa- predmetga qaratilgan bo’ladi:
Where is the red pen? – qizil qalam qayerda?
Where is the water? – suv qayerda?
Where is the book? – kitob qayerda?
4) Ma’lum bir obyekt ichida, aynan o’sha obyektga tegishli bo’lgan narsapredmetlar nomi oldidan aniq artikl “the” qo’llaniladi:
The walls are blue – devorlar ko’k rangda
Open the door – eshikni och
The ceiling is white – shift oq rangda
Close the window – derazani yoping
The floor is brown – fol malla rangda
5) Kishi ismi yoki familiyasi butun bir oilani anglatsa, ular oldidan “the” aniq
artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Olimovs
The Petrovs
The Smiths
4
The Olimovs attented the wedding – Olimovlar to’yda qatnashishdi
Ammo, butun oilaning bir vakili nazarda tutilsa, kishi ismi yoki familiyasi
oldidan noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi:
An Olimov attented the party – Olimov kechada qatnashdi
6) Kema nomlari oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Titanic
The Marry Jane
The Pscow
The Victor Hugo
The Queen Elizabeth.
The Titanic sank in 1912 – Titanik 1912-yili cho’kkan
The soldiers were loading the goods on the Victor Hugo – soldatlar Viktor Gugoga
mahsulotlarni yuklashayotgan edi
Last year, I had a wonderful voyage on the Queen Elizabeth – o’tgan yili men
Qirolicha Elizabetda ajoyib sayohat qildim
7) Ingliz va Amerika gazeta va jurnallari nomi hamda boshqa mamlakatlarda
chop etiladigan inglizcha jurnallar, xalq jurnallari nomlari oldidan “the”
aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Times
The Morning Star
The Moscow Times
The
Ma’rifat
The Tribune
The Korean Times
The
Xalk Suzi.
The Forbes
8) Mehmonxona, muzey, galeriya, kinoteatr, stadion, kafe- bar, restorant,
teatrlar nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Savoy hotel
The Vatan cinema
The Intercontinental hotel
The Classic cinema
The British museum
The Ermitage
The Temurid’s museum
The Trediakov gallery
The National gallery
The Art gallery
The Bolshoy theatre
The Navoi theatre
The Nasaf stadium
The Pakhtakor stadium
The Uzbekistan restaurant
The Bombay restaurant
The Pulsar Pub
The Ship- Inn Pub.
The Classic café
The Mister café.
9) Tarixiy hujjatlar nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Constitution
The decloration of Independence –
Mustaqillik Dekloratsiyasi
10) Ma’lum bir narsa- predmetlar oilasi ichidan ularning aynan bir turini
ajratib ko’rsatilsak, ular oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
Animals:
The dog is a domestic
Flowers:
The rose is beautiful –
5
Insects:
The bee is a hard- working
animal – it-uy hayvoni
insect – ari- mehnatkash
hasharot
atirgul chiroyli
11) Tashkilotlar nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Ministry of trade – Savdo Vazirligi
The United National Organization – Birlashgan Millatlar Tashkiloti
The Unesco – Yunesko tashkiloti
12) Tarixiy obida, yodgorlik, monumentlar nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli
qo’llaniladi:
The Amir Temur monument
The Great Walk
The Lincoln memorial
The Statue of Liberty.
13) Davlatlarning siyosiy partiyalari, siyosiy idoralar nomi oldidan “the” aniq
artikli qo’llaniladi:
The National Democratic Party
The Senat
The Adolat Social Democratic Party
The Ohy Majlis
The Congress
The Supreme Counsil
The Parlament
14) Kishilarning jamiyatdagi sinflari, tabaqalari nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli
qo’llaniladi:
The Working class - Ishchilar sinfi
The Bouergeouse - Burjuaziya
The Proletatariat
The Aristocratic - Aristokratiya
15) Otlashgan sifatlar oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
Adjective:
1. Rich - boy
Mr. Jones is a rich man – janob
Jonson boy odam
2. Poor - kambag’al
Smith is a poor peasant – Smit
kambag’al dehqon
3. Injured - yarador
There is an injured soldier – bir
yarador soldat bor
4. Unemployed - ishsiz
He is an unemployed worker – u
ishsiz ishchi
Noun:
1. The rich - boylar
The rich always help the people –
boylar doim xalqqa yordam beradi
2. The poor - kambag’allar
The poor are always silent –
kambag’allar doim jim
3. The injured - yaradorlar
The injured were taken to hospital –
yaradorlar shifoxonaga yotqizildi
4. The unemployed - ishsizlar
The unemployed have a hard live –
ishsizlar qiyin yashaydi
16) Izohlovchi bilan kelgan har qanday ot oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
Oddiy holat:
This is a book – bu kitob
These are ×books – bu kitoblar
This is ×money – bu pul
Izohlovchi bilan:
This is the book which Peter gifted
me on my birthday – bu Pitr tug’ilgan
kunimda sovg’a qilgan kitob
These are the books which were
written by Pushkin – bu Pushkin
tomonidan yozilgan kitoblar
This is the money which mother gave
me to buy a book – bu onam kitob sotib
6
×Water is necessary for life – suv
hayot uchun zarur
This is ×Peter – bu Pitr
olishim uchun bergan pul
The water in the pool is cold –
chelakdagi suv sovuq
This is the Peter who is in form 10 –
bu 10-sinfda o’qiydigan Pitr
17) Xalq va millat nomini bildirgan otlar oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi
(Agar butun bir xalq yoki millatning bir vakili nazarda tutilsa, ular oldidan
noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi):
The Uzbeks- the Uzbek people - an Uzbek
The English- the English people - an Englishman (an Englishwoman).
The French- the French people - a frenchman (a Frenchwoman).
18) Biror millat tili nomini bildirgan otlarga “language” so’zi qo’shib aytilsa,
ular oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Uzbek language
The English language
The Uzbek language is mainly spoken in Uzbekistan – o’zbek tilida, asosan,
O’zbekistonda gaplashiladi
The English language is spoken nearly all over the world – ingliz tilida deyarli
butun jahonda gaplashiladi
Ammo til nomlariga “language” so’zi qo’shilmaganda, yoki ular fan ma’nosida
kelganda, ular oldidan artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
I’m learning ×English – men ingliz tilini o’rganayapman
I have ×English today – bugun ingliz tili darsim bor
19) Ixtirolar nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The wheel - g’ildirak
The telephone
The laser
The telescope
The prehistoric people invented the wheel in the Bronze Age- Ibtidoiy odamlar
bronza davrida g’ildirakni kashf qilishdi
The radio was invented by Popov- Radio Popov tomonidan kashf qilingan
Mustasno holat: I have a radio at home – uyimda radio bor
There is a telephone on the table – stolning ustida telefon bor
Bu holatda, ixtiro nazarda tutilmaganligi uchun noaniq artikl qo’llanilgan
20) Tarixiy davrlar nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Bronze Age - Bronza davri
The Stone Age - Tosh asri
The Middle Age - O’rta asrlar
The Jurassic period - Yura davri
Z. M. Bobur invented India in the Middle Ages – Bobur o’rta asrlarda Hindistonni
kashf qildi
The people used stone instruments in the Stone Age – odamlar tosh asrida tosh
qurollardan foydalanganlar
21) Geografik hududlar nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The North Pole - Shimoliy qutb
The South Pole - Janubiy qutb
The Far East - Uzoq sharq
7
The Middle East - O’rta sharq
22) Buyuk shaxslar haqida gapirib, ularga ta’rif bersak, berilayotgan ta’rif
oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
Alisher Navoi, the great Uzbek poet and thinker was born in Heart – buyuk o’zbek
shoiri va olimi Alisher Navoyi Hirotda tug’ilgan
Mark Twain, the famous American writer died in 1910 – mashhur Amerikalik
yozuvchi Mark Tvin 1910-yili vafot etgan
Ammo, oddiy shaxslar haqida gapirib, ularga ta’rif bersak, berilayotgan ta’rif
oldidan “a” va “an” noaniq artikllari qo’llanadi:
Petrov, a talanted young engineer works at our factory – iqtidorli, yosh muhandis
Petrov bizning zavodda ishlaydi
23) Hukmdorlarning unvonlari va laqablari nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli
qo’llaniladi:
Alexander the Great – Buyuk Aleksandr
Napoleon the third – Napaleon ІІІ
Ivan the terrible - Qo’rqinchli Ivan
Akbar the second – Akbar ІІ
Peter the Great – Buyuk Pyotr
George Bush the little – Kichkina
Bush
24) Davlatlarning pul birliklari nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The soum
The rupee
The euro
The escudo
The dollar
The rouble
The soum is the currency of Uzbekistan – so’m- O’zbekistonning pul birligi
25) Dunyoda tanho bo’lgan otlar oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The sun - quyosh
The sky - osmon
The moon - oy
The world - dunyo
The sun rises in the East and sets in the West – quyosh sharqdan chiqib g’arbga
botadi
Ammo ularning ma’lum bir jihati ajratib ko’rsatilsak, ular oldidan noaniq
artikllar qo’llanilishi mumkin:
A pleasant, warm, april sun heated the weather in the morning – yoqimli, iliq, aprel
quyoshi tongni qizitdi
There appeared a round, fool moon in the sky – osmonda dumaloq, to’lin oy ko’rindi
26) Samo jismlari nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The cosmos - fazo
The Universe - borliq
The Milky way - somon yo’li
The Galaxy – gallaktika
Ammo, “Space” so’zi “fazo” ma’nosida kelsa, artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
There are many planets in ×Space – fazoda ko’plab sayyoralar bor
Ammo, “Space” so’zi “bo’sh joy” ma’nosida kelsa, ular oldidan “the” aniq
artikli qo’llaniladi:
The space in the room – xonadagi bo’sh joy
The space between two houses – ikki soat oralig’idagi bo’sh vaqt
Bundan tashqari, planeta nomlari kichik harflar bilan yozilganda, ular oldidan
“the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The earth
The mars
8
A lot of wars have happened on the earth – yer yuzasida ko’plab urushlar sodir
bo’lgan
Ammo, planeta nomlari katta harflar bilan yozilganda, ular oldidan artikllar
qo’llanilmaydi:
In ancient Times, people believe that ×Earth is square – qadimda odamlar yerni
to’rtburchak shaklda deb ishonganlar
Scientists began to explore ×Mars in the 1990s – olimlar marsni 1990-yildan boshlab
tadqiq etganlar
27) Dunyoning to’rt tomoni nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The North - shimol
The East - sharq
The South - janub
The West – g’arb
Karshi is situated in the South – Qarshi janubda joylashgan
I live in the North – men shimolda yashayman
Ammo, to’rt tomon nomi mamlakat yoki qit’a nomlari bilan birikib, biror
mamlakat yoki qit’ani ifodalab kelsa, ular oldidan artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
×North America – Shimoliy Amerika
×South America – Janubiy Amerika
×North Korea – Shimoliy Koreya
×South Korea – Janubiy Koreya
Mustasno holat:
The North of America - Amerikaning shimoli
The South of America - Amerikaning janubi
The North of Korea - Koreyaning shimoli
The South of Korea - Koreyaning janubi
Bundan tashqari, tomon nomiga -ern qo’shimchasi qo’shilganda, ular oldidan
artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
×Western Europe – G’arbiy Yevropa
×Eastern Asia – Sharqiy Osiyo
×Northern Uzbekistan – Shimoliy O’zbekiston
Bundan tashqari, tomon nomlari “from… to” (-dan…-gacha) predlogi bilan
kelsa, ular oldidan artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
From ×North to ×South – Shimoldan janubga qadar
From ×East to ×West – Sharqdan g’arbga qadar
NOTE: Umuman “From… to” birikmasi bilan kelgan otlar oldidan artikllar
qo’llanilmaydi:
From ×beginning to ×end - Boshdan oxirigacha
From ×head to ×feet - Boshdan oyoq
From ×hand to ×mouth - Zo’rg’a, arang
28) Dunyo okeanlari, dengizlar, daryolar va kanallar nomlari oldidan ”the”
aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Pacific Ocean - Tinch okeani
The Black sea - Qora dengiz
The Volga - Volga daryosi
The British channe l - La-mansh bo’g’ozi
The Panama Canal - Panama kanali
The Suer canal – Suer kanali
29) Ko’l nomlari oldidan “lake” so’zi kelsa, ular oldidan artikllar
qo’llanilmaydi:
9
Lake ×Baikal
Lake ×Tahoe
Lake ×Ladoga
Ammo, “lake” so’zi kelmagan va ko’plikdagi ko’llar nomi oldidan “the” aniq
artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Baikal
The Tahoe
The Ladoga
The Great Lakes - Buyuk ko’llar
30) Bo’g’oz va ko’rfaz nomlari oldidan “the” artikli artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Bering strait
The Persian gulf
The Magellan strait
The Mexico gulf
The British channel
The Bosfore gulf
Ammo, qo’ltiq nomlari oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Autson Bay – Autson qo’ltig’i
31) Yarim orollar nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Indian Peninsula- Hindiston yarim oroli
The Arabian Peninsula- Arabiston yarim oroli
32) Tog’ tizmalari nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Alps
The Pamirs
The Ands
The Tyanshans
The Himalayas
The Rokies (= the Rocky mountains)
Ammo, yakka tog’ va tog’ cho’qqilari nomi oldidan artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
Mount ×Fuji
Peak ×Everest
Mount ×Klimanjaro
Peak ×Elburses
Mount ×Ethna
Peak ×Ben Nevis
Mount ×Vernon
Mount ×Rushmore
33) Kichkina, mayda orolchalardan tashkil topgan orol nomlari oldidan “the”
aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The British Isles: 1- England
3- Scotland
2- Irland
4- Wells
The Hawaii
The West Indies
The Bahamas
The Sceyshells
The Ozores
The Kurills
Ammo, yaxlit bir orol nomlari oldidan artikllar qo’llanilmaydi:
×Madagascar
× Sicily
×Greenland
×Creat
× Iceland
×New Zealand
34) Cho’l va sahro nomlari oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Sahara
The Kizilkum desert
The Gobi
The Karakum desert
35) Sharsharalar nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Niagara waterfall
The Victoria waterfall
36) Yil nomlari ko’plikda butun bir o’n yillik davrni ifodalab kelsa, ular oldidan
“the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
Singular:
Plural:
10
1910
1930
1940
Mark Twain died in 1910 – Mark
Tvin 1910-yili vafot etgan
The 1910s (11, 12, 13…, 18, 19, 20)
The 1930s
The 1940s
The Second World war took place in
the 1940s – Ikkinchi jahon urushi 1940yillarda bo’lib o’tgan
37) Ikki yoki undan ortiq so’zdan tashkil topgan davlat nomlari oldidan “the”
aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Russian Federation (The RF) – Rossiya Federatsiyasi
The Central African Republic (The CAR) – Markaziy Afrika Respublikasi
The United States of America (The USA) – Amerika Qo’shma Shtatlari
The United Kingdom (The UK) – Birlashgan Qirollik
The United Arab Emirates (The UAE) – Birlashgan Arab Amirliklari
Mustasno holat:
×Great Britain – Buyuk Britaniya
×New Zealand – Yangi Zellandiya
×Saudi Arabia – Saudiya Arabistoni
38) Ba’zi bir mamlakat, shahar, viloyat va o’lka nomlari oldidan “the” aniq
artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Ukraine
The Saar
The Neitherlands
The Transwaal
The Argentine
The Ruhr
The Lowlands
The Caucasus
The Highlands
The Crimea
The Philippines
The Altay
The Congo
The Krasnodar
The Sudan
The Vatikan
The Zebanon
The Hague
The Strand
39) Mamlakatlar nomi oldidan “republic” so’zi kelsa, ular oldidan “the” aniq
artikli qo’llaniladi:
×Uzbekistan - The Republic of Uzbekistan
×China - The Peoples Republic of China (Xitoy Xalq Respublikasi)
×France - The Republic of France
40) Shaharlar nomi oldidan “city”, “town” so’zlari kelsa, ular oldidan “the”
aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
×Karshi- The city of Karshi
×Kamashi- The town of
Kamashi.
×Tashkent- The city of Tashkent
×Kitob- The town of Kitob
41) Musiqa asboblari nomi “play” (chalmoq) fe’li bilan birikib kelsa, yoki
gapda ega vazifasida kelsa, ular oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
I play the guitar - men gitara chalaman
He plays the piano – men pianino chalaman
The guitar is on the table – gitara stolning ustida
The piano is in the room – pianino xonada
Ammo, musiqa asboblari nomi “to have”, “there is” iboralari bilan birikib
kelsa, yoki gapda kesim vazifasida kelsa, ular oldidan noaniq artikllar
qo’llaniladi:
11
I have a guitar – meni gitaram bor
There is a piano in the room – xonada pianino bor
42) Urush nomlari oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Korean war – Koreya urushi
The Vietnam war – Vetnam urushi
The First World war (= ×World war І ) – Birinchi jahon urushi
The Second world war ( ×World war ІІ ) – Ikkinchi jahon urushi
The Civil war - Fuqarolar urushi
The Patriotic war - Ulug’ vatan urushi
43) Harbiy battalion, brigade, aviziyalar nomi oldidan “the” aniq artikli
qo’llaniladi:
The International brigade
The British battalion
The Asian dvision
44) Bazi so’zlar oldidan “the” aniq artikli kelganda, ularning ma’nosi
butunlay o’zgaradi:
O’z ma’noda:
1) Very- juda
It is a very interesting book – bu
juda qiziqarli kitob
2) Only- faqat
I know only English – men
faqatgina ingliz tilini bilaman
3) Last- o’tgan
I saw him last week – o’tgan
haftada men uni ko’rdim
4) Next- kelasi
I will go there next week – men u
yerga kelasi hafta boraman
Ko’chma ma’noda:
1) The very- xuddi o’sha, aynan o’zi
It is the very book, I need – bu menga
zarur bo’lgan kitobning aynan o’zi
2) The only- yakka, yolg’iz
John is the only child in the family –
Jon oilasida yolg’iz farzand
3) The last- oxirgi, so’ngi
This is the last book by Mark Twain –
bu Mark Tvinning so’nggi kitobi
4) The next- keyingi, navbatdagi
The doctor called the next patient –
doctor keyingi bemorni chaqirdi
Artikllarning qo’llanmaslik holatlari:
1) Egalik olmoshlari bilan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
Singular:
My - mening
Our - bizning
Your - sening
Your - sizning
His, her, it’s - uning
Their - ularning
Plural:
2) Bayram kunlari nomi oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Navruz – Navro’z
×Easter – Pasxa
×Independence day – Mustaqillik kuni
×Christmas day - Rojdestvo
×Womens’ day – Ayollar bayrami
×Victory day – G’alaba kuni
×Easter is a religious day- Pasxa- diniy bayram
×Navruz is a national uzbek holiday – Navro’z- milliy o’zbek bayrami
3) Kishi kasbini bildirgan otlar murojat ma’nosida kelsa, artikllar
qo’llanmaydi:
×Teacher, help me to do homework – ustoz, uy vazifamni bajarishimda yordam bering
×Professor, I have a question for you – professor, sizga bir savolim bor
12
×Doctor, when shall I come to you? – doctor, huzuringizga qachon borsam bo’ladi?
4) Kishi kasbini yoki unvonini bildirib kelgan otlar, kishi ismi bilan birikib
kelsa, artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Teacher Saidov taught us at University – ustoz Saidov universitetda biz bilan birga
dars beradilar
×Professor Smirnov answered all the questions – professor Smirnov barcha
savollarga javob berdi
5) Fan nomlari oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×History - tarix
×Literature - adabiyot
×Geography - geografiya
×Physics - fizika
I am interested in ×literature – men adabiyotga qiziqaman
×Physics is my favourite subject – fizika mening sevimli fanim
Ammo, “literature” so’zi fan ma’nosida emas, balki biror davrning adabiy
jarayoni ma’nosida kelsa, “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
The literature of the 19 the centary – 19-asr adabiyoti
The literature of the Middle ages – o’rta asrlar adabiyoti
The literature of Modern America – zamonaviy Amerika adabiyoti
6) Ko’cha, shoh ko’cha, park, maydon nomlari oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Gorky street
×Independence avenue
×Navoi street
×Uzbekistan avenue
×Hyde park
×National park
For examples:
×Irafalgar square
×Independence square
I live in ×Navoi street – men Navoyi ko’chasida turaman
I saw him in the street – men uni ko’chada ko’rdim
Mustasno holat: The red square – qizil maydon
7) Kishi yoki joy nomlariga qo’yilgan otlar oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Victoria station
×London zoo
×Wastministr Abbey
×Canterburg Catherdal
×Edinburgh Castle
×Kennedey Aeroport
×Buckinham palace
8) Atoqli otlarga qaratqich kelishigi qo’shimchalari (-s’, -‘s) qo’shilganda
artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
John’s father is a doctor – Jonning otasi doktor
Karim’s book is on the table – Karimning kitobi stolning ustida
India’s economy is developing – Hindiston iqtisodi rivojlanmoqda
9) Universitet, kollej va maktab nomlari oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Oxford university
×Victoria college
×Art school
×Moscow university
×Triniti college
×Medicine school
Ammo, universitet, kollej va maktab nomlari “of ” predlogi bilan birikib kelsa,
ular oldidan “the” artikli qo’llaniladi:
The University of Oxford
The University of Moscow
13
The college of Victoria
The college of Trinite
The school of Art
The school of Medicine
10) Kishi ismlari nomi oldidan umumiy ma’noda artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×John
×Peter
×Nick
×Peter studies at university – Pitr universitetda o’qiydi
Ammo, kishi ismlari gapda izohlovchi bilan kelsa, ular oldidan “the” aniq
artikli qo’llaniladi:
The Peter whom we know studies at university – biz bilgan Pitr universitetda o’qiydi
11) Bir so’zdan iborat bo’lgan mamlakat va shahar nomlari oldidan artikllar
qo’llanmaydi:
×France
×English
×Germany
×Uzbekistan
12) Qit’a nomlari oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×South America
×Africa
×Australia
×North America
×Europe
×Asia
“Central” va “Ancient” so’zlari qit’a yoki mamlakat nomlari oldidan kelgan
holatda ham artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Central Asia – Markaziy Osiyo
×Ancient Greece – Qadimiy
Gretsiya
×Central America – Markaziy Amerika
×Ancient Rome – Qadimiy Rim
13) Modda nomlari, mavhum otlar va sanalmaydigan otlar umumiy ma’noda
kelsa, ular oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Water is necessary for life – suv hayot uchun zarur
×Life isn’t easy – hayot- oson emas
×Money is not everything – Pul-qo’lning kiri
Ammo, modda nomlari, mavhum otlar va sanalmaydigan otlar aniq ma’noda
kelsa, ya’ni ularning biror joyda turganligini, kimgadir tegishli ekanligini
ko’rsatsak, yoki ularni gapda izohlovchi bilan izohlasak, ular oldidan “the” aniq
artikli qo’llaniladi:
Pass me the water – menga suvni uzatib yuboring
The water in the pool is cold – chelakdagi suv sovuq
The money is on the table – pul stolning ustida
The life of Navoi – Navoyining hayoti
The money which mother gave me isn’t enough to buy the book – onam bergan pul
kitob sotib olishga yetmaydi
14) Ovqatlanish mahallari nomi oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
To have ×breakfast - at ×breakfast - before ×breakfast - after ×breakfast
To have ×lunch - at ×lunch - before ×lunch - after ×lunch
To have ×dinner - at ×dinner - before ×dinner - after ×dinner
To have ×supper - at ×supper - before ×supper - after ×supper
Mustasno holat: to have a meal - ovqat yemoq
14
Bu holatda, ovqat mahali nazarda tutilmaganligi sababli noaniq artikl qo’llanilgan
Ammo, ovqatlanish mahal nomlari oldidan sifat kelsa, noaniq artikllar
qo’llaniladi:
To have a good breakfast – yaxshi nonushta qilmoq
To have a nice lunch – ajoyib tushlik qilmoq
Ovqatlanish mahal nomlari gapda izohlovchi bilan kelsa, ular oldidan aniq
artikl “the” qo’llaniladi:
The dinner that I had today was very tasty – bugun qilgan tushligim juda mazali edi
15) Hafta kunlari va oy nomlari oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Monday - on ×Monday
×May - in ×May
×Tuesday - on ×Tuesday
×October - in ×October
×Wednesday - on ×Wednesday
×April - in ×April
Ammo, hafta kunlari yoki oy nomlari oldidan sifat kelsa, ular oldidan noaniq
artikllar qo’llaniladi:
On a cold Monday – sovuq dushanba kunida
On a warm May night – iliq may tunida
Hafta kunlari nomi oldidan to’g’ridan-to’g’ri noaniq artikllar qo’llanilishi ham
mumkin, faqat bu holatda ish- harakatning bajarilish vaqti aniq bo’lmaydi:
On Monday - dushanba kunida
On a Monday - qaysi bir dushanba kunida
For examples: He came on Monday – u dushanba kuni keldi
He came on a Monday – u qaysi bir dushanba kunida keldi
16) Kasalliklar nomi oldidan umumiy ma’noda artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Hypertoma - gipertoma
×Measles - qizamiq
×Cholera - vabo
For example: ×Hypertoma is an uncurable illness –
Ammo, kasallikni boshdan kechirsak, “the” aniq artikli qo’llaniladi:
After he had the hypertoma, he became weak and angry – gipertomani boshidan
kechirganidan so’ng, u nimjon va jahldor bo’lib qoldi
I got the fly last year – men o’tgan yili gripp bo’lgan edim
17) Sportga oid otlar oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Foodball - fudbol
×Chess - shaxmat
×Tennis - tennis
×Volleyball - volleybol
For example: ×Tennis is my hobby – tennis- mening sevimli mashg’ulotim
18) “Ibodat qilgani bormoq” ma’nosida “church” so’zi oldidan artikllar
qo’llanmaydi:
John’s mother is a religious. She goes church every Sunday – Jonning onasi dindor. U
har yakshanba kuni cherkovga boradi
Ammo, “cherkovga biror ish bilan bormoq” ma’nosida yoki cherkov binosi
nazarda tutilsa, “church” so’zi oldidan aniq artikl “the” qo’llaniladi:
15
Yesterday, I went to the church to take it’s photo – kecha, men suratga tushurgani
cherkovga bordim
The church was built in 1580 – cherkov 1580-yilda qurilgan
19) “Qamalmoq, qamatmoq, qamoqqa olmoq” ma’nolarida “prison” so’zi
oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
To be in ×prison - qamoqda bo’lmoq
To go to ×prison - qamalmoq
To send smb. to ×prison - kimnidir qamatmoq
To take smb. into ×prison - kimnidir qamoqqa olmoq
For examples: John is in ×prison – Jon qamoqxonada
The judge sent him to ×prison 2 years – sud uni 2 yilga qamadi
The police took him into ×prison – politsiya uni qamoqqa oldi
Ammo, “qamoqxonaga biror ish bilan bormoq, kimnidir ko’rgani bormoq”
ma’nosida, yoki qamoqxona binosi nazarda tutilsa, “prison” so’zi oldidan aniq
artikl “the” qo’llaniladi:
I often go to the prison to see John – men tez-tez qamoqxonaga Jonni ko’rgani borib
turaman
The fire- brigade were called to the prison to put out the fire – yong’inni o’chirish
uchun qamoqxona binosiga o’t o’chirish brigadasi chaqirildi
The prison is a long way from here – qamoqxona bu yerdan uzoqda joylashgan
20) Birikmalarda “home” so’zi oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
To go ×home – uyga bormoq
To leave ×home – uyda qolmoq
To come ×home – uyga kelmoq
To be back ×home – uyga qaytmoq
To get ×home – uyga bormoq
To go back ×home – uyga qaytib bormoq
To return ×home – uyga qaytmoq
To come back ×home – uyga qaytib kelmoq
To reach ×home – uyga yetib olmoq
To get back ×home – uyga qaytib bormoq
To approach ×home – uyga yaqinlashmoq
To be at ×home – uyda bo’lmoq
To arrive ×home – uyga yetib olmoq
To stay at ×home – uyda qolmoq
21) “Uxlashga yotmoq, o’rindan turmay yotmoq” ma’nolarida “bed” so’zi
oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
To go to ×bed
To be in ×bed
To keep ×bed
For example: I go to ×bed at 10 o’clock – men soat 10 da uxlayman
John is in ×bed watching TV – Jon yotib televizor ko’ryapti
John is ill, so he is keeping ×bed – Jon kasal, shuning uchun u
o’rnidan turmay yotibdi
Ammo, “bed” so’zi “kravot” ma’nosida kelsa, ular oldidan artikllar
qo’llaniladi:
Put the book on the bed – kitobni devanga qo’ying
16
22) “Maktabda, kollejda o’qimoq, kollejga o’qishga kirmoq, universitetga
o’qishga kirmoq va tahsil olmoq” ma’nolarida “school”, “college”,
“university” so’zlari oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
To go to ×school – maktabga bormoq
To be at ×school – maktabda o’qimoq
To be at ×college – kollejda o’qimoq
To go to ×college – kollejga bormoq
To go to ×university – universitetga bormoq
To study at ×university – universitetda tahsil olmoq
For examples: My brother goes to ×school – akam maktabga boradi
I’m at ×college – men kollejda o’qiyman
Ammo, “maktabga, kollejga, universitetga biror ish bilan bormoq” ma’nosida,
yoki ularning binosi nazarda tutilsa, “school, college, university” so’zlari oldidan
aniq artikl “the” qo’llaniladi:
I often go to the school to see my brother’s teacher – men ukamning o’qituvchisi
bilan ko’rishgani tez-tez maktabga borib turaman
The college is in Navoi street – kollej Navoyi ko’chasida joylashgan
We live near the university – men universitet yaqinida yashayman
“School, college, university” so’zlari oldidan sifat kelsa, ular oldidan noaniq
artikllar qo’llaniladi:
My brother goes to a nursery school – akam hamshiralar tayyorlash maktabiga
boradi
My sister goes to a pedagogical university – singlim pedagogic universitetda o’qiydi
23) “Shifoxonada kasal bo’lib yotmoq, shifoxonaga davolanish uchun bormoq,
kimnidir shifoxonaga yotqizmoq” ma’nolarida “hospital” so’zi oldidan
artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
To be in ×hospital - shifoxonada kasal bo’lib yotmoq
To go to ×hospital - shifoxonaga davolanish uchun bormoq
To send smb. to ×hospital - kimnidir shifoxonaga yotqizmoq
For examples: John is in hospital – Jon shifoxonada
I often go to hospital – men shifoxonaga tez-tez borib turaman
We sent John to hospital – biz Jonni shifoxonaga yotqizdik
Ammo, “shifoxonaga kimnidir ko’rgani bormoq” ma’nosida, yoki shifoxona
binosi nazarda tutilsa, “hospital” so’zi oldidan aniq artikl “the” qo’llaniladi:
I’m going to the hospital to see John – men Jonni ko’rgani shifoxonaga boryapman
The hospital is in the centre of the city – shifoxona binosi shahar markazida
joylashgan
“Hospital” so’zi oldidan sifat kelsa, noaniq artikllar qo’llaniladi:
He works at a children’s hospital – u bolalar shifoxonasida ishlaydi
24) Firma, kompaniya, avialiniyalar nomi oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
×Kodak
×Uzbekistan airways
×Sony
×British airline.
×Fiat
17
25) Ko’plikdagi otlar umumiy ma’noda kelsa, ular oldidan artikllar
qo’llanmaydi:
Buy ×books – kitoblar sotib oling
Bring ×plates – tarelkalarni bering
Ammo, ko’plikdagi otlar aniq ma’noda kelsa, ya’ni ularning biror bir joyda
turganligini ko’rsatib o’tsak, yoki gapda aniqlovchi bilan izohlansa, ular oldidan
aniq artikl “the” qo’llaniladi:
Bring the plates on the table – stolning ustidagi tarelkalarni bering
Buy the books which I recommended – men tavsiya qilgan kitoblarni sotib oling
The teachers in our lyceum work more – bizning litseydagi o’qituvchilar ko’p
ishlashadi
26) Birikmalarda “work” so’zi oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi:
To do ×work – ish qilmoq
To be at ×work – ishda bo’lmoq
To complete ×work – ishni to’ldirmoq
To go to ×work – ishga bormoq
To begin ×work – ishni boshlamoq
To come from ×work – ishdan qaytib kelmoq
To finish ×work – ishni tugatmoq
To stop ×work – ishni to’xtatmoq
To start ×work – ishni boshlamoq
After ×work – ishdan so’ng
Before ×work – ishdan oldin
NOUN
Ot - shaxs va predmetning nomini bildirib who? what? so’rog’lariga javob
bo’ladi.
English tilida, otlar ma’no jihatdan quyidagi turlarga bo’linadi:
1) Common nouns – (turdosh otlar)
Belgi-hususiyatidan qat’iy nazar bir turdagi narsa-predmetning umumiy nomini
bildirsa- Turdosh otlar deyiladi.
A book- a boring book- a good book- an interesting book- a thin book- a thick book
Turdosh otlar sanaladigan otlar hisoblanib, birlikda ham ko’plikda ham qo’llanadi:
A book- two books
Uning ma’nosiga qarab oldidan aniq yoki noaniq artikllar qo’llanadi:
This is a book. The book is interesting.
2) Proper nouns (atoqli otlar)
Aynan atab qo’yilgan otlar- Atoqli otlardir. Ular kishilarga, narsalarga, joy
nomlariga atab qo’yiladi:
Kishilar: Alisher, John, Laura
Narsalar: “Hurry Potter”, “Terminator’’
Joylar: Karshi, Uzbekistan
Jonivorlar: Rex, Bobek, Spike
Atoqli otlar sanalmaydigan otlar bo’lib doim birlikda qo’llanadi:
Alisher lives in Karshi – Alisher Qarshida yashaydi
Ammo ular turdosh ot ma’nosini bildirib kelganda, ular ko’plikda qo’llanishi
mumkin:
There are 3 Alishers in our class – bizning sinfimizda 3 ta Alisher bor
18
Umumiy ma’noda atoqli otlar oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi, aniq ma’noda ular
oldidan “the” aniq artikli qo’llanadi:
Umumiy ma’noda:
Alisher lives in Karshi – Alisher
Qarshida yashaydi
Aniq ma’noda:
The Alisher that I know lives in
Karshi – men bilgan Alisher Qarshida
yashaydi
3) Abstract nouns (mavhum otlar)
Ko’z bilan ko’rib qo’l bilan ushlab bo’lmaydigan otlar- mavhum otlardir. Biz ularni
his qilishimiz, eshitishimiz, tasavvur qilishimiz mumkin:
Belief- ishonch
Advise- maslahat
Love- sevgi
Hate- nafrat
Music- musiqa
Friendship- do’stlik
Mavhum otlar sanalmaydigan otlar bo’lib, doim birlikda qo’llanadi. Umumiy
ma’noda ular oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi, aniq ma’noda esa ular oldidan
“the” qo’llanadi:
Umumiy ma’noda:
×Independence is a sacred thing –
Mustaqillik- muqaddas ne’mat
I like ×music – men musiqani
yoqtiraman
Aniq ma’noda:
The independence of Uzbekistan was
proclaimed in 1991 – O’zbekiston
mustaqilligi 1991-yili e’lon qilindi
I like the music in this film – men bu
filmdagi musiqani yoqtiraman
4) Material nouns (modda otlari)
Modda otlari o’z ichiga kimyoviy modda va mahsulot nomlarini oladi:
Water - suv
Salt - tuz
Gold - oltin
Oxygen Silver - kumush
Iron - temir
Modda otlari sanalmaydigan otlar bo’lib doim birlikda qo’llanadi. Umumiy
ma’noda ular oldidan artikllar qo’llanmaydi, aniq ma’noda esa “the” qo’llanadi:
Umumiy ma’noda:
×Water is necessary for life – suvhayot uchun zarur
Aniq ma’noda:
The water in the cup is hot –
piyoladagi suv issiq
§. Bundan tashqari, otlar sanaladigan va sanalmaydigan turlarga bo’linadi:
1) Countable Nouns - sanaladigan otlar
2) Uncountable Nouns - sanalmaydigan otlar
Donalab sanashimiz mumkin bo’lgan har qanday otlar- sanaladigan otlardir:
A book- one book- two books- some books- several books, many books - a lot of
books
Quyidagilar sanaladigan otlar hisoblanadi:
a) Shaxs nomi, uning aloqasi va kasbi nomi:
Singular:
Plural:
One boy – bir bola
Two boys – 2 ta bola
One girl – bir qiz
Two girls – 2 ta qiz
One friend – bir do’st
Two friends – 2 ta do’st
One enemy – bir dushman
Two enemies – 2 ta dushman
One relative – bir qarindosh
Two relatives – 2 ta qarindosh
One teacher – bir o’qituvchi
Two teachers – 2 ta o’qituvchi
One doctor – bir shifokor
Two doctors – 2 ta shifokor
19
b) Hayvon, o’simlik, hashorotlar nomi:
Singular:
Plural:
One dog – bitta it
Two dogs – 2 ta it
One rose – bir dona atirgul
Two roses – 2 dona atirgul
One bee – bir ari
Two bees – 2 ta ari
c) O’z shakli va hajmiga ega bo’lgn narsa- predmetlar:
Singular:
Plural:
A house – bir uy
Two houses – 2 ta uy
A room – bir xona
Two rooms – 2 ta xona
A car – bir mashina
Two cars – 2 ta mashina
d) Jamiyatdagi kichik birliklar:
Singular:
A family – bir oila
A country – bir mamlakat
A language – bitta til
Plural:
Two families – 2 ta oila
Two countries – 2 ta mamlakat
Two languages – 2 ta til
e) O’lchov birliklari:
Singular:
One inch – bir qarich
One meter – bir metr
One liter – bir litr
One food – bir qadam
Plural:
Two inches – ikki qarich
Two metres – ikki metr
Two litres – ikki litr
Two feet – ikki qadam
f) Suyuqlik, aralashma, gaz, kukunlarning idishlari:
Singular:
Plural:
One bottle – bir shisha
Two bottles – ikki shisha
One tube –
Two tubes One jar – bir banka
Two jars – ikki banka
g) Ba’zi bir mavhum birliklar:
Singular:
One idea – bir g’oya
One plan – bir reja
One invention – bir ixtiro
Plural:
Two ideas – 2 ta g’oya
Two plans – 2 ta reja
Two inventions – 2 ta ixtiro
Sanashimiz mumkin bo’lmagan yoki sanashning iloji bo’lmagan otlarSanalmaydigan otlardir:
Water – suv
Air - havo
Rice – gurunch
Hair - soch
1) Mayda zarrachalardan tashkil topgan narsalar sanalmaydi:
Rice – gurunch
sugar – shakar
sand - qum
2) Har qanday turdagi oziq-ovqat mahsulotlari sanalmaydi:
Bread - non
meat – go’sht
butter – sariyog’
3) Har qanday turdagi qurilish materiallari sanalmaydi:
Iron – temir
wood – yog’och
stone - tosh
4) Suyuqliklar sanalmaydi:
Oil – yog’
tea – choy
milk - sut
5) Tabiat qonunlariga ko’ra bir turdan boshqa turga aylanganda sanalmaydi:
Water (suv) - ice (muz) – steam (bug’)
20
Wood (yog’och) – smoke (tutun)- ashes (kul)
6) Til va fan nomlari sanalmaydi:
English, Russian, History, Physics
7) O’z shakli va hajmiga ega bo’lgan narsa- predmetlarning umumiy nomini
bildirgan otlar sanalmaydi:
Clothing ( a coat, a shirt, a hat…)
Money ( a soum, a dollar, a euro, a rupee…)
Jewely ( an earring, a ring, a neck lace…)
Furniture ( a chair, a case, a sofa…)
8) –ance, -ence, -ness, -ship, -ty qo’shimchalari bilan tugagan otlar sanalmaydi:
Ignorance - nodonlik
Beauty - chiroy
Difference - farq
Cleverness - aqlli
Friendship - do’stlik
9) –ing qo’shimchasi bilan tugagan otlar sanalmaydi:
Shopping- harid
Learning- ta’lim
§. Quyidagi otlar sanalmaydi:
Accommodation - turar joy
Courage - jur’at
Advice - maslahat
Soup - sho’rva
Baggage - yuk
Money - pul
Behaviour - hulq-atvor
Poetry - nazm, she’riyat
Bread - non
Poverty - kambag’allik
Chaos - tartibsizlik
Measles - kasallik, o’lat
Damage - zarar
Mumps - tepki (kasallik)
Furniture - mebel
Jewelry - taqinchoq
Information - axborot
Toast - qoq non
Luck - omad
Sugar - qand, shakar
Luggage - yuk
Сorn - makkajo’xori
News - yangilik
Meat - go’sht
Permission - ruhsat
Food - ovqat
Progress - taraqqiyot
Soap - sovun
Scenery - manzara
Sand - qum
Weather - ob-havo
Homework - uy vazifa
Traffic - yo’l harakati
Wind - shamol
Work - ish
Thunder - mo’maqaldiroq
Anger - g’azab
Lighting - chaqmoq
Ammo, ba’zi sanalmaydigan otlarni qismlarga, bo’laklarga ajratib sanash
mumkin. Bunda ham sanalmaydigan otlar emas, ularni qismlarga ajratuvchi
qismigina sanaladi:
A piece of bread- two pieces of bread
A slice of bread- two slices of bread
A loaf of bread- two loaves of bread
A piece of advice- two pieces of advice
A piece of information- two pieces of information
A piece of furniture- two pieces of furniture
A piece of news- two pieces of news
A piece of jewelry- two pieces of jewelry
A piece of equipment- two pieces of equipment
A piece of toast- two pieces of toast
A lump of sugar- two lumps of sugar
An ear of corn- two ears of corn
A bar of soup- two bars of soup
21
A bar of chocolate- two bars of chocolate
A gust of wind- two gusts of wind
A clap of thunder- two claps of thunder
A bolt of lighting- two bolts of lighting
NOTE 1: Ingliz tilida “reklama” so’zi ADVERTISEMENT va
ADVERTISING so’zlari orqali ifodalanadi. Advertisement - sanaladigan ot
Advertising - sanalmaydigan ot
Count noun;
Uncount noun;
There are many advertisements in the
There is much advertising× in the
paper today – bugungi gazetada
paper today – bugungi gazetada
ko’plab reklamalar bor
ko’plab reklamalar bor
NOTE 2: Food (oziq-ovqat), meat (go’sht), money (pul), sand (qum) otlari
umumiy ma’noda kelganda sanalmaydi. Ammo, ularning bir nechta turlari
nazarda tutilsa, bu otlar sanaladi:
Uncount noun:
× Food is necessary to live – ovqatyashash uchun kerak
×Money is not everything – pulqo’lning kiri
Count noun:
There is one of the foods which the
doctor adviced me to eat – bu yerda
doctor menga tavsiya qilgan
taomlardan biri bor
There are moneys on the table: the
soum, the dollar, the euro, the rupee –
stolda pul bor: so’m, dollar, yevro va
rupe
NOTE 3: “hair” so’zi “soch” ma’nosida sanalmaydi va artikllar
qo’llanmaydi:
Sarah has long hair – Saraning uzun sochi bor
Ammo, “hair” so’zi “bir tola soch” ma’nosida sanaladi va oldidan noaniq
artikl qo’llanadi:
There is a hair in the cup – piyolaga bir tola soch bor
NOTE 4: “Noise” so’zi “shovqin” ma’nosida sanalmaydi va artikllar
qo’llanmaydi:
I can’t sleep here. There is much noise – men bu yerda uxlay olmayman. Bu yer juda
shovqin
Ammo, “noise” so’zi “baqiriq, baqirgan ovoz” ma’nosida sanaladi va
oldidan noaniq artikl qo’llanadi:
I heard a noise in the street yesterday – kecha men ko’chada baqirgan ovozni eshitdim
§. Ba’zi otlar gapda anglatadigan ma’nosiga qarab ham sanaladigan, ham
sanalmaydigan otlar guruhiga kiradi:
Uncount nouns:
1) Time – vaqt
I have no ×time – mening vaqtim
yo’q
Count nouns:
1) A time - zamon, davr, payt
In the old times, people lived in the caws
– qadimda odamlar g’orlarda
yashashgan
a time - marta
I read this book 2 times – men bu kitobni
2 marta o’qiganman
22
to have a time - dam olmoq
I had a wonderful time last year – men
o’tgan yili ajoyib dam oldim
2) A paper – gazeta
Mary bought 2 papers – Meri 2 ta gazeta
sotib oldi
2) Paper - qog’oz (yozadigan),
qog’oz (material)
I need ×paper to write a letter – xat
yozish uchun menga qog’oz zarur
I need ×paper to make an envelope –
convert yasash uchun menga qog’oz
kerak
a paper- sahifa
The article consists of 3 papers –
maqola 3 sahifadan tashkil topgan
a paper- hujjat
He showed me his papers – u menga
hujjatlarini ko’rsatdi
3) A glass - stakan
3) Glass - shisha (qurilish
materiali)
×Glass is used in construction –
shisha qurilishda foydalaniladi
He drank 2 glasses of milk – u 2 stakan
sut ichdi
4) Stone- tosh (qurilish materiali)
We need ×stone to build buildings –
bino qurish uchun bizga tosh kerak
5) Room- joy
There is no ×room for you – bu yerda
sizga joy yo’q
6) Iron- temir (qurilish materiali)
×Iron is a construction material –
temir- qurilish materili
7) Grammar- grammatika fani
I have ×grammar on Mondays –
dushanba kunlari grammatika fanim
bor
8) Light- yorug’lik
×Light comes from the sun – yorug’lik
quyoshdan keladi
glasses - ko’zoynak
Mary has 2 glasses – Merining 2 ta
ko’zoynagi bor
4) A stone- tosh
He threw 2 stones at the dog – u itga
qarata 2 ta tosh otdi
5) A room- xona
There are 2 rooms in my flat – kvartiram
2 xonali
6) An iron- dazmol
He has 2 irons – uni 2 ta dazmoli bor
7) A grammar- grammatika kitobi
I have 2 grammars – meni 2 ta
grammatika kitobim bor
8) A light- chiroq, svet
There is a light in the room – xonada
chiroq bor
§. Bu artikl va olmoshlar doim sanaladigan otlar oldidan qo’llanadi:
A, an the
A great number of
Some, any, several
A large number of
This, that, these, those
Planty of
One, two, three…
Few, a few
Every, each, all
Fewer… than…
No, none
More… than…
Many, a lot of
§. Bu artikl va olmoshlar doim sanalmaydigan otlar oldidan qo’llanadi:
The, some, any
Much, a lot of
This, that
A great deal of
All, no, none
A great amount of
Plenty of
A large amount of
23
Less… than…
More… than…
Little, a little
Otlarda ko’plik
Ingliz tilida, otlarda ko’plik sanaladigan otlarga -s va –es ko’plik qo’shimchalarini
qo’shish orqali yasaladi.
1) Ba’zi bir undosh va unli harflarga tugagan otlarga ko’plik yasash uchun -s
qo’shimchasi qo’shiladi:
Singular:
A book - kitob
A room - xona
A tool - asbob
A car - mashina
A bed - kravat
A leg - oyoq
A month - oy
A place - joy
A language - til
Plural:
Books
Rooms
Tools
Cars
Beds
Legs
Months
Places
Languages
2) –s, -ss, -x, -ch, -tch, -sh harfiga tugagan otlarga -es qo’shimchasi qo’shiladi va s
tovushi z ga o’zgaradi:
Singular:
A bus - avtobus
A dress – ko’ylak
A box - quti
A bench - skameka
A match - gugurt
A dish - idish
Plural;
Buses
Dresses
Boxes
Benches
Matches
Dishes
3) –fe va –f harflariga tugagan otlarga ham –s ham –es qo’shimchalari qo’shiladi
va “f” “fe” tovushlari “v” tovushiga o’zgaradi:
Singular:
Plural:
A shelf - shkaf
Shelves
A knife - pichoq
Knives
A wolf – bo’ri
Wolves
A leaf - barg
Leaves
A wife - xotin
Wives
Ammo, ba’zi –f va -fe tovushlari bilan tugagan otlarga ko’plik yasash uchun –s
qo’shimchasi qo’shiladi va bu harflar o’zgarmaydi:
Singular:
Plural:
A roof - tom
Roofs
A hoof - tuyoq
Hoofs
A wharf - bandargoh
Wharfs
A handkerchief – dastro’mol
Handkerchiefs
A kerchief - rumol
Kerchiefs
A safe - sandiq
Safes
4) –o unlisi bilan tugagan otlarga ko’plik yasash uchun –es qo’shimchasi
qo’shiladi:
24
Singular:
A hero - qahraman
A negro – qora tanli
A tomato - pomidor
A potato - kartoshka
Plural:
Heroes
Negroes
Tomatoes
Potatoes
Ammo, ba’zi bir –o unlisi bilan tugagan xalqaro so’zlarga ko’plik yasash uchun
–s qo’shimchasi qo’shiladi:
Singular:
A radio
A piano
A motto
A lotto
A kilo
A photo
Plural:
Radios
Pianos
Mottos
Lottos
Kilos
Photos
5) –y unlisi bilan tugagan otlarga ko’plik yasash:
a) Agar –y unlisi so’z oxirida undosh harfdan so’ng kelsa, ko’plik yasash uchun
–es qo’shimchasi qo’shiladi va bu unli –i ga o’zgaradi:
Singular:
Plural:
A city - shahar
Cities
A lady - xonim
Ladies
A baby - chaqaloq
Babies
b) Agar –y unlisi so’z oxirida unli harfdan so’ng kelsa, ko’plikda unga –s
qo’shiladi:
Singular:
A boy - bola
A key - kalit
A play - pyesa
Plural:
Boys
Keys
Plays
6) Ba’zi otlar ko’plikda qo’shimcha qo’shilmasdan tarkibi o’zgarishi orqali
ko’plikka aylanadi:
Singular:
A man
A woman
A tooth
A foot
A goose
An ox
A mouse
A child
A person
Plural:
Men
Women
Teeth
Feet
Geese
Oxen
Mice
Children
People
NOTE: “People” so’zi “xalq” ma’nosida kelsa, ko’plik oladi:
Our family consists of 4 people – oilamiz to’rt kishidan iborat
A lot of peoples live in Uzbekistan – O’zbekistonda ko’plab millat vakillari yashaydi
25
7) Ba’zi bir otlar birlikda ham, ko’plikda ham bir xil ko’rinishda bo’ladi, faqat
birlikda ular oldidan noaniq artikllar qo’llanadi, ko’plikda esa ularga hech
qanday qo’shimcha qo’shilmaydi:
Singular:
A fish - baliq
A sheep – qo’y
A cattle – qora mol
A deer – bug’u
Plural:
Fish×
Sheep×
Cattle×
Deer×
There is a fish on the table – stolda bitta baliq bor
There are many fish on the table – stolda ko’p baliq bor
Ammo, bu otlarning ma’lum bir turi ko’rsatilsa, ko’plikda ular –s va -es
qo’shimchalarini oladi:
Two Sazane fishes
Two Swiss cattles
Two Karakul sheeps
Two Siberian deers
§. Qo’shma otlarda ko’plik
2 ta alohida otdan tashkil topgan 1 ta yaxlit ot - qo’shma otlar deyiladi:
Noun+ Noun = Compound Noun
A school+ a boy= a schoolboy
Qo’shma otlarga ko’plik qo’shimchalari so’zdagi 1-otga, so’zdagi 2-otga yoki
so’zdagi har ikkala otga qo’shilishi mumkin:
Singular:
A passer-by
An editor- in- chief
A son- in- law
Noun 2 A schoolboy
A letterbox
A pocketknife
A schoolgirl
Noun1,2 A manservant
A womanservant
Plural:
Passers- by
Editors- in- chief
Sons- in- law
Schoolboys
Letterboxes
Pocketknives
schoolgirls
Menservants
womenservants
Noun 1
§. 1) Juftiga ega bo’lgan otlar doim ko’plikda qo’llanadi va ulardan so’ng
fe’llar ham ko’plik shaklda bo’ladi:
Glasses – ko’zoynak
Tongs - ombir
Tweezers – pinset, qisqich
Pants – kalta ishton, trusik
Binoculars - durbin
Pyjamas - pijama
Shorts – shortik
Pliers – ombur, qisqich
Scissors - qaychi
Trousers - shim
Spectacles – ko’zoynak (zreniyaniki)
Jeans - jensi
Tights – kolgotka
For example:
My glasses aren’t good – mening ko’zoynagim yaxshi
These glasses are on the table – ko’zoynak stolning ustida turibdi
Ten glasses are on the table – stolda 10 ta ko’zoynak bor
2) Ba’zi otlar -s qo’shimchasiga tugagan bo’lsada, sanalmaydigan otlar
hisoblanadi va doim birlikda qo’llanadi hamda o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning
birlik shaklini talab qiladi:
Athletics
Electronics
26
Gymnastics
Politics
Mathematics
Economics
Physics
Gymnastics is my favourite sport – gimnastika mening sevimli fanim
Physics is an interesting subject – fizika qiziqarli fan
3) Ba’zi otlar birlikda ham, ko’plikda ham -s qo’shimchasiga tugaydi. Faqat
birlikda ular oldidan noaniq artikllar qo’llanadi:
Singular:
Plural:
A means - vosita
×Means - vositalar
A series - seriya, turkum
×Series – seriyalar, turkumlar
A species - tur, zot
×Species – turlar, zotlar
The car is a means of transport –
Cars are ×means of transport –
mashina- transport vositasi
mashinalar- transport vositalari
4) Yozish jihatdan birlikda, ma’no jihatdan ko’plikda bo’lgan otlar- Jamlovchi
otlar deyiladi. Ularning deyarli hammasi, asosan, birlikda qo’llanadi:
Congress - kengash
Committee - komissiya
Organization - tashkilot
Club - klub, uyushma
Team - komanda
Class - sinf; turkum, to’da,
guruh
Army - armiya
Crowd - olamon, yig’in, to’da
Jury - hakam
Public - omma, jamoatchilik
Group - gruppa
Staff - shtat
Government - hukumat
Audience - jamoat, tomoshabin,
auditoriya
Family - oila
Firm - shirkat, firma
Majority - ko’pchilik, aksariyat
Company - jamiyat, uyushma;
truppa (teatrda)
Minority - kamchilik, ozchilik
Couple – bir juft
Faculty - fakultet
For example:
Our family is big – bizning oilamiz katta
Our group is very friendly – bizning guruh ahil-inoq
NOTE 1: “Majority” yakka holda o’zidan so’ng birlikdagi otlarni talab
qiladi:
The majority is learning English now – hozir ko’pchilik ingliz tilini o’rganmoqda
The majority has English books now – hozir ko’pchilikda ingliz tili kitoblari bor
Ammo “majority” ko’plikdagi ot bilan kelsa, o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning
ko’plik shaklini talab qiladi:
The majority of students have English books now – hozir talabalarning ko’pchiligida
ingliz tili kitoblari bor
NOTE 2: “Police” jamlovchi oti doim ko’plikda qo’llanadi va o’zidan so’ng
fe’llarning ko’plik shaklini talab qiladi:
The police are here – bu yerda politsiya bor
The police are after him – politsiya uni ta’qib qilyapti
Mustasno holat: A policeman, a policewoman, a police officer
5) Masofani, vaqtni, mablag’ni, darajani bildirgan otlar ko’plikda bo’lsada,
ulardan so’ng doimo fe’llarning birlik shakli qo’llanadi:
27
Twenty kilometres is difficult to walk – 20 kilometr yurish uchun qiyin
Ten days is enough to have a good rest – yaxshi dam olish uchun 10 kun yetarli
Ten dollars is not enough to buy this book – kitob sotib olish uchun 10 dollar yetadi
Forty degrees is too hot to go out – 40 daraja tashqariga chiqish uchun juda- juda
issiq
To’dalar, guruhlar, sinflar, turlar
People:
Animals:
Things:
Flora:
Languages:
Mr. va Mrs.
A group of people – odamlar jamoasi
A crowd of people – odamlar to’dasi
A gang of thieves – o’g’rilar to’dasi
A flock of sheep / a herd of sheep – qo’ylar to’dasi
A flock of birds – qushlar galasi
A herd of cattle – qoramollar to’dasi
A herd of deer – bug’ular to’dasi
A school of fish – baliqlar sinfi
A swarm of insect – qumrisqalar to’dasi
A pack of dogs – itlar galasi
A pack of wolves – bo’rilar galasi
A pile of pages / a heap of pages – bir uyum qog’oz
A pile of clothes / a heap of clothes – bir uyum kiyim
A pile of dishes / a heap of dishes – bir uyum idishlar
A set of pans – qozon-tovoqlar
A set of tools – bir uyum asbob-anjom
A stack of chairs – bir talay stullar
A stack of tables – bir talay stollar
A stack of boxes – bir talay qutilar
A bunch of flowers – bir dasta gul
A bunch of bananas – bir tup banan
A bunch of grapes – bir bosh uzum
A bunch of greens – bir bog’ ko’kat
A clump of trees – bir tup daraxt
A clump of bushes – bir tup buta
A clump of grass – bit tup o’t-o’lan
A clump of plants – bir tup o’simliklar
A host of questions – savollar jamlanmasi
A barrage of complains – shikoyatlar jamlanmasi
Serics of short answers – qisqa javoblar jamlanmasi
A team of doctors – shifokorlar jamoasi
A team of sportsmen – sportchilar jamoasi
A company of actors – aktyorlar jamoasi
The crew workers in the ship – kemadagi jamoa
A company of people – odamlar jamoasi
The stuff teachers in schools – o’qituvchilar jamoasi
The stuff at the office – ishchilar jamoasi
§. Otlarda kelishik
Ingliz tilida otlarda 2 ta kelishik bor: 1) Nominative case- bosh kelishik
2) Genitive case- qaratqich kelishigi
1) Bosh kelishikdagi otlarga ko’plikdan boshqa qo’shimchalar qo’shilmaydi:
Singular:
Plural:
28
John
A boy
A teacher
Boys
Teachers
Bosh kelishikdagi otlar gapda ega, kesim, ot- kesim, aniqlovchi, to’ldiruvchi, hol
vazifasida keladi:
John is here – Jon shu yerda
This is John – bu Jon
I saw John – men Jonni ko’rdim
This is a tennis ball – bu tennis koptogi
I went to the restaurant yesterday – kecha men restoranga bordim
2)
a)
Qaratqich kelishigida otlarga –‘s va -s’ (-ning) qoshimchasi qo’shiladi:
Birlikdagi otlarga -‘s qo’shimchasi qo’shiladi:
Nominative case:
Genitive case:
John
John’s book – Jonning kitobi
A teacher
A teacher’s answer – ustozning
A boy
javobi
My friend
A boy’s ball – bolaning koptogi
My friend’s invitation – do’stimning
ixtirosi
b)
Ko’plikda otlarga -s’ qo’shimchasi qo’shiladi:
Nominative case:
Genitive case:
Boys
Boys’ questions – bolalarning
Teachers
savollari
My friends
Teachers’ answers – ustozning
javoblari
My friends’ invitation – do’stimning
ixtirolari
c) Tarkibi o’zgarib ko’plikda qo’llanadigan otlarga birlikdagi qaratqich
kelishigi qo’shimchasi (-‘s) qo’shiladi:
Plural:
Examples:
Singular:
A man
Men
Men’s sport – erkaklar sporti
A woman
Women
Women’s day – Ayollar kuni
A child
Children
Children’s toy – bolalar o’yinchog’i
Qaratqich kelishigi qoshimchalari ma’nosini inglizchada “of ” predlogi ham
ifodalay oladi. Ular o’rtasidagi farq shuki, qaratqich kelishigi qo’shimchalari,
asosan, jonli narsalar uchun, “of ” predlogi esa jonsiz narsa- predmetlar uchun
qo’llaniladi:
Genitive case (-‘s, -s’)
That man’s name is Jack – anavi
odamning ismi Jek
A bird’s nest – qushning ini
Nick’s book – Nikning kitobi
Preposition “of ”
The door of the room – xonaning
eshigi
The page of the book – kitobning
varag’i
The leg of the table – stolning oyog’i
Ammo jonli otlar izohlovchi bilan kelsa, “of ” predlogi qo’llanadi:
29
Do you know that man’s name? – anavi odamning ismini bilasizmi?
Do you know the name of that man who is talking to Mary? – Meri bilan
suhbatlashayotgan odamning ismini bilasizmi?
d) Tashkilotlar, hukumat idoralari va mamlakatlarga nisbatan ham
qaratqich kelishigi qo’shimchalari, ham “of ” predlogi qo’llaniladi:
Company’s manager = The manager of the company (Kompaniya deriktori)
Government’s decision = The decision of the government (Hukumat qarori)
Uzbekistan’s economy = The economy of Uzbekistan (O’zbekiston iqtisodi)
e) Vaqtni bildirgan so’zlarga nisbatan qaratqich kelishigi qo’shimchalari
qo’llanadi:
Five minute’s walk – besh minutlik yo’l
Today’s plan – bugungi reja
Last year’s storm – o’tgan yilgi bo’ron
Two month’s holiday – ikki oylik ta’til
Yesterday’s TV show – kechagi teleko’rsatuv
An hour’s sleep – yarim soatlik uyqu
§. Otlarning aniqlovchi vazifasida kelishi
Gapda ikkita ot birikib kelganda, birinchi ot – gapda aniqlovchi vazifasida bo’ladi va
ikkinchi otning belgisini, turini aniqlab keladi. Birinchi ot gapda sifat bo’lib kelgani
uchun unga ko’plik qo’shimchasi qo’shilmaydi:
Noun + Noun
They sell shoes in this store. It’s a shoe store – ular bu do’konda poyabzal sotishadi.
Bu poyabzal do’koni
It is a tennis ball – bu tennis to’pi
Ot sifat o’rnida aniqlovchi vazifasida kelganida, sonli iboralar bilan ham birikib
kelishi mumkin va bu holatda, ular bir-biri bilan tire orqali ajratiladi:
Number + Noun + Noun
My brother is twenty years old –
akam yigirma yoshda
This film consists of ten parts – bu
film o’nta qismdan iborat
My flat contains four rooms –
mening kvartiram to’rt xonadan
iborat
Compare:
I have a twenty-year-old brother –
meni yigirma yoshli akam bor
This is a ten-part film – bu o’n qismli
film
I have a four-room flat – mening
to’rt xonali kvartiram bor
PRONOUNS
Ingliz tilida, olmoshlar 8 turga bo’linadi:
1) Personal Pronouns - Kishilik olmoshlari
2) Possessive Pronouns - Egalik olmoshlari
3) Reflexive Pronouns - O’zlik olmoshlari
4) Demonstrative Pronouns - Ko’rsatish olmoshlari
5) Reciprocal Pronouns - Birlik olmoshlari
6) Interrogative Pronouns - So’roq olmoshlari
7) Relative Pronouns - Bog’lovchi yoki nisbiy olmoshlar
8) Indefinite Pronouns - Gumon olmoshlari
30
Gapda ot, sifat son, ravish so’z turkumlari o’rnida qo’llanishi mumkin bo’lgan
so’zlar olmoshlar deyiladi:
John came = He came
The book is on the table = It is on the table
Personal Pronouns
Kishilik olmoshlari gapda shaxsni ko’rsatib, uni ifodalab keladi.
Ingliz tilida kishilik olmoshlari 2 ta kelishikka bo’linadi:
1) Common case (Subject pronouns)- Bosh kelishik
2) Object case (Compliment pronouns)- Obyekt kelishigi
1) Bosh kelishikda kishilik olmoshlari gapda ega vazifasida kelib, who? what?
so’roqlariga javob bo’ladi. Birlik va ko’plikda 3 ta shaxsda turlanadi:
Singular:
Plural:
I - men
We - biz
You - sen
You - siz
He, she, it - u
They - ular
For examples: I play foodball – men fudbol o’ynayman
He reads a book – u kitob o’qiydi
She is a nurse – u hamshira
We learn English – biz ingliz tilini o’rganamiz
They buy a car – ular mashina sotib olishadi
2) Obyekt kelishigida kishilik olmoshlari gapda to’ldiruvchi vazifasida keladi.
a) To’ldiruvchi vazifasida kishilik olmoshlari gapda fe’l va kesimdan so’ng
keladi va whom? (kimni? Kimga?), what? (nimani? nimaga?) kabi so’roqlarga
javob bo’ladi:
Singular:
Me - meni
You - seni
Him, her, it - uni
Plural:
Us - bizni
You - sizni
Them - ularni
I invited him to dinner – men uni tushlikka taklif qildim
They invited us to the concert – ular bizni konsertga taklif qilishdi
I hate you – men seni yomon ko’raman
They saw you there – ular u yerda seni ko’rishibdi
I gave him a book – men unga bitta kitob berdim
I’ll send you an invitation – men senga taklifnoma yuboraman
I respect them – men ularni hurmat qilaman
b) Obyekt kelishigidagi olmoshlar gapda predloglardan so’ng to’ldiruvchi
vazifasida kelib, predlogli to’ldiruvchi bo’lib keladi:
I go to school with him – men maktabga u bilan birga boraman
To me, it is difficult – men uchun bu qiyin
I bought a lot of things for them – men ular uchun ko’plab narsalar sotib oldim
I heard about him – men u haqida eshitdim
He looked at me – u menga qaradi
31
c) Bosh va obyekt kelishigidagi kishilik olmoshlari gapda ot bilan birikib
kelishi mumkin:
We students try to study well – biz talabalar yaxshi o’qishga harakat qilamiz
It is a great holiday for us teachers – bu biz o’qituvchilar uchun katta bayram
Kishilik olmoshlarining bosh kelishikda va gumon olmoshlari bilan
qo’llanishi
Ma’lumki, olmoshlar otlarga nisbatan qo’llanib, ularga ishora qilib keladi:
A student walked into the room. She was looking for the teacher – bir talaba xonaga
kirdi. U o’qituvchisini izlayotgan ekan
Otlarning birlik yoki ko’plikda ekanligiga qarab, olmoshlar ham birlik yoki
ko’plikda qo’llanadi:
Students walked into the room. They were looking for their teacher – talabalar
xonaga kirishdi. Ular o’qituvchilarini izlashayotgan ekan
Students should always do their assignments – talabalar uy vazifalarini doimo
bajarishlari kerak
Gumon olmoshlariga nisbatan, asosan, birlikdagi kishilik olmoshlari qo’llanadi:
Somebody
Everybody
Anybody
Nobody
Someone
Everyone
Anyone
Noone
Something
Everything
Anything
Nothing
For examples: Somebody has left his / her book in the room – kimdir xonada
kitobini qoldirib ketibdi
Nothing was put on its place – xech nima joyiga qo’yilmadi
Kishilik olmoshlarining jamlovchi otlarga nisbatan
qo’llanishi
Jamlovchi otlar jonsiz narsa-predmetlarni anglatganda, ularga nisbatan kishilik
olmoshlari birlikda qo’llanadi. Jamlovchi otlar jonli narsa-predmetlarni anglatsa, unda
kishilik olmoshlari ko’plikda qo’llanadi:
My family is large. It is composed of 12 people – oilam katta. 12 kishidan iborat
My family is kind and supportive. They are ready to help me at any time – oilam
mehribon va qo’llab-quvvatlovchi. Ular har qanday vaqtda menga yordam berishga
tayyor
Our class is composed of few people. It is going to be contracted – sinfimiz kam
kishidan iborat. Uni qisqartirishmoqchi
Our class is very kind and friendly. They are going to celebrate New–year – sinfimiz
mehribon va inoq. Ular yangi yilni nishonlashmoqchi
Possessive Pronouns
Egalik olmoshlari biror bir narsa- predmetning kimgadir tegishli ekanligini yoki
kishining biror bir narsa- predmetga egaligini ko’rsatadi.
Egalik olmoshlari 2 ta shaklda o’rganiladi:
1) Common Form - Oddiy shakl
2) Absolute Form - Mustaqil shakl
32
1) Oddiy shakldagi egalik olmoshlari gapda ot bilan bir joyda qo’llanadi va –ing va
–ning qo’shimchalari bilan tarjima qilinadi. Narsalarning kimga tegishli
ekanligini aniqlab kelib gapda whose? so’rog’iga javob bo’ladi:
Singular;
Plural:
My - mening
Our - bizning
Your - sening
Your - sizning
His, her, its - uning
Their - ularning
This is my book – bu mening kitobim
This is our house – bu bizning uyimiz
Your house is far- away – sizning uyingiz uzoq
Your books are on the table – sizning kitoblaringiz stolning ustida
This is his room – bu uning xonasi
This is their old car – bu ularning eski mashinasi
Her doll is beautiful – uning qo’g’irchog’i chiroyli
The dog watches its puppies – it bolalarini kuzatdi
A bird spread its wings – qush qanotlarini yozdi
I don’t buy this coat. I don’t like its colour – men bu paltoni sotib olmayman. Menga
uning rangi yoqmadi
It’s true that he didn’t come – uning kelmaganligi rost
2) a) Mustaqil shakldagi egalik olmoshlari o’zbekchaga –iki, -niki
qo’shimchalari bilan tarjima qilinadi va gapda ot bilan bir joyda qo’llanmaydi:
Singular:
Plural:
Mine - meniki
Ours - bizniki
Yours - seniki
Yours - sizniki
Hers, his, it’s - uniki
Theirs - ularniki
For examples: This book is mine (= this is my book) – bu kitob meniki
We cleaned our room and they cleaned theirs – biz xonamizni
tozaladik, ular esa o’zlarinikini tozalashdi
Is this new book yours? No, mine is old – bu yangi kitob siznikimi?
Yo’q, meniki eski
b) Ba’zi iboralarda egalik olmoshlarining oddiy va murakkab shakllari o’zbek
tiliga bir xil tarjima qilinadi:
Common form:
This is my book – bu mening
kitobim
His friend – uning do’sti
Their two relatives – ular ikki
qarindoshlar
c)
Absolute form:
This is a book of mine – bu mening
kitobim
A friend of his – uning do’sti
Two relatives of his – uning 2 ta
qarindoshi
Kishinig o’z tana a’zolari oldidan har doim egalik olmoshlari qo’llanadi:
× True:
He hurt his hand badly – u qo’lini
qattiq shikastlab oldi
I stroke my head against the wall –
men boshimni devorga suyadim
√ False:
He hurt the hand badly
I stroke the head against the wall
33
d) Egalik olmoshi: One’s own- shaxsiy:
I have my own car - mening shaxsiy mashinam bor
He has his own TV set - uning shaxsiy televizori bor
On one’s own - yolg’iz, yakka o’zi:
I’ll go there on my own- u yerga yolg’iz o’zim boraman
He is at home on his own- u uyda yakka o’zi
Reflexive Pronouns
O’zlik olmoshlari bajariladigan ish- harakatning aynan bir shaxsga yoki bir bir
guruh shaxslarga tegishliligini ko’rsatadi. Ingliz tilida o’zlik olmoshlari birlikda –self,
ko’plikda –selves qo’shimchalarini qo’shish orqali yasaladi:
Singular:
Myself – mening o’zim
Yourself – sening o’zing
Himself, herself , itself – uning
o’zi
Plural:
Ourselves – bizning o’zimiz
Yourselves – sizning o’zingiz
Theirselves – ularning o’zlari
a) Gapda qo’llanishiga ko’ra, o’zlik olmoshi gap oxirida yoki to’g’ridan-to’g’ri
egadan so’ng qo’llanishi mumkin. O’zlik olmoshlari gap oxirida kelganda - holatni,
egadan so’ng kelganda esa his- hayajon va undovni ifodalaydi:
I painted this picture myself – bu suratni o’zim chizdim
I myself painted this picture – bu suratni men o’zim chizdim
b) Bundan tashqari, o’zlik olmoshlari biror bir ish- harakatni shaxs o’zi uchun
bajarishini ifodalaydi:
Compare:
John bought him a shirt – Jon unga
John bought himself a shirt – Jon
ko’ylak sotib oldi
o’ziga ko’ylak sotib oldi
NOTE: Bundan tashqari, o’zlik olmoshlari gapda “by” predlogi bilan birikib
“yakka, yolg’iz o’zi” degan ma’noda keladi:
By + Reflexive pronoun
Syn: alone, lonely
Jack goes to school by himself = Jack goes to school lonely (Jek maktabga yolg’iz
boradi)
Ann lives by herself = Ann lives alone (Anna yolg’iz yashaydi)
c) O’zlik olmoshlari gapda quyidagi fe’llar bilan hech qachon qo’llanmaydi:
Relax- o’zini bosib olmoq
Meet- uchrashmoq
Concentrate- o’ziga kelmoq
Feel- his qilmoq
“Other” ning shakllari
1) Another – yana bitta, yana boshqa
O’zidan so’ng sanaladigan birlikdagi otlarni talab qiladi:
Another book – yana bitta kitob, boshqa kitob
“Another” ni o’zi gapda yakka holda yoki otsiz qo’llanishi mumkin.
34
Another olmoshi “yana” degan ma’noda vaqtga, mablag’ga, masofaga nisbatan
ko’plikdagi otlar oldidan qo’llanadi:
I’ll be here for another three years – men yana 3 yil shu yerda bo’laman
I need another fife dollars – menga yana 5 dollar kerak
We drove another ten miles – biz yana 10 milcha mashinada yurdik
2) Other – boshqa, boshqasi
O’zidan so’ng ko’plikdagi sanaladigan otlarni talab qiladi:
Other books – boshqa kitoblar
Others – boshqalari
NOTE: Another - ko’rsatilgan narsa-predmetlarga bitta narsa-predmetni qo’shish
uchun, other esa ko’p sonli narsa-predmetlarni qo’shish uchun qo’llanadi:
The students in the class come from many countries. One of the students is from
Mexico. Another student is from Iraq. Another is from Japan. Other students are
from Brazil. Others are from Albania – sinfdagi talabalar ko’plab mamlakatlardan
kelgan. Talabalarning biri Meksikadan. Yana bir talaba Iroqdan. Yana biri
japoniyadan. Boshqa talabalar Braziliyadan. Boshqalari esa Albaniyadan kelishgan
3) The other – qolgani, keyingisi
Ko’rsatilgan narsa-predmetlardan oxirida qolgan bittasiga nisbatan qo’llanadi:
The other + Singular noun
There are three books on the table. Two are mine. The other (book) is yours – stolda
3 ta kitob bor. Ikkitasi meniki. Qolgan kitob seniki
4) The others – qolganlari
Narsa-predmetlar guruhidan oxirida qolgan bir nechta narsa-predmetlar uchun
qo’llanadi:
The others + plural noun
There are 10 pens on the table. I’ll take three of them and you’ll take the other pens
(= the others) – stolda 10 ta ruchka bor. Men ulardan uchtasini olaman, sen esa
qolgan ruchkalarni ol
“Other” bilan qo’llanadigan birikmalar
1) One another / each other – bir-biri
Ish-harakatning birgalikda bajarilishini ko’rsatadi va doim ko’plikdagi ega bilan
qo’llanadi:
We write to each other (= one another) every day – biz har kuni bir-birimizga xat
yozib turamiz
2) Every other – ora
Please, write on every other line – iltimos, qator tashlab yozing
I see her every other week – men uni hafta ora ko’rib turaman
3) The other – o’tgan, tunov
O’tgan zamonda, yaqin orada sodir bo’lib o’tgan ish-harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
The other week – o’tgan hafta
The other day – tunov kuni
Syn: last week, last day
- Have you seen Ali recently? (Oxirgi paytlarda Alini ko’rdingmi?)
- Yes, I saw him just the other day (Xa, men uni tunov kuni ko’rgan edim)
35
4) One after the other / one after another – ketma-ket, bir-biridan keyin
The ducklings walked in a line behind the mother duck. Then the mother duck
slipped into the pond. The ducklings followed her. They slipped into the pond (=water)
one after the other – o’rdakchalar bir qator bo’lib ona o’rdakni orqasidan yurishdi.
Keyin ana o’rdak hovuzga sirg’alib tushdi. O’rdakchalar ham unga ergashishdi. Ular
hovuzga (=suvga) ketma-ket sirg’alib tushishdi
5) Other than - -dan tashqari, -dan boshqa
Syn: except
No one knows my secret other than Rose = No one knows my secret except (for)
Rose – mening sirimni Rosadan boshqa hech kim bilmaydi
6) In other words – qisqasi, boshqacha qilib aytganda
Fikrni soda ifodalashda qo’llanadi va ko’pincha gapning boshida qo’llanadi:
Fruit and vegetables are full of vitamins and minerals. In other words, they are
good for you – mevalar va sabzavotlar vitamin va minerallarga boy. Boshqacha qilib
aytganda, ular siz uchun foydali
§. “You, one, they” olmoshlarining shaxssiz gaplarda
qo’llanishi
Shaxssiz gaplarda aynan bir shaxs ko’rsatilmaydi:
One should always be polite – har kim xushmuomala bo’lishi kerak
How can one go to the fifth avenue? – beshinchi ko’chaga qanday borsa bo’ladi?
One should take care of his / her health – har kim o’z sog’lig’ini asrashi kerak
Shaxssiz gaplarda “one” olmoshining o’rniga “you” olmoshini ham qo’llash
mumkin va bu holatda ma’no o’zgarmaydi. Shaxssiz gaplarda, asosan,“you”
olmoshi qo’llanadi:
You should always be polite – har kim xushmuomala bo’lish kerak
How can you go to the fifth avenue? – beshinchi ko’chaga qanday borsa bo’ladi
You should take care of his / her health – har kim o’z sog’lig’ini asrashi kerak
Demonstrative Pronouns
Ko’rsatish olmoshlari u yoki bu shaxs yoki narsa- predmetlarni ko’rsatish, unga
ishora qilish uchun qo’llanadi:
1) This - bu, shu
Yaqinimizda, oldimizda turgan bitta narsa- predmetni ko’rsatish yoki ishora qiladi:
I take this book – men bu kitobni oldim
This is my pen – bu mening ruchkam
2) That – o’sha, anavi
O’zimizdan narida, uzoqda turgan bitta shaxs yoki narsa- predmetni ko’rsatish
uchun qo’llanadi:
I know that boy – men anavi bolani bilaman
I live in that house – men anavi uyda yashayman
3)
These – ular, o’shalar
Yaqinimizda, oldimizda turgan ko’p sonli shaxs yoki narsa- predmetlarni
ko’rsatish uchun qo’llanadi:
I took these books – men bu kitoblarni oldim
These are my pens – bular mening ruchkalarim
4)
Those – o’shalar, anavilar
36
Uzoqda turgan ko’p sonli shaxs yoki narsa- predmetlarni ko’rsatish uchun
qo’llanadi:
I know those boys – men anavi bolalarni taniyman
Reciprocal Pronouns
Birlik olmoshlari “bir- biri” ma’nosida biror bir ish- harakatning birlikda
bajarilishini ko’rsatadi:
Each other – bir- biri
One another – bir- biri
Birlik olmoshlari doim ko’plikdagi ega bilan qo’llanadi
1) Each other- bir- biri
Ikki yoki undan ko’p shaxs yoki narsa- predmetlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi
2) One another- bir- biri
Faqat ikkita shaxs yoki narsa- predmetga nisbatan qo’llanadi
For example: John, Nora, Susan and Nick help each other – John, Nora, Susan va
Nick bir- birlarini qo’llaydilar
I and Jack looked at each other = I and Jack looked at one another –
Men va Jack bir - birimizga qaradik
Two cars collided each other = Two cars collided one another – Ikkita
mashina bir - biriga urildi
Interrogative Pronouns
So’roq olmoshlari yordamida biz gapning istalgan bo’lagiga savol bera olamiz.
1) What? – Nima?
a) Gapda narsa- predmetlarni surishtirib, unga savol beradi:
This is a book - What is this?
I bought a car - What did you
buy?
b) Mavhum fikrni surishtirib keladi:
What did you say? – Siz nima dedingiz?
What do you say? - Siz nima deysiz?
What do you think? - Siz nima deb o’ylaysiz? Siz qanday qaraysiz?
c) Atoqli otlarni, ya’ni kishilarga, joylarga, narsalarga qo’yilgan nomlarni
surishtirib keladi:
What are you? What do you do? What is job? What is your profession? – Kasbingiz nima?
What is John?
What does John do?
What is John’s job? – Jonning kasbi nima?
What is John’s profession? – Jonning kasbi nima?
What kind of ? – Qanday? Qanaqa?
Narsa- predmetning belgi- hususiyatini bildirib, surishtirib keladi:
What kind of book is this? - It is an interesting book (Bu qanday kitob? – Bu
qiziqarli ktob)
What colour? – Qanday rangda?
Narsa- predmetning rangini so’rash uchun qo’llanadi:
37
What colour is the floor? – It is brown (Pol qanday rangda? – U malla rangda)
What colour is John’s car? – John’s car is red (Jonning mashinasi qanday rangda?
– Jonning mashinasi qizil rangda)
What time? – Soat nechada?
Asosan, soat bilan o’lchanadigan vaqtni bildirib, surishtirib keladi:
What time do you get up? – I get up at 10 o’clock (Siz soat nechada turasiz? – Men
soat 10 da turaman)
2) Who? – Kim?
Kishiga nisbatan qo’llanadi va kishining shaxsini surishtirib keladi:
Who is this boy? – This boy is my brother (Bu bola kim? – Bu mening akam)
Who are this boys? – These boys are my friends (Bu bolalar kimlar? – Bu bolalar
mening do’stlarim)
“Who” olmoshi gapda ega vazifasida kelganda, to’g’ridan-to’g’ri gapning
egasiga savol beradi. Bu holatda, savol berish uchun yordamchi fe’llar qo’llanmaydi.
Savol to’g’ridan- to’g’ri “who” dan so’ng kelgan mustaqil fe’l orqali beriladi. Agar
gap hozirgi noaniq zamonda bo’lsa, “who” dan so’ng kelgan mustaqil fe’l doimo ІІІ
shaxs birlikda bo’ladi:
Who learns English? - I do / he does / they do (Kim ingliz tilini o’rganadi?)
Who came here yesterday? – I did / he did / they did (Kecha bu yerga kim keldi?)
Who is a student? – I am / he is (Kim talaba?)
3) Whom? – Kimni? Kimga?
Kishilarga nisbatan qo’llanadi. Gapda to’ldiruvchiga savol berib, uni surishtirib
keladi:
Whom do you invite to the party? – I invite my friends to the party (Siz kechaga
kimni taklif qilasiz? – Men kechaga do’stlarimni taklif qilaman)
Whom do you give the book? – I give John the book (Siz kitobni kimga berasiz? –
Men kitobni Jonga beraman)
4) Whose? – Kimning? Kimniki?
Kishilarga nisbatan qo’llanadi. Narsalarning kimgadir tegishli ekanligini aniqlab,
gapning aniqlovchisiga savol beradi:
Whose car is this? – It’s John’s car (Bu kimning mashinasi? – Bu Jonning
mashinasi)
Whose pen did you take? – I took your pen (Sen kimning ruchkasini olding?)
5) Which? – Qaysi?
U yoki bu narsa- predmetlardan birini tanlab, ajratib ko’rsatish uchun qo’llanadi:
Which suit do you like best? The blue one or the black one? – I like the blue one
best (Qaysi kastyum sizga ko’proq yoqdi? Ko’k rangligimi, yoki qora rangligimi? –
Menga ko’proq ko’k rangligi yoqdi)
Which of… ? - …qaysi biri?
“Which of ” gapda ega vazifasida kelganda, to’g’ridan- to’g’ri keyingi gapning
egasiga savol beradi. Bu holatda, savol berish uchun undan so’ng yordamchi fe’llar
qo’llanmaydi. Savol to’g’ridan- to’g’ri mustaqil fe’l orqali beriladi. Agar gap hozirgi
noaniq zamonda bo’lsa, “which of” dan so’ng kelgan mustaqil fe’l ІІІ shaxs birlikda
boladi:
38
Which of you learns English? – I do / John does (Sizlardan qaysi biringiz ingliz
tilini o’rganyapsiz?)
Which of them passed the exam? – John did / He did (Ulardan qaysi biri
imtihondan o’tdi?)
6) When? – Qachon?
Biror bir ish- harakat yoki voqea- hodisaning sodir bo’lish yoki bajarilish vaqtini
va paytini surishtirib keladi:
When did you come? – I came yesterday (Siz qachon keldingiz? – Men kecha
keldim)
When do you get up? – I get up at 7 in the morning (Siz qachon turasiz? – Men
ertalab soat 7 da turaman)
7) Where? – Qayerda? Qayerda?
Ish- harakatning bajarilish joyini yoki shaxs va narsa- predmetning turgan joyini
surishtirib keladi va gapda o’rin goliga savol beradi:
Where is the book? – The book is on the table (Kitob qayerda? – Kitob stolning
ustida)
Where is John? - He is in the garden (Jon qayerda? – U bog’da)
Where do you work? – I work at school (Siz qayerda ishlaysiz? – Men maktabda
ishlayman)
8) Why? – Nega? Nima uchun?
Biror bir ish- harakat bajarilishining sababini va maqsadini surishtirib keladi va
gapda sabab holiga savol beradi:
Why do you go to the library every day? – I go to the library to read books (Siz nima
uchun har kuni kutubxonaga borasiz? – Men kutubxonaga kitob o’qish uchun
boraman)
9) How? – Qanqay? Qanqay qilib?
a) Biror bir ish- harakatning qanday qilib, qay tarzda bajarilishini surishtirib
keladi:
How do you get home? –
I get home on foot
- I get home by bus
- I get home in a taxi
b) Hol- ahvol so’rash uchun ham qo’llanadi:
How are you? – I’m fine, thanks (Qandaysan? – Yaxshiman, rahmat)
How is your tooth? – It is aching offend on (Tshingiz qanday? – Og’riyapti)
How well? – Qay darajada? (Qanchalik yaxshi)
Biror bir ish- harakatning bajarilish darajasini, yaxshi yoki yomonligini ko’rsatib
keladi:
How well do you speak English? – I speak English well
- I speak English badly
How old? – Necha yoshda?
Kishilarning yoshini surishtirish uchun qo’llanadi:
How old is John?
–
He is 17
- He is at 17
- He is 17 years old
What is John’s age?
–
He is at the age of 17
39
How often? – Qancha vaqtda? (Qanchalik tez-tez?)
Biror bir ish- harakatning ma’lum vaqtda tez- tez takrorlanib, bajarilib turishini
surishtiradi:
How often do you go to the cinema? – I seldom go to the cinema (Siz kinoga
qanchalik tez-tez borib turasiz? – Men kinoga kamdan-kam boraman)
How often does John come here? – He often comes here (Jon bu yerga qanchalik
tez-tez kelib turadi? – U bu yerga tez-tez kelib turadi)
How long? – Qancha vaqt? Qachondan beri?
Biror bir ish- harakatning bajarilishiga sarflanadigan vaqtni ko’rsatib keladi:
How long does your lesson last? – Our lesson lasts 2 hours (Darsingiz qancha vaqt
davom etadi? – Bizning darsimiz 2 soat davom etadi)
How long will you be there? – I will be there 10 days (Siz bu yerda qancha vaqt
bo’lasiz? – Men bu yerda 10 kun bo’laman)
“Qachondan beri?” ma’nosida “how long?” asosan, tugallangan ya’ni perfect
zamonlarda qo’llanadi:
How long have you been learning English? – I have been learning English for 2
months (Siz qachondan beri ingliz tilini o’rganyapsiz? – Men ingliz tilini 2 oydan beri
o’rganyapman)
How many? – Nechta?
Sanaladigan otlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi va uning miqdorini surishtirib keladi:
How many books have you got? – I have got 10 books (Sizda nechta kitob bor? –
Menda 10 ta kitob bor)
How much? – Qancha?
Sanalmaydigan otlarga nisbatan qo’llanib, ularning miqdorini surishtirib keladi:
How much time do you need? – I need a little time (Sizga qancha vaqt kerak? –
Menga biroz vaqt kerak)
Bundan tashqari, “how much” narx - navoni surishtirish uchun ham
qo’llanadi:
How much is this book? – This book is 2 $ (Bu kitob qancha turadi? – Bu kitob 2
dollar turadi)
How much does this book cost? – This book costs 2 $ (Bu kitob qanchaga narxlandi?
– Bu kitob 2 dollarga narxlandi)
Relative Pronouns
( Bog’lovchi yoki Nisbiy olmoshlar)
a) Bu olmoshlar bog’lovchi oloshlar vazifasida, har biri o’z ma’nosidan kelib
chiqib ikkita gapni ma’no jihatdan bir- biriga bog’lash uchun qo’llanadi.
b) Nisbiy olmoshlar vazifasida esa ular o’z vazifasidan kelib chiqib, gapda narsapredmetni, kishini o’rin- joyini bildirgan otlarga nisbat berib, ularni izohlab
keladi.
1) Who? – Kim?
“Who” bilan ifodalangan, kishini bildirgan ot ish- harakatning bajaruvchisi
bo’lishi shart:
The boy who helped us is my brother – Bizga yordam bergan bola mening akam
I know the student who got “5” yesterday – men kecha “5” baho olgan talabani
bilaman
This is the man who gave me a book – Bu menga kitob bergan odam
40
2) Whom? – Kimni? Kimga?
a) Bog’lovchi olmosh vazifasida “who m” kishilarga nisbatan qo’llanadi va
gapda to’ldiruvchini nazarda tutib, ikkita gapni ma’no jihatdan bog’laydi:
I don’t remember whom I gave the book – kitobni kimga berganligimni eslay
olmayman
I asked him whom he invite to the party – men undan kechaga kimlarni taklif
qilishini so’radim
b) Nisbiy olmosh vazifasida “whom” kishini bildirgan otlarga nisbat berib, uni
izohlaydi. Faqatgina “whom” bilan
ifodalangan kishini
bildirgan ot ish- harakatning bajaruvchisi bo’la olmaydi:
The boy whom I helped is my brother – men yordam bergan bola mening ukam
I know the student whom I put “5” yesterday – kecha men “5” baho qo’ygan
talabani bilaman
This is the man whom I gave a book – bu men kitob bergan odam
3) Whose? – Kimning?
a) Bog’lovchi olmosh vazifasida “whose” kishiga nisbatan qo’llanadi va narsapredmetning kimgadir tegishli ekanligini bildirib, aniqlovchi vazifasida ikkita gapni
o’zaro bog’laydi:
I don’t know whose book he has taken – u kitobini olganligini bilmayman
I know whose dog this is – bu kimning iti ekanligini bilaman
b) Nisbiy olmosh vazifasida “whose” narsa- predmetning kimgadir tegishli
ekanligini ko’rsatgan holda, kishini bildirgan otlarga nisbat berib, ularni izohlab
keladi:
The boy whose bike was stoke is here I know the student whose father works at school – otasi maktabda ishlaydigan
talabani taniyman
This is the writer whose book I’m reading – bu men kitobini o’qiyotgan yozuvchi
4) Which? – Qaysi? Qaysiki?
Nisbiy olmosh vazifasida “which” narsa- predmetni bildirgan otlarga nisbat berib,
ularni izohlab keladi:
The book which I read yesterday is very interesting – kecha men o’qigan kitob juda
qiziqarli
The car which John bought is old – Jon sotib olgan mashina eski
NOTE: Nisbiy olmosh ma’nosida “which” va “who” olmoshlari o’rniga “that”
olmoshini qo’llash mumkin:
The book that (=which) I read yesterday is very interesting – kecha men o’qigan
kitob qiziqarli
The boy that (=who) helped us is my brother – bizga yordam bergan bola mening
akam
5) Where? – Qayerda?
a) O’rin- joyni nazarda tutgan holda, ikkita gapni ma’no jihatdan bir- biriga
bog’laydi:
I know where Olim lives – Men Olimning qayerda yashashini bilaman
I don’t remember where I have put my book – kitobimni qayerga qo’yganligimni
eslay olmayman
41
b) Nisbiy olmosh vazifasida “where” o’rin- joyni bildirgan otlarga nisbat
berib, ularni izohlab
keladi:
The village where I was born is a big city now = The village in which I was born
is a big city now – Men tug’ilgan qishloq hozir katta shahar
The bank is a place where people get money – Bank xalq pul oladigan joy
Show me the shop where you bought this book – bu kitobni sotib olgan
do’koningizni menga ko’rsating
6) When? – Qayerda?
Bog’lovchi olmosh vazifasida “when” vaqt va paytni nazarda tutgan holda ikkita
gapni o’zro bog’laydi:
I asked him when he came – men undan qachon kelganligini so’radim
7) Why? – Nega? Nima uchun?
Sabab va maqsadni nazarda tutgan holda ikkita gapni bir- biriga bog’laydi:
He asked me why I went to the library – U mendan nima uchun kutubxonaga
borganligimni so’radi?
Indefinite Pronouns
Gumon olmoshlari aniq bir shaxs, narsalar, joy, miqdor va vaqtni ko’rsata
olmaydi.
Asosiy gumon olmoshlari: some, any, no
Some – “biroz, bir qancha, bir nechta”.
Ham sanaladigan ham sanalmaydigan otlar bilan qo’llanadi.
a) Some asosan, bo’lishli darak gaplarda qo’llanadi:
I have some books at home.
I need some time to finish work.
Shuningdek, some bilan yasalgan birikmalar ham bo’lishli darak gaplarda
qo’llanadi:
Somebody – kimdir
Something - nimadir
Someone – kimdir, birov
Somewhere – qayerdadir.
For example:
I see somebody there.
There is someone in the room.
John brought something.
I met him somewhere.
Let’s some time in June.
b) Bundan tashqari, “some” gumon olmoshi can, would modal fe’llari bilan
iltimos va taklif mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
Can I have some water?
Would you drink some coffee?
c) Kimningdir biror ish bilan aniq bandligini bilgan holda so’roq
berganimizda “some” va uning birikmalarini ana shu so’roq gaplarda qo’llaymiz:
- Why are you looking under the bed? Have you lost something?
Any – “biroz, bir qancha, bir nechta”.
a) Ham sanaladigan ham sanalmaydigan otlar oldidan qo’llanadi. “Any” asosan,
bo’lishsiz va so’roq gaplarda qo’llanadi:
I have some books at home – mening uyimda bir nechta kitoblar bor
I haven’t any books at home – mening uyimda birorta ham kitob yo’q
Have you any books at home? – sizning uyingizda birorta kitob bormi?
I need some time – menga biroz vaqt kerak
42
I needn’t any time – menga hech qanday vaqt kerak emas
Need you any time? – sizga biroz vaqt kerakmi?
Shuningdek, “any” bilan yasaladigan birikmalar ham bo’lishsiz va so’roq
gaplarda qo’llanadi:
Anybody – hech kim, kimdir
Anything – hech nima, nimadir
Anyone – hech kim, birov
Anywhere – hech qayerda,
qayerdadir
I don’t see anybody there
There isn’t anyone in the room
John didn’t bring anything
I didn’t meet him anywhere
- Do you see anybody there?
- Is there anyone in the room?
- Did John bring anything?
- Did you meet him anywhere?
b) “any” gumon olmoshi “har qanday, hohlagan, istagan” degan ma’noda
bo’lishli darak gaplarda qo’llanadi:
You can come any time – sen xohlagan vaqtingda kelishing mumkin
Anybody can ask any question – kimdir birorta savol so’rab qolishi mumkin
Anything could happen – nimadir sodir bo’lishi mumkin
You can sit anywhere you like – siz xohlagan joyga o’tirishingiz mumkin
c) “any” olmoshi “if ” bilan birga bo’lishli darak gaplarda qo’llanadi:
If anybody comes, tell him that I am at home – agar kimdir kelsa, unga meni uyda
ekanligimni ayt
If anything happens, let me know at once – agar biror narsa sodir bo’lsa, darhol
menga xabar qil
If any of these books is interesting, take it to me – agar bu kitoblardan birortasi
qiziqarli bo’lsa, uni menga olib kel
d) “any” olmoshi va u bilan yasalgan birikmalar bilan birikib bo’lishsizlikni
yasaydi:
hardly + anything
hardly + anywhere
hardly + anybody
hardly + anyone
There are hardly any books on the table
– Stolda hech qanday kitob yo’q.
There is hardly anyone in the room. It’s deserted – Xonada hech kim yo’q. U bo’mbo’sh.
No – “hech, hech qanday”
Ham gumon, ham bo’lishsizlik olmoshi hisoblanadi. “no” ishlatilgan gapda
“not” ishlatilmaydi. No- ham sanaladigan, ham sanalmaydigan otlar oldidan
qo’llanadi:
I have no books at home = I have not any books at home.
I need no time
= I need not any time.
Nobody – hech kim
Noone – hech kim
Nothing – hech narsa
Nowhere – hech qayerda.
I see nobody there – men u yerda hech kimni ko’rmayapman
I met him nowhere – men uni hech yerda uchratmadim
There is noone in the room – xonada hech kim yo’q
John brought nothing – Jon hech narsa sotib olmadi
43
§. “No” and “None”
Ularning har ikkisi ham “hech, hech qaysi, hech biri” deb tarjima qilinadi.
Ularning farqi:
“NO” olmoshi gapda to’g’ridan- to’g’ri ot bilan bog’lanadi:
No person can solve this problem - hech kim bu muammoni hal qila olmaydi.
No books have been sold yet - hali hech bir kitob sotilmadi.
No guests came yesterday - kecha hech qanday mehmon kelmadi.
“NONE” olmoshi esa gapda otlar bilan “of ” fredlogi orqali bog’lanadi:
None of the person can solve this problem – bu muammoni xech kim yecha olmaydi
None of the books have been sold yet – hali kitoblardan birortasi ham sotilmadi
None of the guests came yesterday – kecha mehmonlarning hech biri kelmadi
Bundan tashqari, “none” bo’lishsizlik ma’nosida gapda yakka qo’llanishi
mumkin:
How many books have you got? – None (Sizning nechta kitobingiz bor? – Birorta ham
yo’q)
§. 1) Many – “ ko’p”
Sanaladigan otlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi va ularning miqdorini ko’rsatib keladi:
I have many books at home – mening uyimda ko’p kitoblar bor
Samarkand is an ancient and interesting city. Many tourists visit it – Samarqand
qadimiy va qiziqarli shahar. Unga ko’plab sayyohlar tashrif buyurishadi
Ant:
A few – “kam, oz”
Sanaladigan otlarga nisbatan qo’llanib, miqdorning kam, ammo yetarli
darajadaligini ko’rsatadi:
I have a few books at home. I can give you some of them if you want – mening uyimda
bir nechta kitoblarim bor. Agar xohlasang ulardan bir nechtasini senga berib turaman
Few – “kam, oz”
Sanaladigan otlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi. Miqdorning kam, yetarli bo’lmagan
darajasini ko’rsatadi:
John has moved to this town recently. So he has few friends here – John bu shaharga
yaqindagina ko’chib keldi. Shuning uchun bu yerda uning do’stlari juda kam.
I have few books at home. So I have to go to the library to prepare for an exam –
Mening uyimda kitoblarim juda kam. Shuning uchun imtixonga tayyorlanish uchun
kutubxonaga boraman.
2) Much – “ko’p”
Sanalmaydigan otlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi va ularning miqdorini ko’rsatib keladi:
I have much time. I can go anywhere – Vaqtim ko’p. Biror yerga borishim mumkin.
Ant:
A little – “kam, oz”
Sanalmaydigan otlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi va miqdorning kam ekanligini ammo
yetarli darajadaligini ko’rsatadi:
We have a little time. Let’s go to have dinner – Bizning vaqtimiz kam. Tushlik
qilishga ketdik.
We have a little money. Let’s buy these books – Bizning pulimiz oz. Bu kitoblarni sotib
olaylik.
44
Little – “kam, oz”
Sanalmaydigan otlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi va miqdorning yetarli bo’lmagan
darajada kamligini ko’rsatadi:
We have little time. We can’t wait for him – Bizning vaqtimiz juda oz. Uni kuta
olmaymiz.
We have little money. We can’t even buy bread – Bizning pulimiz juda kam. Hatto non
ham sotib ololmaymiz.
3) A lot of – “ko’p”
Ham sanaladigan, ham sanalmaydigan otlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi:
A lot of books, a lot of time…
“a lot of ” ning “many” va “much” olmoshlaridan farqi:
“a lot of ”- asosan, bo’lishli darak gaplarda qo’llanadi, “many” va “much”
olmoshlari esa bo’lishsiz so’roq gaplarda qo’llanadi:
I have a lot of books – I have not many books.
Have you many books?
I need a lot of time – I needn’t much time.
Need you much time?
NOTE: So, too, very ravishlari bo’lishli gaplarda “many” va “much”
olmoshlari bilan birikib keladi:
So + many
too + many
very + many
So + much
too + much
very + much
I have so many books
I need so much time
I have too many books
I need too much time
I have very many books.
I need very much time.
Plenty of – “ko’p” (haddan tashqari)
Ham sanaladigan, ham sanalmaydigan otlar oldidan qo’llanadi:
John travel a lot of. He has plenty of time, money and opportunities – John ko’p
sayohat qiladi. Uning haddan tashqari ko’p vaqti, puli va imkoniyati bor.
§. 1) Every – “har, har biri, har qaysi”
Every – o’zidan so’ng sanaladigan otlarning birlik shaklini, fe’llarning ham birlik
shaklini talab qiladi:
Every + noun (in singular) + verb (in singular)
Every student in our group has English books.
Every pupil in class learns mathermatics.
Every book in the library is interesting.
“every” olmoshi bilan yasaladigan birikmalar ham birlikda qo’llanadi va
o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning birlik shaklini talab qiladi:
Everybody – hamma
Everyone – har bir kishi
Everything – hamma narsa
Everywhere – hamma joy
Everybody is here – hamma shu yerda.
Everyone in our family learns English – oilamizdagi har bir kishi ingliz tilini
o’rganadi.
Everything is ready
– hamma narsa tayyor.
Everywhere is covered with snow
– hamma yer qor bilan qoplangan.
NOTE: “Everyone” and “every one”
45
1) Everyone – har bir kishi (kishilarga nisbatan qo’llanadi):
Everyone should be ready to protect his fatherland – har bir kishi o’z vatanini himoya
qilishga tayyor bo’lishi kerak
2) Every one – har biri, har qaysisi (narsalarga nisbatan qo’llanadi):
He is invited to a lot of meetings and he goes to every one of them – Uni ko’p
yig’inlarga taklif qilishadi va u bu yig’inlarning har biriga boradi.
I have read every one of these books – Men bu kitoblarning har qaysini o’qib
chiqqanman.
§. “Every” and “Each”
Each – “har, har biri, har qaysisi”
O’zidan so’ng sanaladigan birlikdagi otlar va fe’llarning birlik shaklini talab qiladi:
Each + Noun (in singular) + Verb (in singular)
Ularning farqi: Every – “har biri, har qaysisi” degan ma’noda ko’p sonli narsapredmetlarga nisbatan, Each – “har biri, har qaysisi” ma’nosida kam sonli narsapredmetlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi:
Every
Every country has it’s capital – har
bir mamlakat o’z poytaxtiga ega
There are 25 students in our group.
Every student does well in English –
guruhimizda 25 ta talaba bor. Har bir
talaba ingliz tilini yaxshi biladi
Each
Sarah has gold rings on each finger
– Saraning har bir barmog’ida oltin
uzuki bor
There are 3 students in the room.
Each student is preparing for an exam
– xonada 3 ta talaba bor. Har bir
talaba imtihonga tayyorgarlik ko’ryapti
Bundan tashqari, each – gapning o’rtasida yoki oxirida qo’llanishi mumkin:
The boys each given 10 dollars – Bolalarning har biri 10 dollardan olgan.
These oranges cost 2 $ each
– Apelsinlarning har biri 2 dollardan baholandi.
§. “Every” and “All”
All – “hamma, hammasi”
O’zidan so’ng sanaladigan ko’plikdagi otlarni va fe’llarning ham ko’plik shaklini
talab qiladi:
All + noun (in plural) + verb (in plural)
Every + noun (in singular) + verb (in singular)
Ularning o’rtasidagi farq shundaki, ularning har ikkisi ham ko’plikdagi narsapredmetlar uchun qo’llanadi, ammo all- ko’plikdagi narsa- predmetlarning
hammasini birga jamlab ko’rsatsa, every- ularni bitta- bitta ajratib ko’rsatish
uchun qo’llanadi:
Every
All
Every student in our group has
All the student in our group have
English books – guruhimizdagi har
English books – guruhimizdagi hamma
bir talabaning ingliz tili kitobi bor
talabaning ingliz tili kitobi bor
Every book in the library is
All the books in the library are
interesting – kutubxonadagi har bir
interesting – kutubxonadagi hamma
kitob qiziqarli
kitoblar qiziqarli
Bundan tashqari, “all” o’zidan so’ng sanalmaydigan otlarni ham talab qilishi
mumkin:
46
He spent all his free time doing this fruitless work – U butun bo’sh vaqtini mana
shu befoyda ishni bajarishga sarfladi.
He spent all his money on this old tub – U hamma pulini mana shu eski tog’oraga
sarfladi.
NOTE: “every” olmoshi payt va vaqtni bildirgan so’zlar bilan kelganda
doimiy takrorlanib turadigan vaqtni bildiradi:
Every day
Every 5 minutes
Every 2 hours
Every 2 weeks
I go to school every day
– Men har kuni maktabga boraman.
Planes at this airport flies at every 5 minutes – Bu airapotdagi samalyotlar har 5
minutda uchadi.
§. “all” olmoshi gapda “about” predlogi bilan keladi: all + about
I know all about John – Men John haqida hamma narsani bilaman.
§. “All” and “the whole”
All – “hamma, hammasi”
O’zidan so’ng sanaladigan ko’plikdagi otlarni talab qiladi va ko’p sonli narsapredmetlar uchun qo’llanadi.
The whole – “butun, boshdan oxir”
O’zidan so’ng sanaladigan birlikdagi otlarni talab qiladi va bir narsa- predmet uchun
qo’llanadi:
All
The whole
I read all the books here – men bu
I read the whole book – men kitobni
yerdagi barcha kitoblarni o’qib
to’liq o’qib chiqdim
chiqdim
This bad news shook the whole
This bad news shook all the
country – bu yomon xabar butun
countries
mamlakatni larzaga soldi
“all” va “the whole” olmoshlari vaqt va paytni bildirgan so’zlarga nisbatan bir
ma’noda qo’llanadi, ammo “all” olmoshi bilan artikl qo’llanmaydi:
All day
The whole day
All week
The whole week
All morning
The whole morning
Mustasno holat: all the time = always
It rained all day = It rained the whole day (kun bo’yi yomg’ir yog’di)
Most – “ko’pchilik, ko’p qismi”
O’zidan so’ng sanaladigan ko’plikdagi otlarni va sanalmaydigan otlarni talab
qiladi:
Most + count noun (in plural) + verb (in plural)
Most people live in towns – ko’pchilik odamlar shaharlarda yashaydi.
Most students have cars – studentlarning ko’pida mashina bor.
Most + uncount noun (in singular) + verb (in singular)
I spent most of my time and strength doing this work – Men bu ishni bajarishga
ko’p vaqt va kuch sarfladim.
§. Both / Eihter / Neighter
1) Both – “har ikkalasi ham”
47
Ikkita shaxs va ikkita narsa- predmet uchun qo’llanadi. “both” o’zidan so’ng
sanaladigan ko’plikdagi otlarni va fe’llarning ham ko’plik shaklini talab qiladi:
Both + Count noun (in plural) + Verb (in plural)
I have brought 2 books. Both books are very interesting – Men 2 ta kitob sotib
oldim. Kitoblarning ikkalasi ham juda qiziqarli.
There are 2 students in the room. Both students are very intelligent – Xonada 2 ta
talaba bor. Talabalarning har ikkalasi ham juda bilimdon.
“Both” ot olmoshi sifatida gapda yakka holda ham qo’llanadi:
I have brought 2 books. Both are very interesting.
There are 2 students in the room. Both are very intelligent.
Eihter – “unisi ham, bunisi ham”
Ikkita shaxs yoki ikkita narsa- predmet uchun qo’llanadi. “eihter” o’zidan so’ng
sanaladigan birlikdagi otlarni va fe’llarning ham birlik shaklini talab qiladi:
Eihter + Count noun (in singular) + Verb (in singular)
“Both” va “eihter” ning farqi:
Both – ikkita narsa- predmetni jamlab ko’rsatsa, eihter- ikkita narsapredmetni alohida- alohida ajratib ko’rsatadi:
There are two students in the room. Eihter student is very intelligent – Xonada 2
ta talaba bor. Talabalarning unisi ham, bunisi ham juda bilimdon.
I have brought two books. Eihter book is very interesting – Men 2 ta kitob sotib
oldim. Kitoblarning unisi ham, bunisi ham juda qiziqarli.
“Eihter” ot- olmosh sifatida gapda yakka holda ham qo’llanadi:
There are 2 students in the room. Eighter is very intelligent
I have brought 2 books. Eighter is very interesting Neihter – “na unisi, na bunisi, ikkisi ham emas”
Gaplarda bo’lishsiz ma’no yasaydi. “Neihter” qo’llangan gapda “not” inkor
yuklamasi ishlatilmaydi.
Neither- ikkita shaxs yoki ikkita narsa- predmetga nisbatan qo’llanadi va o’zidan so’ng
sanaladigan birlikdagi otlarni va fe’llarning ham birlik shaklini talab qiladi:
Neither + Count noun (in singular) + Verb (in singular)
There are two students in the room. Neither student is intelligent – Xonada 2 ta
talaba bor. Talabalarning na unisi, na bunisi bilimdon.
I have brought two books. Neither book is interesting – Men 2 ta kitob sotib oldim.
Kitoblarning ikkalasi ham qiziqarli emas.
“Neither” ot- olmosh sifatida gapda yakka holda keladi:
There are two students in the room. Neighter is intelligent.
I brought two books. Neighter is interesting.
Both… and … - “ham… ham”
Bu ibora gapda ega bilan birikib kelsa, o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning ko’plik shaklini
oladi:
Both + subject + and + subject + verb (in plural)
Both I and John are students – Men ham, John ham studentlarmiz.
Kesim vazifasida:
ham talabaman.
I am both a teacher and a student – Men ham o’qituvchi,
48
To’ldiruvchi vazifasida: I cleaned both the room and the hall – Men ham xonani,
ham zalni tozaladim.
Hol vazifasida:
We have been to both London and Washington – Men ham
Londonda, ham
Vashingtonda
ham bo’lganman.
Either… or… - “yo… yo”
a) Bu iboradagi ikkinchi ot yoki olmosh birlikda bo’lsa, ulardan so’ng keladigan
fe’l ham birlikda bo’ladi:
Either + noun or + noun (in singular) + verb (in singular)
Either teachers or John is in the room – Xonada yo o’qituvchilar yo John bor.
Either they or he lives in town
– Shaharda yo ular yo u yashaydi.
b) Bu iboradagi ikkinchi ot yoki olmosh ko’plikda bo’lsa, undan so’ng keladigan
ot ham ko’plikda bo’ladi:
Either + noun or + noun (in plural) + verb (in plural)
Either John or teachers are in the room.
Either he or they live in town.
Neither… nor… - “na… na…”
a) “neither… nor…” iborasidagi ikkinchi ot yoki olmosh birlikda bo’lsa, undan
so’ng kelgan ot ham birlikda bo’ladi:
Neither + noun + nor + noun (in singular) + verb (in
singular)
Neither teachers nor John is in the room - Xonada na o’qituvchilar na Jonn bor.
Neither they nor he lives in town
– Shaharda na ular na u yashaydi.
b) “neither… nor…” iborasidagi ikkinchi ot yo olmosh ko’plikda bo’lsa, undan
so’ng kelgan ot ham ko’plikda bo’ladi:
Neither + noun + nor + noun (in plural) + verb ( in plural)
Neither John nor teachers are in the room.
Neither he nor they live in town.
NOTE: Ma’lumki, some, any, many, much, every, each, all, most, both, either,
neither olmoshlari ot bilan hech qanday vositasiz, to’g’ridan- to’g’ri bog’lana oladi:
Some books – every books – many books – many books – both books – each books –
any books – all books.
Ammo bu olmoshlardan so’ng kelgan otlar oldidan aniq artikl, egalik
olmoshlari va ko’rsatish olmoshlari kelsa, bu olmoshlardan so’ng doimo “of ”
predlogi ishlatiladi:
Some of the books - some of my books – some of these books.
Much of the time – much of my time – much of this time.
Every one of the books – every one of my books – every one of these books.
All (of ) the books – all (of ) my books – all (of ) these books.
Both (of ) the books – both (of) my books – both (of ) these books
AUXILIARY VERBS
(Yordamchi fe’llar)
Ingliz tilida 3 ta asosiy yordamchi fe’llar bor:
2) to be – bo’lmoq
3) to do – qilmoq
49
4) to have – bor bo’lmoq, ega bo’lmoq.
1) “To be” fe’li gapda hech qachon ish- harakat bajarilishini ko’rsatmaydi, balki
har doim holatni ifodalab keladi. “to be” fe’lining hozirgi zamonda 3 ta shakli
bor:
Am – I
Is – he, she, it
Are – we, you, they
“To be” fe’lining gapdagi asosiy vazifasi: ega va kesimni bir- biriga bog’lash.
“to be” fe’li gapda asosan, ot, sifat, sifat + ot, son, ravish so’z turkumlari bilan birikib
keladi:
I am a student (ot)
I am clever (sifat)
I am a clever student (sifat+ ot)
I am 20 (son)
I am here (ravish)
“to be” fe’lining bo’lishsizlik shakli “am, is, are” ga “not” inkor yuklamasini
qo’shish bilan yasaladi:
am
S = is
+ not…
are
I am not a student
This is not a book
These are not books
The teacher is not in the room
Teachers are not in the room.
“to be” fe’lining so’roq shaklida “am, is, are” egadan oldinga chiqadi:
Am
Is
+ S + …?
Are
Am I a student?
Is this a book?
Are these books?
Is the teacher in the room?
Are teachers in the room?
2) “to do” fe’li ish- harakat bajarilishiga nisbatan qo’llanilib, uning gapdagi
asosiy vazifasi, mustaqil fe’llarni bo’lishsiz va so’roq shakllarga
aylantirishdan iborat.
Mustaqil fe’llar – o’z mustaqil ma’nosiga ega bo’lgan va gapda biror bir ishharakat bajarilishini ko’rsatuvchi fe’llar hisoblanadi. Uning asosiy kamchiligi:
gapda bo’lishsiz va so’roq shakllarni o’zi yasay olmaydi. Hozirgi noaniq zamonda
3- shaxs birlikda barcha mustaqil fe’llarga –s va –es shaxs qo’shimchalari qo’shiladi.
Hozirgi noaniq zamonda, “to do” fe’lining 2 ta shakli bor:
Do – I, we, you, they
Does – he, she, it
to run – yugurmoq
to go – bormoq
I run every morning - He runs every morning
You teach children – She teaches children
They go to school – John goes to school
We finish work at 6 – Shohida finishes work at 6.
For examples:
50
to teach- o’qitmoq
to finish – tugatmoq
Bo’lishsiz shaklda, “do” va “does” yordamchi fe’llariga “not” inkor yuklamasi
qo’shiladi. 3- shaxs birlik uchun “does not” qo’llanadi va mustaqil fe’llarga
qo’shilgan –s va –es qo’shimchalari tushib qoladi:
I do not run every morning – he does not run every morning
You do not teach children – she does not teach children.
So’roq shaklda, “do” va “does” yordamchi fe’llari egadan oldinga chiqadi:
Do you run every morning? – Does he run every morning?
Do you teach chilren?
– Does she teach children?
3) “to have” fe’li yordamchi fe’l ma’nosida “bor bo’lmoq, ega bo’lmoq”
ma’nosida narsa- predmetning kimgadir tegishli ekanligini yoki kishining biror
bir narsa- predmetga egaligini ko’rsatadi. “to have” fe’lining hozirgi noaniq
zamonda 2 ta shakli bor:
Have – I, we you, they
Has – he, she, it
For examples:
I have a book – meni kitobim bor.
He has a car – uni mashinasi bor.
“to have” fe’lining bo’lishsiz shakli 2 yo’l bilan yasaladi:
a) “have” ga “not” inkor yuklamasini qo’shib: I have not a book
He has not a car.
b) “do” va “does” yordamchi fe’llariga “not” inkor yuklamasini qo’shib:
I don’t have a book
He doesn’t has a car.
So’roq shakli ham 2 xil yo’l bilan yasaladi:
1) “have” va “has” egadan oldinga chiqadi:
Have you a book?
Has you a car?
2) “do” va “does” egadan oldinga chiqadi:
Do you have a book?
Does he has a car?
Have – “bor bo’lmoq, ega bo’lmoq” ma’nolarida davom zamonlarda
qo’llanila olmaydi.
b) “to have” fe’li fe’li gapda ot bilan birikib kelib, “qilmoq, bajarmoq”
ma’nolarida mustaqil fe’l bo’lib keladi:
To have breakfast = to eat breakfast (nonushta qilmoq)
To have a test = to do a test (test bajarmoq)
To have a chat = to talk (suhbat qurmoq, gaplashmoq)
“Qilmoq, bajarmoq” ma’nosida “to have” fe’li qaysi zamonda qo’llansa, o’sha
zamondagi yordamchi fe’l bilan bo’lishsiz va so’roq shakllarga aylantiriladi va bu
ma’noda davomli “continuous” zamonlarda qo’llanadi:
Bo’lishli shaklda:
I have breakfast every morning
He has a test every day
Bo’lishsiz shaklda:
I don’t have breakfast every morning
He doesn’t have a test every day.
So’roq shaklda:
Do you have breakfast every morning?
Does he have a test every day?
Hozirgi davom zamonda:
I am having breakfast now.
He is having a test now.
“To have” and “to have got”
Bularning har ikkalasi “bor bo’lmoq, ega bo’moq” deb tarjimaqilinadi:
51
a) To have got – “bor bo’lmoq, ega bo’lmoq” ma’nosida faqat hozirgi noaniq
zamonda qo’llanadi va bo’lishsiz va so’roq shakllari “have” fe’linig o’zi bilan
yasaladi:
Bo’lishli shaklda:
I have got a book.
He has got a car.
Bo’lishsiz shaklda: I haven’t got a book.
He hasn’t got a car
So’roq shaklda:
Have you got a book?
Has he got a car?
b) To have – “bor bo’lmoq, ega bo’lmoq” ma’nosida hozirgi, o’tgan va kelasi
zamonlarda qo’llanadi:
Hozirgi zamonda: I have a car - Mening mashinam bor
O’tgan zamonda; I had a car last year - O’tgan yili mening mashiman bor edi
Kelasi zamonda:
I shall have a car next year - Kelasi yili mening mashinam
bo’ladi.
TUPES OF QUESTIONS
(So’roq gap turlari)
Ingliz tilida 4 ta asosiy so’roq gap turi mavjud:
1) General Question
– Umumiy so’roq gap
2) Alternative Question – Tanlov so’roq gap
3) Special Question
– Maxsus so’roq gap
4) Disjuctive Question – Tasdiq so’roq gap.
General question
a) Suhbatdoshdan biror holat bo’yicha umumiy ma’lumot olish uchun qo’llanadi.
Umumiy so’roq gap yordamchi fe’lni egadan oldinga chiqarib yasaladi va har doim
qisqa “ha” va “yo’q” javoblaridan birini talab qiladi. Qaysi yoqdamchi fe’l bilan
savol berilsa, o’sha yordamchi fe’l shakli bilan javob beriladi:
Are you a student?
- Yes, I am / No, I am not
Is he in the room?
- Yes, he is / No, he is not
Is John a teacher?
- Yes, he is / No, he is not
Do you live in Karshi?
-Yes, I do / No, I do not
Does he clean the room?
- Yes, he does / No, he does not
Does John speak English? – Yes, he does / No, he does not
Have you a house?
- Yes, I have / No, I have not
Has he a car?
- Yes, he has / No, he has not.
b) Umumiy so’roq gapda savol 1- shaxs birlik va ko’plikda shaxsning o’ziga
berilsa, javob 2- shaxs birlik va ko’plikda bo’ladi:
Am I a student?
- Yes, you are / No, you are not
Are we in the room?
- Yes, you are / No, you are not.
c) Savol “this” va “that” ko’rsatish olmoshlari bilan berilsa, javob “it”
olmoshi bilan qaytadi:
Is this a book?
- Yes, it is / No, it is not
Is that a pen?
– Yes, it is / No, it is not.
Savol “these” va “those” ko’rsatish olmoshlari bilan berilsa, javob “they”
kishilik olmoshi bilan qaytadi:
Are these books?
– Yes, they are / No, they are not
Are those pens?
– Yes, they are / No, they are not
Alternative question
52
Ikkita narsa- predmetdan birini, ikkita belgi- hususiyat va ikkita shaxsdan birini
tanlash uchun qo’llanadi va ularni tanlash uchun “or” (yoki) ishlatiladi. Tanlov
so’roq gap yordamchi fe’llarni egadan oldinga chiqarish yo’li bilan yasaladi va
doim to’liq javob talab qiladi:
Is this a book or a note- book?
It is a book
Do you learn English or Russian?
I learn English.
Is this film interesting or boring?
It is boring.
Is your friend Ann or Kate?
Ann is my friend.
Special question
Suhbatdoshdan biror holat bo’yicha mahsus ma’lumot olish uchun qo’llanadi.
Mahsus so’roq gap so’roq olmoshlari va yordamchi fe’llar bilan yasaladi va to’liq
javob talab qiladi:
What is your name?
– My name is Nike
How old are you?
- I am 18.
Where do you live?
– I live in Karshi.
What does your father do? – He is a doctor.
Ba’zida so’roq olmoshlari gapda ega bo’lib kelganda, savol berish uchun
yordamchi fe’l qo’llanmaydi, savol to’g’ridan- to’g’ri mustaqil fe’lning o’zi bilan
beriladi:
Who plays the piano? – I do
What makes you think so? – My problems do.
Which of you lives in Karshi? – Nike does.
Disjuctive question
Fikrni ma’qullash va tasdiqlash uchun qo’llanadi. Bunda gap 2 qismdan iborat
bo’ladi:
a) Agar gapning 1- qismi bo’lishli darak gap shaklida bo’lsa, 2- qismi
bo’lishsiz so’roq gap shaklida bo’ladi:
You are a student, aren’t you?
- Yes, I am / No, I am not
He is here, isn’t he?
- Yes, he is / No, he is not
You live in Karshi, don’t you?
– Yes, I do / No, I don’t
He learns English, doesn’t he?
– Yes, he does / No, he doesn’t.
b) Agar gapning 1- qismi bo’lishsiz, inkor shaklda bo’lsa, 2- qismi bo’lishli
darak gap shaklida bo’ladi:
You are not a student, are you?
- Yes, I am / No, I am not
He is not here, is he?
– Yes, he is / No he is not
You do not live in Karshi, do you? – Yes, I do / No, I do not
He does not learn English, does he? – Yes, he does / No, he does not.
c) “Let” (ruhsat bermoq) fe’li taklif mazmunidagi buyruq gaplarda 1- shaxs
ko’plikda qo’llanadi:
Let’s go home, shall we?
– Uyga boramizmi?
Let’s take a taxi, shall we?
– Taksi tutamizmi?
Let’s clean the room, shall we?
– Xonani tozalaymizmi?
d) Buyruq gaplarda fikrni tasdiqlash va ma’qullash uchun “will” qo’llanadi:
Close the door, will you?
– Eshikni yopib yuborasizmi?
Pass me the book, will you?
– Kitobni uzatib yuborasizmi?
Clean the blackboard, will you?
– Doskani tozalaysizmi?
53
“There is” and “There are”
“There is” va “there are” iboralari “bor” deb tarjima qilinadi va asosan,
narsa- predmetlar uchun qo’llanilib, ularning biron joyda turganligini,
joylashganligini, borligini ko’rsatadi:
There is / there are + ot + o’rin holi
There is
a book on the table.
There are books
on the table.
“Bor” ma’nosida “there is” “there are” iborasi bilan “to have” fe’lining farqi:
a) “To have” fe’li asosan, kishilar uchun qo’llanadi va kishilarning biror narsapredmetga egaligini yoki narsa- predmetlarning biror kishiga tegishli ekanligini
ko’rsatadi:
I have a book.- Mening kitobim bor.
b) “There is” “there are” iborasi narsa- predmetlarning turgan joyini
ko’rsatadi. Hech qanday egalikni bildirmaydi:
There is a book on the table – Stolda kitob bor.
“There is” “there are” iborasi atoqli otlar uchun qo’llana olmaydi. Atoqli
otlar bilan “to be” fe’li qo’llanadi:
There is
To be
There is Samarkand in
Samarkand is in Uzbekistan √
Uzbekistan ×
“There is” iborasi
a) “There is” har doim birlikdagi otlar bilan qo’llanadi:
There is a book on the table.
There is a boy in the room.
b) Gapdagi 1- ot birlikda, qolgan otlar ko’plikda bo’lgan halatda ham “there
is” qo’llanadi:
There is a boy and 5 girls in the room.
There is a pen and 10 pencils on the table.
c) Sanalmaydigan otlar bilan doim “there is” qo’llanadi:
There is water in the pail – Chelakda suv bor.
There is time to do this work – Bu ishni bajarish uchun vaqt bor.
“There are” iborasi
“There are” iborasi doim ko’plikdagi otlar bilan qo’llanadi:
There are books on the table.
There are boys in the room.
Bo’lishsiz shaklda, “is” va “are” ga “not” inkor yuklamasi qo’shiladi:
There is / there are + not + ot + o’rin holi
There is not a book on the table.
There are not books on the table.
So’roq shaklda, “is” va “are” egadan oldinga chiqadi:
Is / are + there + ot + o’rin holi…?
Is there a boy in the room? – Yes, there is / No, there is not
Are there books on the table? – Yes, there are / No, there are not
54
Bundan tashqari, “there is” va “there are” iboralari voqealarning sodir
bo’lishiga nisbatan qo’llanadi:
There are accidents on the road every day – Yo’llarda har kuni baxtsiz hodisalar
bo’lib turadi.
There was an earthquare in Tashkent in 1966 – I966 yili Toshkentda yer silkinishi
sodir bo’ldi
There has been an explosion in Kobul – Qobulda portlash sodir bo’ldi.
ADJECTIVE
(Sifat)
Sifat – shaxs va predmetning belgi- hususiyatini bildirib, what kind of ?(qanday,
qanaqa), what colour? (qanaday rangda) kabi so’roqlarga javob bo’ladi. Sifatning
gapdagi asosiy vazifasi: ot bilan bog’lanib, belgi- hususiyatni bildirishdan iborat:
An interesting book – Qiziqarli kitob
A tall man – Novcha kishi.
Ma’no jihatdan sifatlar 2 ga bo’linadi:
1) Fact Adjectives – Asliy sifatlar
2) Opinion Adjectives – Nisbiy sifatlar.
1) Asliy sifatlar narsa- predmetning tashqi jihatini ko’rsatadi ya’ni narsapredmetning belgi- hususiyati bizga ko’rinib turgan holda unga nisbat bersak asliy
sifatlar deyiladi:
Long, short, high, low, tall, big, large…
2) Nisbiy sifatlar narsa- predmetning ichki hususiyatini ko’rsatadi ya’ni narsapredmetning belgi- hususiyati bizga ko’rinmasdan biz uni o’rganib chiqqndan so’ng
nisbat bersak nisbiy sifatlar deyiladi:
Interesting, boring, clevar, good…
Sifatlar yasalish jihatdan ham 2 ga bo’linadi:
1) Simple Adjectives – Sodda sifatlar
2) Compound Adjectives – Murakkab sifatlar.
1) Bir bo’g’inli so’zlardan iborat sifatlar – sodda sifatlardir:
Long, large, big…
2) Ikki yoki undan ortiq bo’g’inli so’zlardan iborat sifatlar – murakkab
sifatlardir:
Exspensive, beautiful, famous, boring, interesting…
Sifatlarning bunday turlarga ajratilishiga sabab, ular sifat darajalarida turli xil
daraja qo’shimchalarini oladi.
Sifat darajalari
Ingliz tilida sifatlarning 3 ta asosiy va 1 ta qo’shimcha darajasi mavjud:
1) Positive Degree – Oddiy daraja
2) Comparative Degree – Qiyosiy daraja
3) Superlative Degree – Orttirma daraja
● Equel Degree – Teng daraja
1) Oddiy daraja – narsa- predmetning belgi- hususiyati qanday bo’lsa
shundayligicha ko’rsatadi, sifatlarga hech qanday qo’shimcha qo’shilmaydi:
John is tall – John baland bo’yli
The river Nile is long – Nil daryosi uzun
The room is comfortable – Bu shinam xona
This book is interesting – Bu qiziqarli kitob.
55
2) Qiyosiy darajada bir narsa- predmetning belgi- hususiyati boshqa bir narsapredmetning belgisi bilan qiyoslanib, birining belgisi boshqasinikiga qaraganda
ortiqroq yoki kamroq ekanligini ko’rsatadi.
Qiyosiy darajada bir bo’g’inli sodda sifatlarga –er (-roq) qo’shimchasi, ko’p
bo’g’inli murakkab sifatlarga esa “more” ravishi qo’llanadi va narsa- predmetning
belgisini qiyoslash uchun than (…ga qaraganda, …dan ko’ra) bo’g’lovchisi
qo’llanadi:
Subject + Verb + Simple adjective + er + than + Noun /
pronoun
John is taller than Nick – John Nikka qaraganda uzunroq
The river Nile is longer than the Volga – Nil daryosi Volga daryosidan ko’ra uzunroq
Subject + Verb + more + Compound adjective + than +
Noun / pronoun
This room is more comfortable than John’s room – Bu xona Jonning xonasiga
qaraganda qulayroq.
This book is more interesting than that book – Bu kitob unisidan ko’ra qiziqarliroq.
NOTE 1: Bunday holatda, “than” dan so’ng ot va olmosh o’rniga to’liq gap
ham kelishi mumkin:
Subject + Verb + Simple adjective + er + than + S + Verb
John is taller than I thought – John men o’ylagandan ko’ra uzunroq ekan
Subject + Verb + more + Compound adjective + than + S +
Verb
This room is more comportable than I expected – Bu xona kutganimdan ko’ra
qulayroq ekan.
NOTE 2: Qiyosiy darajada narsa- predmetning belgi- hususiyatini yanada
kuchaytirib ko’rsatish uchun qiyosiy darajadagi sifatlar oldidan “much”, “a lot of ”,
“far” (juda, ancha) sifatlari qo’llanadi:
John is much taller than Nick – John Nikka qaraganda ancha uzunroq
This room is much (= a lot of ) more comfortable than John’s room – Bu xona
Jonning xonasidan ko’ra
ancha qulayroq.
Qiyosiy darajada bir narsa- predmetning belgi- hususiyatini boshqa bir narsapredmetning belgi- hususiyatiga qaraganda birozgina kuchaytirib ko’rsatmoqchi
bo’lsak, qiyosiy darajadagi sifatlar oldidan “a little”, “a bit”, “slightly” (sal) sifatlari
qo’llanadi:
John is a little (= a bit / slightly) taller than Nick – John Nikdan sal uzunroq
b) Qiyosiy darajadagi sifatlar gapda ikkilansa, belgi- hususiyatni yoki
miqdorni yanada kuchaytirib keladi:
Today more and more people are learning foreign languages – Bugungi kunda
ko’pdan- ko’p insonlar
chet
tillarini o’rganmoqdalar.
Life is getting harder and harder – Hayot qiyindan qiyin bo’lib bormoqda.
More and more students are reading books – Ko’pdan ko’p talabalar kitob
o’qishmoqda
56
Stydying is getting more and more difficult – O’qish qiyindan qiyin bo’lib
bormoqda.
c) Bir ish- harakatning ma’nosidan kelib chiqib boshqa bir ish- harakatga
nisbat bersak, qiyosiy darajadagi sifatlar oldidan aniq artikl “the” qo’llanadi:
The + Comparative + Subject + Verb, the + Comparative +
Subject + Verb
The earlier you begin work, the sooner you will finish it – Ishni ertaroq
boshlasang ertaroq tugatasan.
The more you study, the more you learn – Ko’ o’qigan ko’p bilar.
The sooner you go in for sports, the healthier you will be – Qancha tezroq sport
bilan shug’ullansang shuncha sog’lomroq bo’lasan
The more expensive the hotel is, the better the service is – Mehmonxona qancha
qimmatroq bo’lsa, xizmat shuncha yaxshiroq bo’ladi
The larger the room is, the more comfortable you feel – xona kattaroq bo’lsa,
o’zingni qulayroq his qilasan
The clearer you speak, the better we understand you – ochiqroq gapirsang, biz
yaxshiroq tushunamiz
3) Orttirma daraja bir turdagi narsa- predmetlar guruhi ichida, ularning birining
belgisini boshqalarinikidan eng ortiqlik bilan ajralib turishini ko’rsatadi
a) Ottirma darajada bir bo’g’inli sodda sifatlarga –est (eng, juda), ko’p bo’g’inli
murakkab sifatlar oldidan esa “the most” (eng, juda) daraja qo’shimchalari
qo’llanadi:
Subject + Verb + the + Simple adjective + est + Noun
Peter is the tallest boy in the group – Piter guruhimizdagi eng uzun bo’yli bola
The river Amazon is the longest river in the world – Amazonka daryosi dunyodagi
eng uzun daryo
Subject + Verb + the most + Compaund adjective + Noun
This is the most interesting book in the library – bu kutubxonadagi eng qiziqarli
kitob
My room is the most comfortable room in the lyseum – mening xonam litseydagi eng
qulay xona
John is tall – Jon baland bo’yli
John is taller than me – Jon menga
qaraganda uzunroq
John is the tallest boy in our group
(= John is
the tallest of all in our group) – Jon
guruhimizdagi eng baland bo’yli bola
COMPARE:
Positive Degree
My room is comfortable – xonam
qulay
Comparative Degree
My room is more comfortable than
John’s room – xonam Jonning
xonasiga qaraganda qulayroq
Superlative Degree
My room is the most comfortable of
all the
rooms at the lyceum – mening xonam
litseydagi barcha xonalardan ko’ra
qulayroq
b) “One of ” (-dan biri) birikmasidan so’ng sifatlarning orttirma darajasi
qo’llanadi:
57
One of + the + Superlative degree
Bill Gates is one of the richest men in the world – Bil Geyt dunyoning eng boy
kishilaridan biri.
John is one of the most advanced students in our group – John guruhimizning eng
harakatchan talabalaridan biri
Of the two – “ikkalasini ichida, ikkalasiga qaraganda”
Bu birikma bilan doim sifatlarning orttirma darajasi qo’llanadi va qiyosiy
darajadagi sifatlar oldidan aniq artikl “the” qo’llanadi:
Subject + Verb + the + Comparative degree + of the two
+ Noun
Sarah is the cleverer of the two students – Sara bu 2 ta talabaga qaraganda
aqlliroq.
This book is the more interesting of the two books – Bu kitob ikkitasiga
qaraganda qiziqarliroq.
This car is the newer of the two cars – Ikkita mashinani ichida bunisi yangiroq
“Of the two” birikmasi gapning boshida ham qo’llanishi mumkin:
Of the two + Noun, Subject + Verb + the + Comparative
Of the two students, Sarah is the cleverer – Ikki talaba ichida Sara aqlliroq.
Of the two books, this book is the more interesting – Ikkita kitobni ichida mana bu
kitob qiziqarliroq
Of the two cars, this car is the newer – Ikkita mashinani ichida bunisi yangiroq
NOTE: “Of the two” birikmasidagi “2” raqami uch, to’rt yoki yuqori
sonlarga o’zgarsa, sifatlarning orttirma darajasi qo’llanadi:
Subject + Verb + the + Superlative degree + of the three
(four, five,…) + Noun
Sarah is the cleverest of the three students – Sara uchta talaba ichida eng aqllisi.
This book is the most interesting of the four books – Bu kitob to’rtta kitob ichidagi
eng qiziqarlisi.
This car is the newesr of the five cars – bu mashina beshta mashinadan eng yangisi
4) Teng daraja – ikkita shaxs yoki narsa-predmetning belgi- hususiyatini o’zaro
teng, bir xil ekanligini ko’rsatadi.
a) Ingliz tilida teng daraja sifatlarning oddiy darajasi va “as…as…” (-…dek)
iborasi bilan yasaladi:
Subject + Verb + as, Positive degree as + Noun / pronoun
John is as tall as Jack – John Jekdek novcha.
This room is as large as the room – Bu xona anavi xonadek keng.
This film is as interesting as that film which I saw yesterday – Bu film kecha ko’rgan
filmim kabi
qiziqarli ekan.
Bo’lishsiz shakli: Subject + Verb + not as / so, Positive degree as + Noun /
pronoun
John is not as (so) tall as Jack
This room is not as (so) large as that room.
This film is not as (so) interesting as that film which I saw yesterday
b) Teng darajada bir narsa- predmetning belgi- hususiyatini boshqa bir
narsa- predmetning belgi- hususiyatiga qaraganda bir necha bor oshirib
58
ko’rsatmoqchi bo’lsak, sifat bilan birga sonli birikmalar ham qo’llanishi
mumkin:
Subject + Verb + twice / 3 times / 4 times… + as, Positive degree +
as + Noun / pronoun
Jack’s room is twice as large as my room – Jekning xonasi mening xonamdan 2
marta katta
Their house is twice as big as our house – Ularning uyi biznikidan 2 marta katta
c) Teng darajada, miqdorni ko’rsatuvchi sifatlar bilan birga otlar ham birikib
kelishi mumkin:
Subject + Verb + as, many / few + Count noun + as + Subject +
Verb / noun / pronoun
He has as many books as me (= as I have) – Uning kitoblari menikidek ko’p
He has as few books as me (= as I have) – uning kitoblari menikidek kam
Subject + Verb + as, much / little + Uncount noun + as + Verb /
noun / pronoun
I have as much time as you (= as you have) – Mening vaqtim senikidek ko’p
I have as little time as you (= as you have) – Mening vaqtim senikidek kam
d) The same - …-dek, bir xil
Subject + Verb + the same (noun) + as, + Noun / pronoun
My car is the same colour as Jack’s car – Mashinamning rangi Jekning
mashinasidek (bir xil rangda)
Kate’s hair is the same length as Sarah’s hair – Keytning sochi Saraning sochidek
uzun
My salary is the same as Jack’s salary – Mening maoshim Jekning maoshidek (bir
xil)
Irregular Adjectives
Uning noto’g’ri sifatlar deyilishiga sabab, ular oddiy darajadan qiyosiy yoki
orttirma darajaga o’tganda daraja qo’shimchalarini olmaydi, balki bu darajada ularning
o’zaklari o’zgaradi:
Positive degree:
Comparative
Superlative
degree:
degree:
Good
Better
The best
Bad
Worse
The worst
Many
More
The most
Much
More
The most
Little
Lest
The least
Far
1) farther (masofa)
1) the farthest
2) further (vaqt)
2) the furthest.
● further
(qo’shimcha)
This film is good – Bu yaxshi film
This film is better than that film we saw yesterday – Kecha ko’rgan filmimizga
qaraganda bu film yaxshiroq ekan..
This film is the best of all films – Bu film barcha filmlarning eng zo’ri.
59
§. Ba’zi bir –y, -ow, -ble, -e, -er, -t, -ng qo’shimchalari bilan tugagan ikki
bo’g’inli murakkab sifatlar qiyosiy va orttirma darajada bir bo’g’inli sodda sifatlar
kabi daraja qo’shimchalarini oladi:
Positive degree:
Comparative
degree:
Easy – oson, yengil
Easier
Early – erta, barvaqt
Earlier
Narrow – ensiz, tor
Narrower
Shallow – past, sayoz
Shallower
Noble
–
olijanob, Nobler
himmatli
Stranger
Strange
–
g’alati; Simpler
notanish
Sampler
Simple – oddiy, sodda
Cleverer
Sample – namunali
Straighter
Clever – aqlli, uquvli
Stronger
Straight
–
to’g’ri;
rostgo’y
Strong – kuchli; ta’sirli
Superlative degree:
The easiest
The earliest
The narrowest
The shallowest
The noblest
The strangest
The simplest
The samplest
The cleverest
The straightest
The strongest.
§ . “–ing” va “-ed” qo’shimchalari
Sifatlar o’zidan so’ng “-ing” va “-ed” qo’shimchalarini olishiga qarab 2
turga: belgi- hususiyat va munosabat sifatlariga bo’linadi.
1) –ing qo’shimchasiga tugaydigan sifatlar kishilarga, narsa- predmetlarga,
voqea- hodisalarga nisbatan qo’llanilib, ularning belgi- hususiyatini bildirib
keladi. Bunda asosan, sifat fe’ldan yasaladi:
The book is interesting – Bu kitob qiziqarli.
John is boring – Jon zerikarli bola.
His progress is astonishing – Uning yutug’i hayratlanarli.
The accident is terrifying – Bu dahshatli voqea.
2) –ed qo’shimchasi bilan tugaydigan sifatlar kishiga nisbatan qo’llanilib,
kishilarning biror bir narsa- predmetga, shaxsga, voqea- hodisaga bo’lgan
munosabatini ko’rsatadi:
I am interested in the book – Bu kitob meni qiziqtirib qo’ydi
I am bored with John – Jon meni zeriktirib yubordi.
I am astonished at (=by) his progress – Uning muvaffaqiyati meni hayratga soldi.
I am terrefied by (=with) the accident – Bu voqea meni dahshatga soldi.
§ . Sifatlarning gapda joylashish tartibi
Biror bir narsa- predmetning belgi- hususiyatini bir necha sifatlar orqali
ifodalamoqchi bo’lsak, asliy sifatlar quyidagi tartibda joylashadi:
Xajm + Yosh + Rang + Qayerda tayyorlangan, qayerdan +
Nimadan tayyorlangan + Ot
A tall, young, white, Russian peasant – Uzun bo’yli, yosh, oq tanli rus dehqoni.
A tiny, old, red Russian metal box – Ixchamgina, eski, qizil rangli rus metal qutisi.
A hugl, new, black Japan car – Katta, yangi, qora yapon mashinasi.
A big, black cat – Semiz qora mushuk.
A young Uzbek journalist – Yosh o’zbek jurnalisti.
Nisbiy sifatlar esa doimo ularning oldidan qo’llanadi:
60
A clever, tall, young, white Russian peasant.
A nice, huge, new, black Japan car.
A bad, big, black cat.
A talented, young Uzbek journalist
Linking Verbs
Quyidagi fe’llar o’zidan so’ng doim sifat talab qiladi:
Feel – his qilmoq
Look – tuyilmoq, ko’rinmoq
Smell – hid taratmoq
“bo’lmoq” ma’nosida
Sound – yangramoq
Taste – ta’mi bo’lmoq
Become
Get
Turn
Grow
Appear / seem – ko’rinmoq, tuyilmoq
For examples: The soup smells good – sho’rva yaxshi hid taratyapti
This food tastes delicious – bu taom juda mazali
The children feel happy – bolalar o’zlarini baxtli his qilishyapti
The weather became cold – ob-havo sovib qoldi
Compare:
That man looks angry – anavi
That man looked at me angrily –
kishini jaxli chiqqanga o’xshaydi
anavi kishi menga jaxl bilan qaradi
Birikmali fe’llar
To feel: To feel tired – charchamoq
To feel ill – kasal bo’lmoq
To feel upset – kayfiyati tushmoq, hafa bo’lmoq
To feel bad – kasal bo’lmoq
To feel well – sog’aymoq, o’zini yaxshi his qilmoq
To feel hungry – och qolmoq
To feel thirsty – chanqamoq
To grow: To grow old – qarimoq
To grow pale – oqarib ketmoq
To grow dark – qorong’I tushmoq
To turn: To turn red – qizarib ketmoq
To turn pale – rangi oqarib ketmoq
To turn dark – qorong’i tushmoq
To fall: To fall asleep – uxlab qolmoq
To fall ill – kasal bo’lmoq
To get: To get angry – jaxli chiqmoq
To get tired – charchamoq
To get ill – kasal bo’lmoq
To get upset – hafa bo’lmoq
To get hungry – och qolmoq
To get thirsty – chanqamoq
61
├
To seem: To seem angry – jaxli chiqmoq
To seem happy – xursand ko’rinmoq
To seem convinced – ishonarli ko’rinmoq
To seem displeased – norozi ko’rinmoq
To seem pleased – mamnun ko’rinmoq
To seem upset – hafa ko’rinmoq
To seem well – yaxshi ko’rinmoq, sog’lom ko’rinmoq
To seem hungry – ochga o’xshab ko’rinmoq
To seem thirsty – chanqamoq
To look: To lookold – qari ko’rinmoq
To look angry – jaxli chiqqandek tuyilmoq
To look pale – rangi oqarib ketmoq
To tired – charchaganga o’xshamoq
To look convinced – ishonchli ko’rinmoq
To look displeased – noroziga o’xshamoq
To look well – sog’lom ko’rinmoq
To look hungry – och qolmoq
To look thirsty – chanqamoq
To look stout – semirmoq
To shabby - eskirmoq
ADVERB
(Ravish)
Ravish, asosan, gapda fe’l bilan bog’lanib, o’sha fe’l ifodalagan ish- harakatning
belgisini ko’rsatib keladi ya’ni ishlarning qay tarzda, qayerda, qachon, qay darajada
bajarilganligini ko’rsatadi. Shunga ko’ra ravishlar 4 guruhga bo’linadi:
1) Adverbs of Manner – Harakat tarzi ravishi
2) Adverbs of Place – O’rin- joy ravishi
3) Adverbs of Time – Payt ravishlari
4) Adverbs of Measure – Daraja- miqdor ravishlari
Adverbs of Manner
Harakat tarzi ravishi, gapda fe’l bilan bog’lanib, fe’l ifodalagan ish- harakatnig qay
tarzda, qanday qilib, qay holatda bajarilishini ko’rsatadi va How? (qanday) so’roq
olmoshi bilan analiz qilinadi.
Ingliz tilida, harakat tarzi ravishi sifatlarga –ly ravish yasovchi qo’shimcha
qo’shish orqali yasaladi:
Adjective
Calm – bosiq, vazmin:
Smith is calm man- Smit vazmin
kishi
Open – ochiq:
I see an open window- men ochiq
derazani
ko’ryapman
Slow – sekin:
This is a slow car- bu sekin yuradigan
mashina
Adverb
Calmly – vazminlik bilan, bosiqlik
bilan:
He explained to me the situation
calmly- u menga vazminlik bilan
tushuntirib berdi.
Openly – ochiqchasiga:
He told me this openly- u menga
buni ochiqcha aytdi (How did he tell
you this?)
Slowly – sekinlik bilan, sekin:
He runs slowly- u sekin yuguradi
(How does
he run?)
62
Ba’zi bir sifatlar, sifat holatida ham, ravish holatida ham bir xil ko’rinishda
bo’ladi ya’ni ularga –ly ravish yasovchi qo’shimcha qo’shilmaydi. Agar ularga –
ly sifat yasovchi qo’shimchasi qo’shilsa, ularning ma’nosi butunlay o’zgarib
ketadi yoki noto’g’ri bo’ladi:
Adverb
Adjective
Hard – qattiq; og’ir;
qiyin:
A hard life- og’ir
hayot.
A late hour- kech
soat.
I work hard- men
qattiq ishlayman.
Late – kech:
I came late- men
kech keldim.
Fast – tez:
A fast car – tez
I run fast- men tez
yuradigan mashina.
yuguraman.
Hardly – zo’rg’a,
bazo’r:
He is working hardly- u
zo’rg’a ishlayapti.
Lately – keyingi
paytlarda:
I haven’t worked lately –
men keyingi paytlarda
ishlamadim.
Fastly ×
Soonly ×
NOTE: Ingliz tilida ba’zi bir sifatlar ham –ly qo’shimchasi bilan tugaydi:
Friendly – do’stona
Lively - bebosh
Lovely – sevimli
Silly - axmoq
Elderly – ulug’
Lonely – yolg’iz
For examples: Friendly advice – do’stona maslahat
A lovely son – sevimli qo’shiq
A silly friend – axmoq do’st
An elderly man – ulug’ kishi
A lively boy – bebosh bola
A lonely woman – yolg’iz ayol
Adverbs of Place
O’rin- joy ravishlari, fe’l bilan bog’lanib, fe’l ifodalagan ish- harakatning
bajarilish o’rnini va joyini ko’rsatib keladi va Where? (qayerda) so’roq olmoshi bilan
analiz qilinadi:
Here – bu yerda
There – u yerda
Somewhere / anywhere – biror yerda
Everywhere – hamma yerda
Nowhere – hech yerda
I work here. Where do you work? – Men bu yerda ishlayman. Siz qayerda
ishlaysiz?
I saw him there. Where did you see him? – Men uni u yerda ko’rdim. Siz uni
qayerda ko’rdingiz?
Adverbs of Time
Payt ravishlari, gapda fe’l bilan bog’lanib, fe’l ifodalagan ish- harakatning
bajarilish paytini, vaqtini ko’rsatib keladi. Payt ravishlari 2 turga bo’linadi:
1) Qat’iy vaqtni ko’rsatuvchi payt ravishlari;
2) Noqat’iy vaqtni ko’rsatuvchi payt ravishlari;
63
3) Qat’iy vaqtni ko’rsatuvchi payt ravishlari, ish- harakatning aniq bir
vaqtda bajarilishini ko’rsatib when? (qachon) so’rog’iga javob bo’ladi:
Today- bugun
Last week (month, year) – o’tgan hafta
Yesterday- kecha
Next week (month, year) – kelasi hafta
Tomorrow- erta
Late – kech
Now / currently- hozir
…ago - …oldin.
4) Noqat’iy vaqtni ko’rsatuvchi payt ravishlari ish- harakatning mavhum va
noaniq paytini ko’rsatib How often? (qancha vaqtda, qanchalik tez- tez)
so’rog’iga javob bo’ladi:
Often / frequently – tez tez
Seldom / rarely – kamdan kam
Usually – odatda
Sometimes – ba’zan, ba’zida
Always – har doim
I often meet my friends. How often do you meet your friends? – Men do’stlarim
bilan tez- tez ko’rishib turaman. Siz qanchalik tez- tez do’stlariz bilan ko’rishib
turasiz?
I seldom go to the cinema. How often do you go to the cinema? – Men kamdankam kinoga boraman. Siz qanchalik tez- tez kinoga borib turasiz?
Adverbs of Measure
Daraja- miqdor ravishi, gapda fe’l bilan bog’lanib, ish- harakatning bajarilish
darajasining kam yoki ko’pligini ko’rsatib keladi va How much? (qancha) so’rog’i
bilan analiz qilinadi:
Much / a lot – ko’p
Little / a little – kam
For examples: I work much (= I work a lot) – Men ko’p ishlayman.
He works little – U kam ishlaydi.
Ravishlarda daraja
Ravishlarda daraja qo’shimchalari sifatlarniki kabi qo’shiladi ya’ni bir
bo’g’inli sodda ravishlarga qiyosiy darajada –er, orttirma darajada –est qo’shimchasi
qo’shiladi. Ko’p bo’g’inli murakkab ravishlar oldidan qiyosiy darajada “more”,
orttirma darajada esa “most” daraja qo’shimchalari qo’shiladi:
Positive degree
Comparative degree
Superlative degree
Fast- tez:
Faster – tezroq:
Fastest – juda tez:
Sarah runs fast – Sara
Sarah runs faster than
Sarah runs fastest all the
tez yuguradi
me – Sara menga
runners in our group –
qaraganda tezroq
Sara guruhimizda
yuguradi
barchadan tez yuguradi
Slowly – sekin:
John drives slowly –
Most slowly – juda
Jon sekin haydaydi
More slowly –
sekin:
John drives most slowly
sekinroq:
John drives more
– Jon juda sekin haydaydi
slowly than me – Jon
menga qaraganda sekin
haydaydi
Ravishlarda teng daraja: As + oddiy daraja ravishi + as
I know English as well as Nick- men ingliz tilini Nikdek yaxshi bilaman.
64
He sings Italian songs as well as Toto- u italiancha qo’shiqlarni Toto kabi yaxshi
kuylaydi.
I run as fast as Jack- men Jek kabi tez yuguraman.
His car runs as slowly as a tortoise- uning mashinasi toshbaqadek sekin yuradi.
Noto’g’ri ravishlar
Noto’g’ri ravishlar oddiy darajadan qiyosiy yoki orttirma darajaga o’tganda daraja
qo’shimchalarini olmaydi, balki ularning o’zaklari o’zgarib ketadi:
Positive degree
Comparative
Superlative degree
degree
Well
Better
Best
Badly
Worse
Worst
Much
More
Most
Little
Less
Least
I know English well – men ingliz tilini yaxshi bilaman.
I know English better than Nick – men ingliz tilini Nikka nisbatan yaxshiroq
bilaman.
I know English best of all in the group – Guruhimizda men ingliz tilini eng yaxshi
bilaman.
§. So / Such
a) So – “shunday, shunchalik, shunaqa”
“So” sifat va ravish oldidan kelib, ularning ma’nosini kuchaytiradi:
So + Adjective / adverb
John is so clever – Jon shunaqa aqlli.
He speaks English so well – U ingliz tilida shunshay yaxshi gapiradi.
Bundan tashqari, “so” gapda “that” olmoshi bilan birikib, bog’lovchi
vazifasida keladi:
Subject + Verb + so + Adjective / adverb + that + Subject
+ Verb
John is so clever that I am proud of him – Jon shunchalik aqlliki, men undan
faxrlanaman.
John speaks English so well that I envy him – Jon ingliz tilida shunchalik yaxshi
gapiradiki, men unga
xavasim keladi
b) Such – “shunday, shunchalik, shunaqa”
“Such” o’zidan so’ng sifat va otni talab qiladi:
Such + Adjective + Noun
John is such a clever boy – Jon shunaqa aqlli bola.
This is such an expensive car – Bu shunday qimmat mashina.
Bundan tashqari, “such” gapda otlarni yakka holda talab qiladi:
Such + Noun
Such people live long – Shunday odamlar uzoq umr ko’radilar.
I like such cars – Menga shunaqa mashinalar yoqadi.
Bundan tashqari, “such” gapda “that” olmoshi bilan birikib, bog’lovchi
vazifasida ham keladi:
65
Subject + Verb + such + Adjective + Noun + that +
Subject + Verb
John is such a clever boy that I envy him – Jon shunchalik aqlli bolaki, men unga
xavasim keladi.
This is such an expensive car that I can’t buy it – Bu shunchalik qimmat mashinaki,
men uni sotib
Ololmayman
Quite / Rather
Quite – “juda” (shu ma’noda “quite” “very” dan ko’ra kuchsizroq).
“Quite” sifat va ravish oldidan kelib, ularning ma’nosini kuchaytiradi:
Quite + Adverb
Quite + Adjective + (Noun)
Jane sings quite well – Jeyn juda yaxshi kuylaydi.
This is quite an interesting book – Bu juda qiziqarli kitob
This book is quite interesting – Bu kitob juda qiziqarli.
a)
Bundan tashqari, “quite” like va enjoy fe’llari bilan birikib keladi:
I quite like fantastic films – Men fantastik filmlarni juda yaxshi ko’raman.
I quite enjoy travelling – Men sayohat qilishdan juda huzurlanaman.
“Quite” quyidagi sifatlar bilan birikib, “butunlay”, “to’liq”, “tamoman” degan
ma’noni beradi:
Sure – ishonchi komil
Certain – aniq
Right – to’g’ri, haq
Wrong – noto’g’ri, xato
True – to’g’ri, haqiqiy
Safe – xavfsiz
Clear – tushunarli, aniq
Obvious – aniq, tushunarli, yaqqol
Different – turlicha
Unnecessary – keraksiz
Incredible – ishonchsiz
Extraordinary – g’ayritabiiy, g’ayrioddiy
Amazing – hayratlanarli
Impossible – imkonsiz, ilojsiz
I am quite sure of his arrival – Uning qaytishiga ishonchim komil.
You are quite right – Siz mutlaqo haqsiz.
He will be quite safe here – U bu yerda butunlay xavfsiz bo’ladi.
This news is quite incredible – Bu yangilik umuman ishonarsiz.
This work is quite impossible to do – Bu ishni bajarishni umuman iloji yo’q.
Rather – “biroz, ozgina”
“Rather” o’zidan so’ng ravish, sifat, sifat + ot birikmalarini oladi:
Rather + Adverb
Rather + Adjective
Rather + Adjective + Noun
“Quite” va “rather” o’rtasidagi farq shuki, “quite” biror kishi, narsa- predmet
yoki holatning bo’lishli ijobiy tomonlarini ko’rsatsa, “rather” esa shu narsapredmetning bo’lishsiz va salbiy tomonlarini ko’rsatadi:
b)
66
John is quite clever, but he is rather lazy – Jon juda aqlli, ammo biroz dangasa.
The day is quite fine, but it is rather windy – Kun juda ajoyib, ammo biroz shamolli.
The car is quite good, but it is rather old – Mashina juda yaxshi, ammo biroz eski.
NOTE: Rather – “nice”, “interesting” sifatlaridan oldin kelsa, ijobiy bo’lishli
ma’no beradi:
This house is rather nice – Bu uy juda ajoyib.
This is rather an interesting book – Bu juda qiziqarli kitob.
Enough / Too
a) Enough – “yetarli”
Qo’llanish o’rniga ko’ra, “enough” otlardan oldin, sifat va ravishlardan so’ng
qo’llanadi:
Enough + Noun + for smth. / smb
Enough + Noun + to do smth
I have enough time for this work (=I have enough time to do this work) – Bu ishni
bajarish uchun yetarli vaqtim bor
I have enough money for 2 cars (=I have enough money to buy 2 cars) – 2 ta
mashina sotib olish uchun yetarli pulim bor
I have enough books to read at home – Uyda o’qish uchun yetarli kitoblarim bor
Adverb / adjective + enough + for smth. / smb.
Adjective / adverb + enough + to do smth.
The garage is wide enough for 2 cars – Garaj 2 ta mashina uchun yetarli darajada
keng.
This book is interesting enough to read – Bu kitob o’qish uchun yetarli darajada
qiziq.
John knows English well enough to translate the article – Jon maqola tarjima
qila oladigan darajada ingliz tilini yaxshi biladi.
b) Too – “juda ham, o’ta”
“Too” sifat va ravishlar oldidan kelib, ularning ma’nosini kuchaytiradi:
Too + Adjective / adverb + for smth. / smb.
Too + Adjective / adverb + to do smth.
This shirt is too wide for me – Bu ko’ylak menga juda ham katta.
This film is too boring to see – Bu film ko’rish uchun o’ta zerikarli.
John runs too fast to win the race – Jon musobaqada yutish uchun juda ham tez
yuguradi.
He knows English too well to be an interpriter – U tarjimon bo’lish darajasida
ingliz tilini yaxshi biladi
Because / because of
a) Because – “chunki”
“Because” o’zidan so’ng doim ega, kesim va ikkinchi darajali bo’lakdan iborat
to’liq gap talab qiladi:
Subject + Verb + because + Subject + Verb
I didn’t go out because it was raining heavily – Men tashqariga chiqmadim, chunki
kuchli yomg’ir yog’ayotgan edi.
I couldn’t go to the school because I was ill – Men maktabga bora olmadim,
chunki kasal edim.
b) Because of – “tufayli”
“Because of ” o’zidan so’ng faqat otni talab qiladi:
67
Subject + Verb + because of + Noun
I didn’t go out because of heavy rain – Qattiq yomg’ir tufayli men tashqariga
chiqa olmadim.
I couldn’t go to the school because of illness – Kasallik tufayli men maktabga bora
olmadim.
No sooner – “hech vaqt o’tmasdan, darrov”
No sooner + Auxiliary verb + Subject + Verb + than + Subject +
Verb
No sooner had I gone home than it started raining – Uyga borganimga hech vaqt
o’tmasdanoq
yomg’ir yog’a boshladi.
No sooner had I cleaned the room than John came – Uyni tozalab bo’lganimdan
hech qancha vaqt
o’tmasdanoq Jon keldi.
NOTE: Different + from
My lecture is different from John’s lecture – Mening ma’ruzam Jonning
ma’ruzasidan farq qiladi.
PREPOSITIONS
Predloglar ot va olmosh so’z turkumlari oldidan kelib, ularga qo’shimcha ma’no
beruvchi so’z turkumi hisoblanadi. Ingliz tilida predloglar 4 turga bo’linadi:
1) Preposition of Place – O’rin- joy predloglari
2) Prepositions of Directoin – Yo’nalish predloglari
3) Prepositions of Time – Vaqt predloglari
4) Prepositions of Common – Umumiy predloglar
Prepositions of Place
O’rin- joy predloglari ish- harakatning bajarilish joyini, o’rnini va shaxs yoki
predmetning turgan joyini, joylashgan o’rnini ko’rsatib keladi va Where? (Qayerda?)
so’rog’iga javob bo’ladi.
In – ichida; -da
Shaxs yoki predmetning biror bir obyekt ichida turganligini, joylashganligini va
ish- harakatning biror bir hudud ichida bajarilishini ko’rsatadi:
The book is in the bag – Kitob sumkaning ichida.
Students are in the room – Talabalar xonada.
Your note- book are in the drawyer – Sizning daftaringiz javonda.
My clothes are in the closet – Mening kiyimlarim kiyim javonida.
I live in Karshi – Men Qarshida yashayman.
John lives in the country – Jon qishloqda yashaydi
NOTE. Kishining kiyimiga nisbatan “in” predlogi qo’llanadi:
I saw a boy in black – men qop-qora kiyinib olgan bir bolani ko’rdim
At – yonida; -da; -ga
1) “Yonida” ma’nosida “at” predlogi shaxs yoki predmetning biror bir obyekt
yonida turganligini, unga juda yaqin joylashganligini ko’rsatadi:
Mary sits at the window – Meri deraza yonida o’tiradi.
My desk is at the door – Mening partam eshikni yonida.
The arm- chair is at the piano – Kreslo pianino yonida
68
“Yonida” ma’nosida “at” predlogi “by” predlogi bilan sinonim bo’lib
keladi:
Mery sits by the window
My desk is by the door.
The arm- chair is by the piano
NOTE: At predlogi - biror bir olyektni umumiy holda, ya’ni uning ichkari,
tashqari tomonini nazarda tutadi
In predlogi – biror bir obyektning faqat ichki tomonini nazarda tutadi
I saw Jack at Judy’s house – men
Jekni Judining uyida (binoning
atrofida yoki yonida) ko’rdim
I met Martin at the teatre – men
Martinni teatrda (binoning atrofida
yoki yonida) ko’rdim
2) –da:
3) –ga:
Compare:
It is cold in Judy’s house – Judining
uyi (binoning ichi) juda sovuq
There are a lot of people in the teatre
– teatrda (binoning ichida) ko’p odam
bor
He is at home – U uyda.
I work at school – Men maktabda ishlayman.
Sarah works at hospital – Sara shifoxonada ishlaydi.
Nick is at the blackboard – Nik doskada
He looked at the blackboard – U doskaga qaradi.
Open your book at page 20 – Kitobingizning 20- betini oching.
He threw a stone at me – U menga tosh otdi.
Mustasno holat:
to arrive in + city, country
to arrive at + other places
Travellers arrived in Tashkent – Sayyohlar Toshkentga yetib kelishdi.
We arrived at the post- office – Biz pochta bo’limiga yetib keldik.
On – ustida; -ga; bo’yida, yoqasida
Narsa- predmetning biror narsa ustida, yuza qismida turganligini, joylashganligini
ko’rsatadi:
1) ustida: The book is on the table – Kitob stolning ustida.
There is a notice on the door – Eshikda e’lon bor.
There are pictures on the wall – Devorda suratlar bor.
Some weeds are floating on the water – ba’zi has-zashaklar suv
yuzasida suzib yuribdi
There is a bird on the tree – daraxtda bitta qush bor
Don’t sit on the ground – yerda o’tirmang
2) –ga (ustiga, ustida degan ma’nodan kelib chiqqan):
Write the new words on the blackboard – Yangi so’zlarni doskaga
yozing.
Put this notice on the door – Bu e’lonni eshikka osing (qo’ying).
Hang up this pictures on the wall – Bu rasmlarni devorga osing.
3) Bo’yida, yoqasida (daryo qirg’oqlariga nisbatan):
London is on the Thames river – London Temza daryosi bo’yida.
Paris is on the river Siene – Parij Sena daryosi yoqasida joylashgan
4) Bino qavatlariga nisbatan “on” predlogi qo’llanadi:
69
We live on the second floor – biz uchinchi qavatda turamiz
NOTE:
To sit in + an arm- chair
To sit on + chair, floor, sofa
I sat in the arm- chair and Nick sat on the sofa – Men kresloga Nik esa devanga
o’tirdi.
Under – tagida
Narsa- predmetning biror bir obyekt tagida, ostida joylashganligini ko’rsatadi:
The book is under the table – Kitob stolning tagida.
Nick put this ball under the bag – Nik bu koptokni sumkani ostiga
qo’ydi.
We sat under the tree watching children play football – Biz daraxtning
tagida o’tirib bolalarning futbol
o’ynashini kuzatdik
NOTE. Shaxsning yoshiga nisbatan “under” predlogi qo’llanadi:
- How old is Jack? (Jek necha yoshda?)
- He is under 50 (U 50 yoshlar atrofida)
Below – pastida, pastki qismida, etagida
Our village is below the high mountain – Bizning qishlog’imiz baland
tog’ etagida
The duster is below the blackboard – Latta doskaning pastki qismida.
Above – tepasida, tepa qismida, yuqorisida
Asosan, harakatlanmaydigan narsa- predmetlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi:
The lamp is above us – Lampa bizning tepamizda.
The picture is above the blackboard – Surat doskaning yuqorisida.
NOTE: “Below” va “above” bir- biriga antonim sifatida haroratga nisbatan
qo’llanadi:
The temperature is below zero – harorat noldan past.
The temperature is above zero – harorat noldan yuqori.
Over – tepasida, yuqorisida
Ham harakatlanadigan, ham harakatlanmaydigan narsa- predmetlarga nisbatan
qo’llanadi:
The lamp is over us – Lampa bizning tepamizda.
A plane flew over us – Samolyot tepamizdan uchib o’tdi.
NOTE: Kishining yoshiga nisbatan “over” va “under” predloglari bir- biriga
antonim hisoblanadi:
Mister John is under 50 years old – Janob Jon 50 yoshlar tagida
(atrofida).
Mister John is over 50 years old – Mister Jon 50 yoshdan oshgan.
Before – oldida, o’ngida
My son is growing before my eyes – Mening o’g’lim ko’z o’ngimda
voyaga yetmoqda.
He was punished before everybody – U hammaning oldida jazolandi.
70
Besides – yonida, qoshida
Syn: At; by
He stood besides the piano listening to music – U pianino yonida
musiqa tinglab turdi.
Across – yoqasida, bo’yida; ko’ndalang; orqali
1) Across the river – Daryo bo’yida
Across the road – Yo’l yoqasida
Our lyceum across the road – Bizning litsey yo’lning yoqasida
2) Ko’ndalang: The tree was lying across the road – Yo’lda daraxt ko’ndalang
bo’lib yotibdi.
3) Orqali: We passed the river across the bridge – Biz daryodan ko’prik orqali
o’tdik.
NOTE: “across” predlogi “to come” (kelmoq), “to run” (yugurmoq) fe’llari bilan
birikib, “to’satdan duch kelmoq, kutilmaganda duch kelmoq” degan ma’nolarni
bildiradi:
To run across / to come across – to’satdan duch kelmoq,
kutilmaganda duch kelmoq
Syn: run into
While rummaging I came across my father’s old photo – Kavlashtirayotib
otamning eski suratiga duch kelib qoldim.
The professor run across Shakespeare’s unpublished poem – Olim kutilmaganda
Shekispirning nashr qilinmagan she’riga duch keldi
On the way home, I ran across Jack – Uyga ketayotib, to’satdan Jekka duch
keldim
While translating the article, I came across a lot of difficulties – maqolani
tarjima qilayotib kutilmaganda ko’plab qiyinchiliklarga duch keldim
Opposite – ro’parasida, qarshisida, qarama- qarshi
Our lyceum is opposite the hospital – Bizning litsey shifoxonaning
ro’parasida joylashgan.
At the party, he sat opposite me – Kechada u mening ro’paramda
o’tirdi.
In front of – oldida, old tomonida, old qismida, qarshisida
There is a nice playground in front of the house – Uyimizning old
tomonida ajoyib o’yingoh bor
Behind – orqasida, orqa tomonida
The garden is behind the house – Bog’ uyning orqa tomonida
We have hidden behind the tree – Biz daraxtning orqasiga bekingan
edik.
NOTE:
In the front of the car – Mashinaning oldida
In the back of the car – Mashinaning orqasida
At the front row / in the front row – Zalning old tomonida
At the rear row / at the back row / in the back row – Zalning orqa
tomonida
On the front of – Old tomonida
71
There hang mottos on the front of the building – Binoning old tomonida shiorlar
ilingan
Beyond – narigi tomonida
Beyond the road – Yo’lning narigi tomonida
Beyond the house – Uyning narigi tomonida
Their village is beyond the hill – Ularning qishlog’i tepalikning narigi
tomonida.
“Beyond” predlogi gapda fe’l bilan birikib, “aqli yetmaydigan, aqlga
sig’maydigan, haqiyqatdan yiroq, qilib bo’lmaydigan” degan ma’nolarni ifodalaydi:
Beyond control – Nazorat qilib bo’lmaydigan
Beyond hope – Umid qilib bo’lmaydigan
Beyond one’s power – Kuchi yetmaydigan
Beyond one’s reach – Bo’yi yetmaydigan
Beyond comparison – Qiyoslab bo’lmaydigan
Beyond help – Yordam qilib bo’lmaydigan
Beyond really – haqiqatdan yiroq
Beyond smb
Beyond one’s understanding
yetmaydigan
├ – aqli yetmaydigan, tushunchasi
For examples: This question is beyond me – Bu savolga mening aqlim yetmaydi
This event is beyond really – Bu haqiyqatdan yiroq hodisa
This work is beyond my power – Bu mening kuchim yetmaydigan ish
(Bu ish qo’limdan kelmaydi)
The recovery of the patient is beyond help – Kasalning so’g’ayib
ketishiga umid yo’q
The part of the market is beyond control – Bozorning bu qismini
nazorat qilib bo’lmaydi
Near – yaqinida, yaqin (masofaga nisbatan)
I live near the lyceum – Men litsey yaqinida turaman.
Our village is near the city – Bizning qishlog’imiz shaharga yaqin.
Syn: Close to – “yaqin”
I live close to lyceum – Men litsey yaqinida turaman.
Our village close to the city – Bizning qishlog’imiz shaharga yaqin.
Ant: A long way from – “uzoq”
Far from – “uzoq”
I live a long way from school – Men maktabdan uzoqda turaman.
I don’t want to go far from school – Men uzoq maktabga borishni
istamayman.
Next to – yonida, yonma- yon (asosan kishilarga nisbatan)
Ann is sitting next to me – Anna men bilan yonma- yon o’tiribdi.
Next door to – qo’shni uyda:
The Petrovs live next door to us – Qo’shni uyda Petrovlar oilasi
turadi.
In the middle of – qoq o’rtasida
72
Shaxs yoki predmetning biror bir obyekt markazida turganligini, joylashganligini
ko’rsatadi:
The writing-table is in the middle of the room – yozuv stoli xonaning
o’rtasida
Uzbekistan is in the middle of Asia – O’zbekiston Osiyoning o’rtasida
joylashgan
Syn: In the center of – “o’rtasida, markazida”
The writing-table is in the center of the room – yozuv stoli xonaning
o’rtasida
Uzbekistan is in the center of Asia – O’zbekiston Osiyoning markazida
joylashgan
Between – o’rtasida
Asosan, 2 ta narsa- predmet, 2 ta shaxs hamda 2 tomon uchun qo’llanadi. Bunday
holatda, “between” predlogi “and” yoki “or” bog’lovchilari bilan birikib kelishi
shart:
Uzbekistan is between the Amu- Darya and the Syr- Darya – O’zbekiston
Amudaryo va Sirdaryoning o’rtasida joylashgan
This is the secret between you and me – Bu ikkimiz o’rtamizdagi sir.
A fruitful contrort was made between Uzbekistan and European countries –
O’zbekiston va Yevropa mamlakatlari o’rtasida samarali shartnoma imzolandi
Among – o’rtasida, orasida
Ko’p sonli narsa- predmetlarga uchun qo’llanadi:
I can’t find my note- book among these books – Bu kitoblar orasidan daftarimni
topa olmadim.
John is among his friends – Jon o’z do’stlari orasida.
On (to) the right of – o’ng tomonda, o’ngda
On (to) the left of – chap tomonda, chapda
The bank is to the right of our house and the hospital is to the left – Bank
uyimizdan o’ng tomonda, shifoxona esa chap tomonda
Go the right – o’ngga buriling
On (at) the top of – yuqorisida, yuqori
From the top of – tepa qismidan, tepasidan
On the top of the page – Sahifaning yuqori qismida
On the top of Mountain – Tog’ning tepasida
A beautiful wiev can be seen from the top of the Mountain – Tog’ning tepasidan
chiroyli manzarani ko’rish mumkin
On (at/ in) the botom of – pastki qismida, pastida
On (at/ in) the bottom of the page- Sahifaning pastki qismida
On the bottom of the stairs – Zinaning pastki qismida
In the bottom of the sea (ocean, river) – Dengiz (okean, daryo) tubida
In the bottom of the bottle – Shishaning ichida
Prepositions of Direction
Yo’nalish predloglari ish- harakatning biror bir tomonga yoki biror bir tomondan
yo’nalishini ko’rsatadi.
To – - ga (ish- harakatning biror bir tomonga yo’nalishini ko’rsatadi):
I go to school every day – Men har kuni maktabga boraman.
73
They return to Moscow yesterday – Kecha ular Moskvadan qaytishdi.
Peter usually go to work in the morning - Pitir odatda ertalablari ishga
boradi.
NOTE 1: Birikmalarda “home” so’zi oldidan “to” predlogi qo’llanmaydi:
To go ×home – uyga bormoq
To come ×home – uyga kelmoq
To arrive ×home – uyga yetib kelmoq
To back ×home – uyga qaytmoq
To get ×home – uyda bo’lmoq
To reach ×home – uyga yetib bormoq
To approach ×home – uyga yaqinlashmoq
To return ×home – uyga qaytmoq
To be back ×home
To go back ×home
To get back ×home
To come back ×home
├ - uyga qaytib bormoq
NOTE 2: “to reach” (-ga yetib bormoq) fe’lidan so’ng hech qanday holatda
ham “to” predlogi qo’llanmaydi:
We reached ×the office – Biz idoraga yetib keldik.
NOTE 3: “Here”, “there” ravishlaridan so’ng ham, oldin ham “to” predlogi
qo’llanmaydi:
Come here – Bu yerga kel.
Go there – U yerga bor.
From – - dan
Ant: to
a) Harakatning biror bir tomondan yo’nalishini ko’rsatadi:
I come from school in the afternoon – Men maktabdan tush vaqtida
qaytaman.
He returned from Moscow yesterday – Kecha u Moskvadan qaytib keldi.
He came from Miami – U Mayamidan keldi.
b) Biror bir kishidan nimadir olish uchun qo’llanadi:
Take the book from John – Jondan kitobni oling.
c) Narsa- predmetni biror bir obyektning yuza qismidan olish uchun
qo’llanadi:
Take the book from the table – Stolning ustidan kitobni oling.
Remove the notice from the door – Bu e’lonni eshikdan olib tashlang.
NOTE 1: From a time to a time - …vaqtdan …vaqtgacha
From a place to a place - …joydan …joygacha
He lived in Germany from 1981 to 1988 – U 1981-yildan to 1988- yilgacha
Germaniyada yashadi.
We drove from Atlanta to New- York in one day – Biz bir kun ichida Altantadan
Nyu- Yorkgacha bordik
NOTE 2: From time to time – ba’zan, vaqti- vaqti bilan
74
We visit the art museum from time to time – Biz vaqti-vaqti bilan san’at muzeyiga
tashrif buyuramiz.
Off – - dan
a) Narsa- predmetni biror bir obyektning yuza qismidan olish uchun qo’llanadi va
bu holatda “from” predlogi bilan sinonim bo’la oladi:
Take the book off the table – Stolning ustidan kitobni oling.
Remove the notice off the door – Bu e’lonni eshikdan olib tashlang
b) “Off ” predlogi gapda fe’llar bilan birikib, o’sha fe’l ifodalagan ishharakatning tugallanganligini bildiradi:
Speak off! = Back off – (Gapni) bas qil!
Turn off the TV set – Telivizorni o’chir
Walk off – ket, yo’qol
He shut off his car – u mashinasini o’chirdi
NOTE: “On” va “off ” predloglari ma’no jihatdan bir- biriga antonim
hisoblanadi:
Speak on! – Speak off!
Turn on the TV – Turn off the TV
Get on – minmoq (bus, ship, tram, …)
Get off – tushmoq (bus, ship, tram, …)
Into – ichiga
Harakatning tashqaridan ichkari tomonga yo’nalishini ko’rsatadi:
Put the book into the bag – Kitobni so’mkaga (so’mkaning ichiga)
soling.
Put the milk into the fridge – Sutni muzlatgichning ichiga qo’ying.
He dived into the water – U suvga sho’ng’idi (sakradi)
Go into the room – xonaga kiring
He threw a stone into the well – u quduqqa tosh tashladi
NOTE 1: “into” predlogi “to run” fe’li bilan birikib kelganda “to’satdan uchrashib
qolmoq, kutilmaganda duch kelmoq” degan ma’noni bildiradi:
To run into – to’satdan uchrashib qolmoq
Once in London, I ran into Marry – bir kuni Londonda to’satdan
Merini uchratib qoldim
NOTE 2: Get into – minmoq (a car, a taxi…)
Get out of – tushmoq (a car, a taxi…)
Ant: Out of – - dan
Harakatning ichkaridan tashqari tomonga yo’nalishini ko’rsatadi:
Take the book out of the bag – Kitobni so’mkadan chiqaring (oling).
Take the milk out of the fridge – Sutni muzlatgichdan oling.
Go out of the room – Xonadan chiqing.
NOTE: “out of” predlogi “to run” fe’li bilan birikib kelganda “kam qolmoq, tugab
qolmoq” degan ma’noni anglatadi:
To run out of – kam qolmoq, tugab qolmoq
Last week, Jack ran out of money – o’tgan hafta Jekning puli tugab
qoldi
75
By – yonida
He passed by me without seeing me – U meni ko’rmasdan yonimdan
o’tib ketdi.
The soldiers passed by our house – Askarlar uyimizning yonidan o’tib
ketdi.
Syn: Past – yonida
He went past me without seeing me – U meni ko’rmasdan yonimdan
o’tib ketdi.
The soldiers past our house – Askarlar uyimizning yonidan o’tib ketdi.
Up – tepaga, yuqoriga
Harakatning tepaga yo’nalishini ko’rsatadi:
Go up the ladder – Narvondan (tepaga) chiqing.
Look up – Tepaga qarang.
Stand up – O’rningizdan turing
He went up the stairs – U zinadan yuqoriga chiqdi
Down – pastga
Harakatning pastga tomon yo’nalishini ko’rsatadi:
Go down the ladder – Narvondan (pastga) tushing.
Look down – Pastga qarang.
Sit down – O’tiring.
Along – bo’ylab, yoqalab (chekkasidan o’tadigan)
He were going along the street – U ko’cha bo’ylab ketayotgan edi.
We walked two miles along the river – Biz daryo yoqalab 2 milcha
yurdik.
Through – bo’ylab, orqali (o’rtasidan o’tadigan)
We walked through the forest – Biz o’rmon bo’ylab yurdik.
He looked out through the window – U derazadan (deraza orqali)
qaradi
The criminal run away through the window – Jinoyatchi deraza orqali
qochgan
NOTE: “through” predlogi “orqali” ma’nosida ish-harakatning biror bir narsapredmet vositasida bajarilishini ko’rsatadi:
I gained a lot of information through (=via) the Internet – Men
internet orqali ko’plab ma’lumotlar to’pladim
Prepositions of Time
Vaqt predloglari ish- harakatning bajarilish vaqtini, hamda shu ishlarni
bajarilishiga sarflangan vaqtni ko’rsatib keladi va when? (Qachon?), what time?
(Qancha vaqtda?), how long? (Qancha?) so’rog’lariga javob bo’ladi
In – - da
“In” predlogi oylarga, fasllarga, yillarga va kun mahallari hamda boshqa
uzoqroq davom etuvchi vaqtlar uchun qo’llanadi:
In april – Aprel oyida.
In the 21 th century – 21
asrda.
76
In summer – Yoz faslida.
In 1991 – 1991 yilda.
In the evening – Kechda.
In the Middle Ages – O’rta asrlarda.
In 2 days – 2 kun ichida.
In 2 weeks – 2 hafta ichida.
In 2 months – 2 oy ichida.
At – - da
Asosan, soat bilan o’lchanadigan vaqtlarga, bayramlarga, kun mahallariga va
boshqalarga nisbatan qo’llanadi:
At 5 o’clock – Soat 5 da
At Christmas – Rojdestvoda (bayram)
At Easter – Paxsada (bayram)
At Navrus – Navro’zda (bayram)
At down (=in the down) – tong saharda
At noon (= in the noon) – Tushda, peshinda
At midday (= in the midday) – Tushda, peshinda
At midnight (= in the midnight) – Yarim tunda
At the moment – Shu daqiqada, shu onda
At the time – Ayni vaqtida
At the week- end – Hafta so’ngida
At night (= in the night) – Tunda
On – - da
“On” predlogi sonlar, hafta kunlari va boshqalar uchun qo’llanadi:
On the 1 st of April (= on April 1 / on 1 April) – 1 apelda
On Monday – Dushanbada
On Christmas day – Rojdestvo kunida
On week- days – ish kunlarida
On days of… On a date / on a day –
On my day-off – dam olish kunida
On that day – o’sha kuni
On the anniversary – yubileyda
On a winter day – bir qish kunida
On a cold day – sovuq kunlarning birida
For examples: Tom’s birthday is on January 10 – Tomning tug’ilgan kuni 10yanvarda.
I’ll call you on Monday – Men sizga dushanba kuni telefon qilaman.
NOTE 1: “Next”, “last”, “every”, “this” so’zlari vaqtni ko’rsatuvchi so’zlar
bilan birikib kelganda, ular oldidan predloglar qo’llanmaydi:
On Sunday – Shanbada
Next Sunday – Kelasi shanba
Last Sunday – O’tgan shanba
This Sunday – Bu shanba
Every Sunday – Har shanba
NOTE 2:
on time / in time – o’z vaqtida
a) On time – jadval asosidagi vaqtlar uchun qo’llanadi:
My plan flies at 2 o’clock. I must go to the airport on time – mening samalyotim soat
2 da uchadi. Ayraportga vaqtida borishim kerak
b) In time – jadval asosida bo’lmagan vaqtlar uchun qo’llanadi:
77
I’m going to do my home in the morning tomorrow, so I must get up in time – etaga
ertalab uyimni yig’ishtirmoqchiman, shuning uchun vaqtida turishim kerak
About – chamasi, tahminan
“About” boshqa predloglar bilan birikib tahminiy vaqtni ko’rsatib keladi:
At about 4 o’clock – Chamasi soat 4 larda
At about Monday – Tahminan dushanbalarda
During – davomida, vaqtida, mobaynida
Bir jarayonning boshlanishidan tortib to tugagunicha bo’lgan vaqtni o’z ichiga
oladi:
During the lesson – Dars davomida
During the war – Urush vaqtida
During the summer holiday (=in summer holiday) – Yozgi ta’til mobaynida
The teacher asks us a lot of questions during the lesson – Dars
davomida o’qituvchi bizga ko’p savol beradi.
“During” predlogi “since” va “for” predloglaridan farq qiladi. “During” predlogi
vaqtni ko’rsatuvchi “at” predlogi bilan keladi va vaqt davomiyligini bildirad:
During out vocation we visited many relatives across the country For – - dan beri, - dan buyon
Ushbu ma’noda “for” ish- harakatning bajarilishiga sarflangan vaqtni
ko’rsatadi va asosan, tugallangan “perfect” zamonlarda qo’llanadi:
I have been reading this book for 2 days – Men bu kitobni 2 kundan beri
o’qiyapman
John has worked in a bank for 15 years – Jon 15 yildan beri bankda ishlaydi.
Since – - dan beri, - dan buyon
Ushbu ma’noda “since” ish- harakatning faqat boshlanish vaqtini belgilab
keladi va tugallangan “perfect” zamonlarda qo’llanadi:
I have been reading this book since yesterday – Men bu kitobni kechadan beri
o’qiyapman.
John has worked in a bank since 1991 – Jon 1991- yildan buyon bankda ishlaydi
Till (= untill) – - gacha
By – - gacha
Till – “- gacha” ma’nosida ish- harakatning biror bir vaqtgacha davom etib
bajarilganligini ko’rsatadi:
We waited for John till 5 o’clock but he didn’t come and we went home – Biz Jonni
soat 5 gacha kutdik, ammo u kelmadi va biz uyga ketdik.
It rained till the morning – Ertalabgacha yomg’ir yog’di.
By – “- gacha” ma’nosida ish- harakatning aniq bir vaqtgacha bajarilib
tugallangan bo’lishini ko’rsatadi. Bu predlog aniq bir muddatga nisbatan
qo’llanadi:
The cheese is to be consumed by the 10 th of June – Pishloqning yaroqlilik muddati
10- iyungacha.
You must arrive here by 10 tomorrow – Sen ertaga soat 10 gacha bu yerga yetib
kelishing zarur.
We usually eat supper by 6 o’clock in the evening – Biz odatda kech soat 6 da
tushlik qilamiz.
78
Bundan tashqari, “by” predlogi “- gacha” ma’nosida o’tgan va tugallangan
zamonlarda qo’llanadi:
I had done my homework by 2 o’clock yesterday – Men kecha soat 2 gacha uy
vazifamni bajarib bo’lgan edim.
I shall have done my homework by 2 o’clock tomorrow – Men ertaga soat 2 gacha
uy vazifamni bajarib bo’laman.
From… till… - …dan… gacha
Ish- harakatning ma’lum bir vaqtda boshlanib, ma’lum bir vaqtgacha davom etib
bajarilishini ko’rsatadi:
From 2 till 3 – Soat 2 dan 3 gacha
From morning till night – Ertalabdan kechgacha
From the 18 th of February till the 25 th of March – 18- fevraldan 25- martgacha
Syn: From… to…
We saw a film from 2 till 3 (= we saw a film from 2 to 3) – Biz soat 2
dan 3 gacha film
ko’rdik.
He works from morning till night (=he works from morning to night)
– U ertalabdan
kechgacha ishlaydi.
Bundan tashqari, “from… to…” predlogi yo’nalish ma’nosida ham keladi:
We drove from Tashkent to Samarkand – Biz Toshkentdan
Samarqandgacha safar qildik.
He got from London to Paris by plane – U samalyotda Londondan to
Parijgacha sayr qilgan.
Between – oralig’ida
Between 2 and 3 – Soat 2 va 3 oralig’ida
Between Monday and Wednesday – Dushanba va chorshanba oralig’ida
Between the 18 th of March and the 20 th of March – 18-20 - mart oralig’ida
For example: We were at the theatre between 2 and 3 – Soat 2 va 3 oralig’ida biz
teatrda edik
Before – oldin
Before 10 o’clock – 10 soat oldin
Before classes – Darsdan oldin
Before supper – Kechki ovqatdan oldin
After – keyin, so’ng
After 10 o’clock – Soat 10 dan keyin
After classes – Darsdan so’ng
After supper – Kechki ovqatdan so’ng
To – kam (soatga nisbatan)
Ten minutes to seven – 10 ta kam 7 (= 6:50)
A quarter to eight – 15 ta kam 8 (= 7:45)
Past – o’tgan (soatga nisbatan)
79
10 minutes past seven – Yettidan 10 ta o’tdi (7:10)
A quarter past eight – Sakkizdan 15 ta o’tdi (8:15)
Half past nine – To’qqiz yarim bo’ldi (9:30)
Prepositions of Common
Umumiy predloglar o’z ichiga o’rin- joy, yo’nalish va payt ma’nolarini olmaydi.
Ularning o’zi alohida ma’no anglatadi.
At – - da (kishi yoshiga nisbatan):
He is at 40 (= he is 40 / he is 40 years old / he is at the age of 40) – U 40 yoshda.
Kishi yoshiga nisbatan “in” predlogi ham qo’llanadi faqat “in” predlogi “at”
predlogiga qaraganda mavhumroq:
He is in his forties – U 40 yoshlar atrofida.
With – bilan
Ish- harakatning biror bir narsa- predmet vositasida yoki biror kishi ishtirokida
bajarilishini ko’rsatadi:
I translated the text with a dictionary – Men tekstni lug’at yordamida tarjima
qildim.
John wrote the letter with a pencil – Jon xatni qalam bilan yozdi.
I go to school with John – Men maktabga Jon bilan birga boraman
I cleaned the room with a vacuum-cleaner – I men xonani changyutgich bilan
tozaladim
Ant: Without – …siz
Ish- harakatning biror narsa- predmet vositasisiz yoki biror bir kishi ishtirokisiz
bajarilishini ko’rsatadi:
I translated the text without a dictionary – Men tekstni lug’atsiz tarjima qildim.
We discussed the question without John – Biz savolni Jonsiz muhokama qildik.
They had dinner without me – ular mensiz tushlik qilishdi
For – uchun
Atalganlikni, sabab va maqsadni ko’rsatib keladi:
I brought a book for Nick – Men Nik uchun bir kitob sotib oldim.
He brought a coat for himself – U o’ziga plash sotib oldi.
I went to the canteen for dinner – Men oshxonaga tushlik qilgani bordim.
Against – 1) qarshi:
Fikrga yoki biror bir kishiga nisbatan qarshi chiqishni, qarshi fikr bildirishni
ko’rsatadi:
I am against you – Men sizga qarshiman.
I am against your ideas – Men fikringizga qarshiman.
We struggled against war – Biz urushga qarshi kurashdik
2) yonida, oldida: He appeared against me – u yonimda paydo bo’ldi
Jack is sitting against the piano – Jek pianino yonida turibdi
3) -ga:
I struck my head against the wall – men boshimni devorga
urib oldim
Ant: For
I am for you – Men siz tomondaman.
I am for your ideas – Sizning fikringizga qo’shilaman.
80
We struggled for peace – Biz tinchlik uchun kurashdik.
About – haqida
Ma’lumot olish yoki ma’lumot berish uchun qo’llanadi:
We talked about Nick – Biz Nik haqida suhbatlashdik.
He told me about his family – U menga oilasi haqida gapirib berdi.
By – tomonidan; orqali
1) “By” predlogi “tomonidan” ma’nosida mualliflik predlogi hisoblanadi va ishharakatning kimdir tomonidan bajarilganligini ko’rsatadi va majhul nisbatda
qo’llanadi:
“War and Peace” was written by Tolstoy – “Urush va Tinchlik” romani Tolstoy
tomonidan yozilgan.
The window was broken by a student – Deraza bir talaba tomonidan sindirildi.
2) “Orqali” ma’nosida “by” predlogi ish- harakatning biror bir transport
vositasida bajarilishini ko’rsatadi:
By car – Mashina orqali
By plane (= by air) – Samalyot
bilan (= havo orqali)
By tram – Tramvay orqali
By ship (= by sea) – Kema bilan (=
dengiz orqali)
By train – Poyezd orqali
By bus – Avtobus bilan, avtobus
orqali
By taxi – Taksi orqali, taksi bilan
By trolleybus – Trolleybus bilan,
trolleybus orqali
For example: I go to school by bus – Men maktabga avtobus bilan boraman.
“Orqali” ma’nosini “in” va “on” predloglari ham ifodalaydi, faqat “in” va
“on” predloglari bilan artikllar qo’llanadi:
In a car
On the plane
On the tram
On the ship
On the train
On a bus
In a taxi
On the trolleybus
For example: I go to school on the bus – Men maktabga avtobusda boraman.
Of – - ning (asosan, jonsiz narsa- predmetlarga nisbatan)
The door of the room – Xonaning eshigi
The knob of the door – Eshikning tutqichi
Bundan tashqari, “of ” predlogi kishi yoshiga nisbatan ham qo’llanadi:
A man of forty – Qirq yoshli erkak
A boy of 15 – O’n besh yashar bola.
Besides – shu bilan birga, o’z ichiga olgan holda
Syn: In addition to
Everybody attended the lecture besides Nick – Ma’ruzaga hamma ishtirok etdi, shu
bilan birga Nik ham.
I have met all my friends besides John – Men barcha do’stlarim bilan uchrashdim,
shu bilan birga Jon bilan ham
Besides “Tom Sawyer”, I also read “Harry Potter” and “Martin Eden” – men
“Tom Soyer” bilan birga “Garri Poter” va “Martin Edin” asarlarini ham o’qib
chiqdim
81
Ant: Exept – …dan tashqari
Everybody attended the lecture exept Nick – Ma’ruzaga Jondan tashqari hamma
ishtirok etdi.
I have met all my friends exept John – Men Nikdan tashqari barcha do’srlarim
bilan uchrashdim.
I read all the books here, except the one – men mana shu bittasidan tashqari bu
yerdagi barcha kitoblarni o’qib chiqqanman
Syn: But, excluding
Predloglar haqida qo’shimcha ma’lumotlar
“Out of“ predlogi
Syn: away
Ant: into
1) Out of town – Shahar tashqarisida:
Our house is out of town – Bizning uyimiz shahar tashqarisida.
Mr. Adams is out of town – Janob Adams shahardan tashqarida.
2) Out of date – eskirgan, modadan qolgan.
Syn: old
Don’t use this dictionary. It is out of date – Bu lug’atdan foydalanmang. U eskirgan.
Ant: Up – to – date
Modern – zamonaviy, urfdagi, modadagi
He has an up- to- date computer – Uni zamonaviy kompyuteri bor.
3) Out of work – ishsiz
Syn: jobless; unemployed
John is in no mood. He is out of work now – Jonning kayfiyati yo’q. Hozir u ishsiz.
4) Out of the question – imkonsiz, iloji yo’q
Syn: impossible
Doing this work is out of the question now – Hozir bu ishni bajarishning iloji yo’q.
Carrying out the plan is out of the question – Bu rejani amalga oshirishning imkoni
yo’q.
5) Out of order – ishdan chiqqan, ishlamaydi, buzilgan
The telephone in my room is out of order – Mening xonamdagi telefon ishdan
chiqqan.
“By” predlogi
1) By then – o’sha vaqtgacha
Kelasi yoki o’tgan zamonda qo’llanadi:
I’ll finish my work at 6 o’clock. By then John will be here – Men ishimni soat 6 da
tugataman. O’sha vaqtgacha Jon shu yerda bo’ladi.
I finished my work at 6 o’clock yesterday. By then John had gone home – Kecha
men ishimni soat 6 da tugatdim. O’sha vaqtgacha Jon uyga borib bo’lgan edi.
2) By way of – orqali
Syn: via
We went to Bukhara by way of Karshi – Biz Buxoroga Qarshi orqali bordik.
3) By the way – aytgandek, darvoqe
82
Syn: incidentally
By the way, I have got 2 tickets for the cinema. Let’s go together – Ha aytgancha,
menda kinoga 2 ta chipta bor. Keling birga boraylik.
4) By far – ancha
Syn: considerable
This book is by far the most interesting – Bu kitob anchagina qiziqarli ekan.
5) By accident, by mistake – yanglishib, adashib
I am sorry, I have taken your book by mistake – Uzr sizning kitobingizni yanglishib
olibman.
Ant: on surpose – ataylab
I don’t give him my book on surpose – Men unga kitobimni ataylab bermadim.
“In” predlogi
1) In the street – ko’chada
I don’t play in the street – Men ko’chada o’ynamayman.
2) In the future / in the past – kelajakda / o’tmishda
I want to be a doctor in the future – Men kelajakda shifokor bo’lishni istayman.
They lived in Samarkand in the past – Ular o’tmishda Samarqandda yashashgan.
3) In the beginning / in the end – boshida, dastlab / oxirida, nihoya
In the beginning, we bought with John every day, but in the end we made friends –
Boshida biz Jon bilan har kuni tortishardik, va nihoyat biz do’stlashib oldik.
4) In the way – yo’lda turmoq, to’g’anoq bo’lmoq
I was afraid to enter the house because there was a huge dog in the way of the gate
– Men uyga kirishdan cho’chib turgandim, chunki darvoza yonida kattakon it bor edi.
5) Once in a while – goh-goh, ba’zan, vaqti-vaqti bilan
Syn: accasionally
Once in a while, we go to the cinema – Vaqti vaqti bilan biz kinoga borib turamiz.
6) In no time at all – Juda qisqa vaqt ichida
Syn: in a very
George finished his task in no time at all – Georg o’z vazifasini juda qisqa
muddatda tugatdi.
7) In the meantime – shu bilan bir vaqtda
Syn: at the sometime meanwhile
I study at the University. In the meantime, I work at a factory at nights – Men
Universitetda o’qiyman. Shu bilan birga kechlari zavodda ham ishlayman.
8) In the middle – qoq o’rtasida
Grase stood in the middle of the room – Greys xonaning qoq o’rtasida turibdi.
9) In the army – armiyada
In the air force – Harbiy havo kuchlarida
In the navy – Piyoda va dengizda
My friend is in the army – Mening do’stim armiyada.
John serves in the air force – Jon harbiy havo kuchlarida xizmat qiladi.
83
10) In a row – qatorda
I was setting in the fifth row – Men beshinchi qatorda o’tgan edim.
11) In the event that – har ehtimolga qarshi, ehtimol shart
Syn: if
In the event that John finishes work, we’ll go home together – Ehtimol, Jon ishini
tugatsa uyga birga borardik.
12) In case – har ehtimolga qarshi
Syn: if
I will take an umbrella in case it rains – (Yomg’ir yog’masa ham) har ehtimolga
qarshi soyabon olaman.
13) Get in touch with / get in contact with – aloqada bo’lmoq, aloqa o’rnatmoq
I got in touch with John to know how I could do this work – Bu ishni qanday bajara
olishni bilish uchun men Jon bilan aloqa o’rnatdim.
14) In a room / in a building / in a drawer / in a closet – xonada / binoda / qutida
/ javonda
Your socks are in the drawer – Sizning paypog’ingiz qutida.
15) In year / in month – yilda / oyda
His birthday is in January – Uning tug’ilgan kuni yanvar oyida.
Jack will begin class in 2011 – Jek 2011- yildan maktabga boradi.
16) In time – (o’z) vaqtida
We arrived to the airport in time before the plane left – Biz airaportga o’z vaqtida,
samalyot ko’tarilmasdan oldin yetib keldik.
17) In the morning / in the afternoon / in the evening – ertalab / tush vaqtida /
kechda
I have a dental appointment in the morning – Men ertalab tish doktoriga boraman.
“On” predlogi
1) On a street – ko’chada. (Binoning joylashuviga nisbatan)
I live on a Navoi street – Men Navoiy ko’chasida turaman.
2) On the corner / at the corner – burchakda. (Ikki ko’chaga nisbatan)
The bank is at the corner of Navoi Street and Farhad Street – Bank Navoiy va
Farhod ko’chalarining burchagida joylashgan.
The vase of flower in the corner of the room – Guldon xonaning burchagida turibdi.
3) On the side walk – yo’lakda, tratuarda
Big cities always walk on the side walk –
4) On the way – yo’l yo’lakay ketayotganda
Syn: en route
I saw John on the way to work – Men ishga ketayotib Jonni ko’rdim.
I bought a book on the way home – Men uyga ketayotib kitob sotib oldim.
5) On foot – piyoda
84
My car wouldn’t start so I came on foot – Mashinam yurmaganligi uchun men uyga
piyoda keldim.
6) On the right / on the left – o’ng tomonda / chap tomonda
The bank is on the right and the clinic is on the left – Bank o’ng tomonda, klinika
esa chap tomonda.
7) On television / on the radio – televizorda / radioda
We saw an Indian film on TV yesterday – Biz kecha televizorda hindcha film ko’rdik.
I heard this news on the radio the other day – Men bu yangilikni yaqindagina
radioda eshitdim.
8) On the telephone – telefonda gaplashayotgan bo’lmoq; uyda telefoni bor
bo’lmoq
Don’t obisturb me. I am on the telephone – Menga halaqit bermang. Hozir telefonda
gaplashayapman.
I can never find Nick at the necessary moment. He is not on the telephone – Zarur
paytda Nikni aslo topa olmayman. Uni telefoni yo’q.
9) On the whole – umuman olganda
Syn: however, never theless
On the whole, everything is all right – Umuman olganda barchasi to’g’ri.
10) On sale – sotuvga qo’yilgan bo’moq, sotuvda bo’lmoq
Syn: offered for sale
John’s house is on sale – Jonning uyi sotuvga qo’yilgan.
The radio costs five dollar on sale – Radio sotuvda besh dollarga baholandi.
11) On a (the) bus / plane / train / ship – avtobusda / samalyotda / tramvayda /
kemada
It’s too late to see John. He is already on the plane – Jonni ko’rishga juda kech
bo’ldi. U allaqachon samalyotda.
“At” predlogi
1) “at” predlogi aniq adresga nisbatan qo’llanadi:
I live at 9, Navoi Street – Men Navoiy ko’chasi 9-uyda istiqomat qilaman.
2) At home / at school / at work – Uyda / maktabda / ishda
Mother is at home, Nick is at school and Father is at work – Onam uyda, Nik
maktabda, otam esa ishda.
3) At night – tunda
They went hunting at night – Ular tunda ov qilishga borishdi.
4) At least – hech bo’lmaganda
Syn: at the minimum
Learn 10 words by heard a day at least – Bir kunda hech bo’lmaganda 10 ta so’zni
yodlab o’rganing.
5) At once – darhol, hoziroq
Please, come home at once – Iltimos, hoziroq uyga keling.
85
6) At present / at the moment – hozir
Syn: now
John is working at school at present – Jon hozir maktabda ishlayapti.
7) At times – vaqti-vaqti bilan, goh-gohida, ahyon-ahyonda
Syn: accasionally
At times, we visit our friends – Biz gohida do’stlarimizni ko’rgani boramiz.
At times, it is difficult to understand him because he speaks too fast – U juda tez
gapirganligi uchun ba’zan uni tushunish qiyin.
8) At first – dastlab
Syn: initially
At first, it seems difficult to do this work – Dastlab, bu ishni bajarish qiyindek
tuyuldi.
Jane was nervous at first, but later she felt more relaxed – Jeyn dastlab asabiy edi,
ammo so’ngi paylarda u o’zini ancha yaxshi his qildi.
Yasama predloglar
On the beach – sohilda
We walked on the beach last night – O’tgan tunda biz sohilda sayr qildik.
In place of – o’rniga, o’rnida
Syn: instead of
We bought a book in place of a journal – Biz jurnal o’rniga kitob sotib oldik.
Sam is going to the meeting in place of his brother, who has to work – Sem
akasining o’rniga uchrashuvga bormoqchi.
For the most part – asosan
Syn: mainly
This article discusses for the most part the problem of the Aral Sea – Bu maqola
asosan, Orol dengizi muammosini muhokama qiladi.
In hopes of – umidida
Syn: hoping to
I went there in hopes of meeting one of my friends – Men u yerga do’stlarimdan biri
bilan uchrashish umidida bordim.
Of course – albatta
Syn: certainly
Of course, he has also been here many times – Ancha vaqt u ham shu yerda bo’lgan
edi.
Off and on – to’xtab- to’xtab, bo’linib-bo’linib
Syn: intermittently
It rained off and on all day long yesterday – Kecha yomg’ir to’xtab-to’xtab yog’di.
All of sudden – to’satdan, kutilmaganda
Syn: suddenly
When I was going along the street, all of a sudden I saw old my friend – Men ko’cha
bo’ylab ketayotganimda to’satdan eski qadrdonimni ko’rib qoldim.
For good – butunlay, bir umrga, abadiy
86
Syn: forever
He left Karshi for good – U Karshini abadiy tark etdi.
From time to time – ba’zan, vaqti-vaqti bilan
We visit the art museum from time to time – Biz vaqti-vaqti bilan san’at muzeyiga
tashrif buyuramiz.
VERBAL IDIOMS
Break off – tugatmoq, to’xtatmoq, aloqani uzmoq
Syn: end
As a result of the recent, unprovoked attack, the two countries broke off their
diplomatic relations –
Bring up – tashabbus ko’rsatmoq, ko’rsatmoq, biror nimani olib chiqmoq
Syn: raise, initiate
A professor brought up a new method of teaching – professor ta’limning yangi
usulini olib chiqdi.
This young scientist brought up using these goods – yosh olim bu mahsulotlarni
qo’llashni olib chiqdi.
Call on – 1) ask - so’ramoq, talab qilmoq, chaqirmoq
The teacher called on Jack to write the equation on the blackboard – o’qituvchi
Jekdan doskaga tenglamani yozishini talab qildi.
2) visit – tashrif buyurmoq, ko’rgani bormoq, ko’rib o’tmoq
Yesterday, we called on Jack to see him – kecha biz Jekni ko’rgani bordik.
Care for – 1) like – yoqtirmoq
Nick cares for dark colors and I care for brightly colors – Nik to’q ranglarni
yoqtiradi, men esa ochiq ranglarni yoqtiraman.
2) look after – g’amxo’rlik qilmoq
Mike is caring for his sick brother – Mayk kasal ukasiga g’amxo’rlik qilmoqda.
Check out – 1) borrow books, etc. from the library – kutubxonadan kitob olib
turmoq
Yesterday, I checked out thirty books from the library for my research paper – kecha
men tadqiqot ishim uchun kutubxonadan o’ttizta kitob oldim.
2) investigate – qidirmoq, izlab topmoq
My compyuter isn’t work properly. Please, check out the problem – kompyuterim
yaxshi ishlamayapti. Iltimos, uning muammosini qidirsangiz.
Check out of – ketmoq, tark etmoq, tashlab ketmoq
Syn: leave
After two hours, they’ll check out of the hotel – ikki soatdan so’ng ular
mehmonxonani tark etishadi.
Check (up) on – tekshirmoq
Syn: investigate
The teacher checked up on my exercises – o’qituvchi mening mashqlarimni
tekshirdi.
Close in on – yaqinlashmoq, yaqinlashtirmoq
Syn: draw nearer, approach
87
In the street, a man closed in on me and asked the time – ko’chada bir kishi menga
yaqin keldi va soatni so’radi.
Come along with – birga bormoq, hamroh bo’lmoq
Syn: accompany
I came along with Mary to the party – men kechaga Meri bilan birga bordim.
Come down with – kasal bo’lib qolmoq, kasalga chalinmoq
Syn: become ill with
During the summer, many people come down with intestinal desorders – yoz
mobaynida ko’p odamlar ichak bezovtaligiga chalindilar.
Last week, I came down with the fly – o’tgan hafta men shamollab qoldim.
Count on – qaram bo’lmoq, ishonmoq, suyanmoq
Syn: depend on, rely on
John counts on his parents for money – Jon mablag’ tomondan ota-onasiga
suyanadi.
Do away with – yo’q qilmoq, qutilmoq
Syn: eliminate, get rid of
I did away with all my problems – men barcha muammolarimdan qutildim.
Draw up – yozmoq, tuzmoq (reja va shartnoma uchun)
Syn: write, draft
The decloration of Independence was drawn up in 1991 – Mustaqillik dekloratsiyasi
1991-yili tuzilgan.
Drop out of – to’xtatmoq, aloqasini uzmoq, tashlab ketmoq
Syn: quit, withdraw from
Mary’s tennagers drop out of school now – Merining tengqurlari hozir maktabni
tamomlagan.
Figure out – hal qilmoq, hisoblab chiqmoq, tahlil qilmoq, tushunmoq
Syn: solve, decipher, interpret, understand
We figured out all our problems – biz barcha muammolarimizni hal qildik.
We figured out travelling expenses – biz sayohat harajatlarini hisoblab chiqdik.
Find out – aniqlamoq, bilmoq
Syn: discover
I found out that the film begins at eigth o’clock – men filmni soat 8 da boshlanishini
bildim.
Erin just found out that her ancestors had come from Scotland, not Ireland – Erin
yaqindagina o’z ajdodlarining Irlandiyadan emas balki Shotlandiyadan kelib
qolganligini aniqladi.
Get by – zo’rg’a yashamoq, jon saqlamoq
Syn: manage to survive
She gets by her husband’s salary – u erining maoshiga zo’rg’a yashaydi.
Despite the high cost of living, we will get by on my salary – narx navoning
yuqoriligiga qaramasdan biz maoshimga yashaymiz.
Get through – 1) finish – tugatmoq
88
I got through my exercises – men mashqlarimni tamomladim.
2) manage to communicate – tushunib olmoq, aloqaga kirishmoq
John is English and I am Uzbek. So we hardly get through each other – Jon ingliz,
men esa o’zbek. Shuning uchun biz bir-birimizni arang tushunamiz.
It is difficult to get through to someone who doesn’t understand your language –
tilingni tushunmaydigan kishi bilan muloqotga kirishish qiyin.
Get up – 1) arise – o’rnidan turmoq
I usually get up early in the morning, but this morning I overslept – men odatda
azonda turaman, ammo bugun ertalab uxlab qolibman.
2) organize – tashkil qilmoq, tashkil etmoq
We got up hobby circle at school – biz maktabda sevimli mashg’ulotlar qatlamini
tashkil etganmiz.
Give up – to’xtatmoq, tashlamoq (yomon odatlar uchun)
Syn: stop, cease
John gave up smoking – Jon chekishni tashladi.
Go along with – rozi bo’lmoq, ko’nmoq
Syn: agree
I go along with you – men sizning fikringizga roziman.
Hold on to – mahkam ushlashmoq, yopishib olmoq
Syn: grasp, maintain
Despite moving to the Western World, Mariko held on to her Oriental ways – G’arb
olamiga ko’chishiga qaramay Mariko sharqiy odatlariga sodiq qoldi.
Hold up - 1) rob at gunpoint – miltiq o’qtalib o’g’irlik qilmoq
A few masked people held up to the shop – bir nechta niqobli shaxslar magazinga
qurolli hujum qilishdi.
The convenience store was held up last night 2) endure or withstand pressure or use – bardoshli (sabrli, chidamali) bo’lmoq
Mrs. Hadson held up very well after her husband’s death – Missis Handson erining
o’limiga bardoshli bo’ldi.
3) stop – ushlab qolmoq, ushlanib qolmoq
Last night’s accident held up rush hour traffic for two hours – o’tgan tungi avariya
tig’iz yo’l harakatini 2 soatga to’xtatib qo’ydi.
Keep on – davom etmoq, davom ettirmoq
Syn: continue
I keep on urging Rita to practice the violin, but she doesn’t heed my advice – men
Ritani skripka chalishni mashq qilishga undayveraman, ammo u mening maslahatimga
e’tibor ham bermaydi.
I kept on running in spite of tiredness – men charchoqqa qaramay yugurishda
davom etdim.
Look after – g’amxo’rlik qilmoq
Syn: care for
After my aunt’s had died, her lawyer looked after my uncle’s financial affairs –
Holamning o’limidan so’ng uning advokati tog’amning moliyaviy ishlariga
ko’maklashdi.
89
Look into – qidirmoq, izlamoq, izlanmoq
Syn: investigate
I’m looking into the possibility of opening a film – men film ochilishining imkonini
izlayapman.
Pass out / hand out – tarqatmoq, taqsimlab bermoq
Syn: distribute
Before his death, Mr. Green passed out his wealth to his children – o’limidan oldin
mister Grin boyligini bolalariga taqsimlab berdi.
Pass out – boshi aylanmoq, hushidan ketmoq
Syn: aint
A man in the street passed out because of intense heat – kuchli harorat tufayli
ko’chada bir kishi hushidan ketdi.
Pick out – tanlamoq, tanlab olmoq
Syn: select, choose
I picked out a book in the book-case – men kitob javonidan bir kitobni tanlab oldim.
Point out – ko’rsatmoq, ko’rsatib bermoq, ta’kidlamoq
Syn: indicate
In her speech, Mary pointed out the defects of the work – o’z nutqida Meri ishning
kamchiliklarini ta’kitlab o’tdi.
Being a professional writer, Jane helped us by pointing out problems in style –
professional yozuvchi bo’lishda Jeyn bizga uslubdagi muammolarni ko’rsatib berish
orqali yordam berdi.
Put of – keyinga qoldirmoq
Syn: postpone
I put off to go to Tashkent untill next month – men Toshkentga borishni kelasi
oygacha qoldirdim.
Because Brain was a poor correspondent, he put off answering his letters – Brain
nochor muhbir bo’lganligi uchun xatlarga javob berishni keyinga qoldirdi.
Run across – kutilmaganda topib olmoq, to’satdan topib olmoq
Syn: discover
While rummaging the box, I ran across my father’s old photo – qutini titkilayotib
men to’satdan otamning eski suratini topib oldim.
While rummaging through some old boxes in the attic, I ran across my
grandmother’s wedding dress – chordoqdagi bir nechta eski qutilarni kovlayotib men
to’satdan buvimning nikoh ko’ylagini topib oldim.
Run into – kutilmaganda uchratib qolmoq, to’satdan duch kelmoq
Syn: meet by accident
Once in London, I ran into Jane – kunlardan bir kuni Londonda men to’satdan
Jeynga duch kelib qoldim.
When Jack was in New-York, he ran into an old friend at the theatre – Jek NyuYorkda bo’lganligida kutilmaganda teatrda eski bir do’stini uchratib qoldi.
See about -qarab qo’ymoq, e’tiborga olmoq, shug’illanmoq
Syn: consider, attend to
90
Please, see about getting tickets for a new film – iltimos, yangi filmga chipta olish
bilan shug’illansangiz.
My neighbour is going to see about getting tickets for next Saturday’s football game
– qo’shnim kelasi shanba kungi fudbol o’yiniga chipta olish bilan shug’illanmoqchi.
Take off – havoga ko’tarilmoq
Syn: leave the ground to fly
Our plane took off at exactly eight o’clock – bizning samolyotimiz roppa-rosa soat 8
da havoga ko’tarildi.
Take over for – o’rnini egallamoq, o’rnida turmoq, o’rniga kelmoq,
almashtirmoq
Syn: substitute for
I was ill and couldn’t go to work, so Jack took over for me – men betob bo’lib ishga
bora olmadim, shuning uchun mening o’rnimda Jek turibdi.
Marie had a class this afternoon, so Janet took over for her – tush vaqtida Merining
darsi bor edi, shuning uchun uning o’rniga Janet keldi.
Talk over – muhokama qilmoq
Syn: discuss
We talked over the new book by this writer – biz bu yozuvchining yangi kitobini
muhokama qildik.
Try out – 1) test - sinab ko’rmoq, sinovdan o’tkazmoq
We tired out the new product of this factory – biz bu zavodning yangi mahsulotini
sinovdan o’tkazdik.
2) audition for a play – chalib eshittirmoq, chalib bermoq
Marguerite is planning to try out for the lead in the new musical – Margarita
rahbariga yangi musiqani chalib berishni rejalashtirmoqda.
Turn in – 1) submit - bo’ysunmoq, quloq solmoq; taqdim etmoq
You should turn in your parents – siz ota-onangizga quloq solishingiz kerak.
The studends turned in their term papers on Monday – Dushanba kuni talabalarga
semestr hujjatlari taqdim etildi.
2) go to bed – uxlashga yotmoq
I usually turn in at ten o’clock – men odatda soat 10 da uxlashga yotaman.
After a long hard day, we decided to turn in eariy – uzun og’ir kundan so’ng biz erta
yotishga qaror qildik.
Watch out for – ehtiyot bo’lmoq, ehtiyot qilmoq
Syn: be cautious or alert
Watch out for this dog. It might bite you – bu itdan ehtiyot bo’ling. U sizni tishlab
olishi mumkin.
Watch out for this book. It is very rare – bu kitobni ehtiyot qiling. U juda noyob.
While driving through that development, we had to watch out for the little children
playing in the street VERB
Ingliz tilida fe’llar 2 ta asosiy katta guruhga bo’linadi:
1) Regular Verbs – to’g’ri fe’llar
2) Irregular Verbs – noto’g’ri fe’llar
Ingliz tilida to’g’ri va noto’g’ri fe’llarning 4 ta shakli bor:
91
1) Infinitive (V1) – ingliz tilida infinitive fe’llarning oldidan “to” yuklamasini
qo’yib yasaladi va fe’llarning infinitive shaklidan, asosan, hozirgi noaniq zamon
va kelasi noaniq zamon yasaladi.
2) Past Indefinite (V2) – to’g’ri va noto’g’ri fe’llarning o’tgan zamon shakli bo’lib,
bu shakldagi fe’llardan o’tgan noaniq zamon yasaladi.
3) Participle ІІ (V3) – to’g’ri va noto’g’ri fe’llarning sifatdosh ІІ shakli bo’lib, bu
shakldagi fe’llardan, asosan, tugallangan perfect zamonlar va fe’llarning
majhul nisbat shakli yasaladi.
4) Participle І (V4) – to’g’ri va noto’g’ri fe’llarning sifatdosh І shakli bo’lib, bu
shakldagi fe’llardan davom zamonlar yasaladi.
To’g’ri fe’llar – ularni to’g’ri fe’llar deyilishiga sabab, ular infinitive shakldan
o’tgan zamon yoki tugallangan zamon shakliga o’tganda ular –d yoki –ed standart
qo’shimchalarni oladi. Sifatdosh ІІ shaklida esa ular –ing qo’shimchasini oladi:
Infinitive (V1) :
to live, to work
Past Indefinite (V2) :
lived, worked
Participle ІІ (V3) :
lived, worked
Participle І (V4) :
living, working
Noto’g’ri fe’llar – ularning noto’g’ri fe’llar deyilishiga sabab, ular infinitive
shakldan o’tgan yoki tugallangan zamon shakliga o’tganda, ularning o’zaklari
butunlay o’zgarib ketadi yoki umuman o’zgarmasdan qoladi. Sifatdosh ІІ shaklida esa
ularga –ing qo’shimchasi qo’shiladi:
Infinitive (V1) :
to go, to speak, to let, to put
Past Indefinite (V2) :
went, spoke, let, put
Participle ІІ (V3) :
gone, spoken, let, put
Participle І (V4) :
going, speaking, letting,
putting
Bundan tashqari, fe’llar ma’nosiga ko’ra 2 turga bo’linadi:
1) Dynamic Verbs – harakat fe’llari
2) Static Verbs – holat fe’llari
Harakat fe’llari, ish- harakatning jismonan ya’ni kishi tana a’zolari tomonidan
bajarilishini ko’rsatadi. Hodisalarni ifodalovchi fe’llar ham harakat fe’llariga kiradi:
To run – yugurmoq, chopmoq
to rain – yomg’ir yog’moq
To explain – tushuntirmoq
to snow – qor yog’moq
To go – bormoq
to blow – shamol esmoq
To speak – gapirmoq
To jamp – sakramoq
Holat fe’llari, ish- harakatning aqlan ya’ni kishi ongi, miyasi tomonidan bajarilishini
ko’rsatadi. Ularni his- tuyg’uni ifodalovchi fe’llar ham deyishimiz mumkin:
To like – yoqtirmoq
to see – ko’rmoq
To want – xohlamoq
to hear - eshitmoq
To recognize – tanimoq
to smell - jilmaymoq
To think – o’ylamoq
to understand – tushunmoq
NOTE: Holat va his–tuyg’u fe’llariga kirmaydigan fe’llar – holat fe’llari
hisoblanadi:
To own – egalik qilmoq
To contain – o’z ichiga olmoq
To consist – iborat bo’lmoq
92
Fe’llarni holat va harakat fe’llariga ajratishimizga sabab, ba’zi bir holat fe’llari
davomli zamonlarda qo’llanila olmaydi.
The English Tense
(Ingliz tilida zamonlar)
Ingliz tilida fe’l zamonlari bo’lib, ular 4 guruhga bo’linadi va har bir guruhda 4
tadan zamon shakli mavjud:
І. Indefinite Tense Group (Noaniq zamonlar guruhi):
1) The Present Indefinite Tense – hozirgi noaniq zamon
2) The Past Indefinite Tense – o’tgan noaniq zamon
3) The Future Indefinite Tense – kelasi noaniq zamon
4) The Future Indefinite in the Past Tense – o’tgan zamonda kelasi noaniq
zamon
ІІ. Continuous Tense Group (Davomli zamonlar guruhi):
1) The Present Continuous Tense – hozirgi davom zamon
2) The Past Continuous Tense – o’tgan davom zamon
3) The Future Continuous Tense – kelasi davom zamon
4) The Future Continuous in the Past Tense – o’tgan zamonda kelasi davom
zamon
ІІІ. Perfect Tense Group (Tugallangan zamonlar guruhi):
1) The Present Perfect Tense – hozirgi tugallangan zamon
2) The Past Perfect Tense – o’tgan tugallangan zamon
3) The Future Perfect Tense – kelasi tugallangan zamon
4) The Future Perfect in the Past Tense – o’tgan zamonda kelasi tugallangan
zamon
І√. Perfect Continuous Tense Group (Tugallangan davom zamonlar guruhi):
1) The Present Perfect Continuous Tense – hozirgi tugallangan davom zamon
2) The Past Perfect Continuous Tense – o’tgan tugallangan davom zamon
3) The Future Perfect Continuous Tense – kelasi tugallangan davom zamon
4) The Future Perfect Continuous in the Past Tense – o’tgan zamonda kelasi
tugallangan davom zamon.
The Present Indefinite Tense
1) Hozirgi noaniq zamon ish-harakat yoki voqea-hodisaning doimiy ravishda
takrorlanib bajarilishini ko’rsatadi.
Payt ravishlari: usually - odatda
sometimes - ba’zan, ba’zida
always - har doim
often / frequently - tez-tez
seldom / rarely - kamdan-kam
every day (week, month, year) – har kun (hafta, oy, yil)
every Sunday (=on Sunday) – har shanba kuni
every morning (afternoon, evening) – har tong (tush, kech)
Yasalishi: hozirgi noaniq zamon fe’llarning 1-shakli ya’ni Infinitive shakli bilan
yasaladi. Hozirgi noaniq zamonda 3-shaxs birlikda barcha fe’llarga –s yoki –es
shaxs qo’shimchalari qo’shiladi:
Subject + Verb1
I go to school every day – He goes to school every day
We play foodball every Sunday – John plays foodball every Sunday
93
It often rains in the springs
Shohida cleans the room every evening.
Bo’lishsiz shaklda “do” yoki “does” yordamchi fe’llariga “not” inkor yuklamasi
qo’shiladi. 3-shaxs birlikda “does not” qo’llanadi hamda mustaqil fe’llardagi –s –es
shaxs qo’shimchalari tushib qoladi:
Subject + do / does + not + Verb1
I don’t go to school every day – He doesn’t go to school every day
We don’t play foodball every Sunday / John doesn’t play foodball every Sunday
It doesn’t often rain in the springs
Shohida doesn’t clean the room every evening.
So’roq shaklda “do” va “does” yordamchi fe’llari egadan oldinga o’tadi:
Do / does + Subject + Verb1 …?
Do you go to school every day? – Yes, I do / No, I don’t
Does he go to school every day? – Yes, he does / No, he doesn’t
2) Doimiy, bir xil sodir bo’ladigan, mutlaq haqiqat bo’lgan ish-harakat yoki
voqea-hodisalar har doim hozirgi noaniq zamonda qo’llanadi. Bu holatda,
asosan, hozirgi noaniq zamon payt ravishlarisiz qo’llanadi:
Water boils at 100 C – suv 100 gradusda qaynaydi
I know Nick – men Nikni bilaman
Nick knows English – Nik ingliz tilini biladi
I live in Karshi – men Qarshida turaman
The sun rises in the East – quyosh sharqdan chiqadi
Nurses look after patients – hamshiralar bemorlarga g’amxo’rlik qiladilar.
3) Uzoq o’tmishda sodir bo’lgan ish-harakat va voqea- hodisalar hozirgi noaniq
zamonda ifodalanadi:
Being afraid of wild animals, People live on the trees – yovvoyi hayonlardan
qo’rqib odamlar daraxtlarda yashagan.
People live in cawes in the Stone ages – Tosh asrida odamlar g’orlarda yashagan.
4) Quyidagi fe’llar har doim hozirgi noaniq zamonda qo’llanadi:
Apologise – uzr so’ramoq
Insist – talab qilmoq
Recommend – tavsiya qilmoq
Promise – va’da bermoq
Suggest – taklif qilmoq
The Present Continuous Tense
1) Hozirgi zamon davom fe’li ish-harakat yoki voqea-hodisalarning aynan hozir,
biz gapirib turgan vaqtda davom etib bajarilayotganligini, sodir bo’layotganligini
ko’rsatadi.
Payt ravishlari: now, at the moment, at the present, currently
Yasalishi: hozirgi zamon davom fe’li “to be” fe’lining hozirgi zamon shakli va
fe’llarga –ing qo’shimchasini qo’shish bilan yasaladi:
Subject + am / is / are + P1 ( Verb + ing )
The teacher is explaining to us the rule now – hozir o’qituvchimiz bizga qoidani
tushuntirayapti.
We are writing the rule now – hozir biz qoidani yozayapmiz.
It is raining now – hozir yomg’ir yog’ayapti.
94
Bo’lishsiz shaklda “to be” fe’li shakllariga “not” inkor yuklamasi qo’shiladi:
The teacher is not explaining to us the rule now
We are not writing the rule now
It is not raining now
So’roq shaklda “to be” fe’li egadan oldinga chiqadi:
Am / is / are + Subject + P1 ( Verb + ing )…?
Is the teacher explaining to us the rule now? - Yes, she is / No she is not
Are we writing the rule now? - Yes, you are / No, you are not
Is it raining now? - Yes, it is / No, it is not
2) Hozirgi zamon davom fe’li ish-harakat yoki voqea-hodisaning aynan biz
gapirayotgan vaqtda emas, ma’lum bir vaqt oralig’ida, muntazam ravishda davom
etib bajarilib turganligini ko’rsatadi.
Payt ravishlari: today – bugun
These days – shu kunlarda
This week (month, year) – shu haftada (oyda, yilda)
This term – shu chorakda
This season – shu mavsumda
I am reading a book these days – men shu kunlarda bir kitob o’qiyapman.
We are learning English this year – biz shu yili ingliz tilini o’rganyapmiz.
Nick is repearing his car this week – Nik shu haftada mashinasini tamirlayapti
John is doing well this term – Jon shu chorakda yaxshi o’qiyapti.
3) Ayni vaqtda butun dunyoda, jamiyatda, yoki kishining o’zida ro’y berayotgan
yangiliklar, o’zgarishlar va voqealarni ifodalash uchun hozirgi zamon davom fe’li
qo’llanadi:
The population of the World is rising very fast – dunyo aholisi juda tez suratda
o’smoqda.
The number of unemployed is increasing – ishsizlar soni oshmoqda.
Scientists are creating the 5the generation compyuter – olimlar komputerning 5avlodini yaratishmoqda.
John is ill, but he is getting better slowly – Jon betob, ammo asta-sekin
tuzalmoqda.
4) Kirish so’zlar yordamida suhbatdoshning e’tiborini aynan hozir bajarilayotgan
ish-harakatga qaratish uchun hozirgi zamon davom fe’li qo’llanadi:
Look! Nick is coming – Qara, Nik kelyapti.
Listen! Someone is knocking on the door – Eshit! Kimdir eshikni taqillatyapti
Be quiet! The teacher is looking at us – Jim bo’ling! O’qituvchi bizga qarayapti.
Hurry up! Everybody is waiting for you – Shoshiling! Hamma sizni kutmoqda.
Look! It is raining – Qara! Yomg’ir yoqyapti.
5) Ma’lumki, doimiy takrorlanib bajariladigan ish-harakatlar hozirgi noaniq
zamonda ifodalanadi, ammo doimiy takrorlanib bajariladigan ish-harakatni
vaqtincha o’zgartirib, boshqa yo’l bilan bajarsak hozirgi zamon davom fe’li
qo’llanadi:
The Present Indefinite
The Present Continuous
Tense
Tense
Permanent (doimiy):
Temporal (vaqtincha):
Water boils at 100 C –
Water is boiling now – suv
95
suv 100 gradusda qaynaydi
qaynayapti
I usually go home by bus, but today I am going home on foot – men odatda uyga
avtobusda boraman, ammo bugun uyga piyoda boryapman.
I usually work till 5 o’clock, but this week I am working till 6 o’clock – men
odatda soat 5 gacha ishlayman, ammo shu hafta soat 6 gacha ishlayapman.
6) Hozirgi zamon davom fe’li “always”, “constantly”, “continually”, “forever”
payt ravishlari bilan birikib bajarilishi doimiy bo’lgan, odat bo’lib qolgan refleks
ish-harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
The Present Indefinite
The Present Continuous
Tense
Tense
I always leave the door
I am always leaving the door
open- men har doim eshikni open- men eshikni ochiq
ochiq qoldiraman.
qoldiradigan bo’libman.
I always lose my key- men
I am always losing my keyhar doim kalitimni
men kalitimni yo’qotadigan
yo’qotaman.
bo’libman.
I always make the same
I am always making the
mistake- men doim shu
same mistake- men doim shu
xatoni qilaman.
xatoni qiladigan bo’lib
qolibman.
You are very satisfied. You are always complaining – hech ko’ngling to’lmaydida.
Doim nimadandir shikoyat qilasan.
7) Hozirgi zamon davom fe’li ayni vaqtda, kishilar harakterida ro’y berayotgan
o’zgarishlarni ifodalaydi, ya’ni ayni vaqtda kishi harakterining yaxshi tomondan
yomon tomonga yoki yomon tomondan yaxshi tomonga bo’layotgan
o’zgarishlarni ko’rsatadi:
Subject + am / is / are + being + adjective
Nick is usually very kind, but he is being selfish these days – Nik odatda mehribon,
ammo shu kunlarda xudbin bo’lib ketyapti.
Nick is very cold to me, but now, he is being very nice to me – Nik menga juda
sovuq muomalada bo’ladi, ammo hozir juda yaxshi muomalada bo’lyapti.
Nick is usually very nervous, but these days , he is being calm – Nik odatda juda
asabiy, ammo shu kunlarda bosiq.
8) Hozirgi zamon davom fe’li, kelasi zamon ish-harakatlarini ifodalab kelishi ham
mumkin va bu holatda u kelasi zamon payt ravishlari bilan ham qo’llanadi.
Hozirgi zamon davom fe’li kishi o’z shaxsiy ishini kelasi zamonda bajarishini
oldindan rejalashtirib, kelishib qo’yganligini ifodalaydi:
I am going to Tashkent tomorrow – men ertaga Toshkentga boryapman.
I am going there alone – men u yerga yolg’iz boryapman
I am going to Tashkent by train – men Toshkentga poyezd bilan boryapman.
I am staying at a hotel there – men u yerda bir mehmonxonada to’xtayman.
I am staying there 10 days – men u yerda 10 kun qolyapman.
I am playing chess with Nick next Sunday – kelasi shanba kuni Nik bilan shaxmat
o’ynayapman.
96
9) Hozirgi noaniq zamon ham kelasi zamon ish-harakatini ifodalashi mumkin, faqat
hozirgi noaniq zamon kelasi zamonda jadval, grafik, programma asosida
bajariladigan ish-harakatlarni ifodalaydi:
The consert begins at 8 tomorrow evening – konsert ertaga kech soat 8 da
boshlanadi.
The train arrives at the station at 7 tomorrow morning – poyezd ertaga ertalab soat
7 da stadionga yetib keladi.
The film begins at 8 tonight – film kech soat 8 da boshlaydi.
10) Ba’zi kishi his-tuyg’usini ifodalovchi fe’llar va holat fe’llari hozirgi zamon
davom fe’lida qo’llanmaydi ya’ni –ing qo’shimchasini olmaydi. Ular har doim
hozirgi noaniq zamonda qo’llanadi:
Like – yoqtirmoq
understand - tushunmoq
Know – bilmoq
seem – ko’rinmoq, tuyilmoq
Belong – tegishli bo’lmoq
believe - ishonmoq
Love – sevmoq
remember - eslamoq
Realise – anglab yetmoq
have – bor bo’lmoq
Contain – o’z ichiga olmoq
appear – paydo bo’lmoq
Hate – yomon ko’rmoq
see – ko’rmoq
Want – xohlamoq
smell - jilmaymoq
Suppose – taxmin qilmoq
taste – tatib ko’rmoq
Consist – iborat bo’lmoq
wish – tilamoq, xohlamoq
Need – muhtoj bo’lmoq
sound - yangramoq
Mean – ma’noga ega bo’lmoq
own – tegishli bo’lmoq
Depend – qaram bo’lmoq
desire - xohlamoq
Prefer – afzal ko’rmoq
hear – eshitmoq
Wrong ×
I am seeing a book on the
table
I am hearing the news
Right √
I see a book on the table
I hear the news
Ammo bu fe’llarning ba’zilari boshqa ma’noda hozirgi zamon davom fe’li shaklida
qo’llanadi ya’ni –ing qo’shimchasini oladi:
“SEE” fe’li “ko’rmoq” ma’nosida –ing qo’shimchasini olmaydi:
I see a book on the table – men stolda bir kitobni ko’ryapman.
I see a boy in the street – men ko’chada bir bolani ko’ryapman.
Ammo “see” fe’li “uchrashmoq; tuzatmoq; qarab turmoq” ma’nolarida –ing
qo’shimchasini oladi:
I am seeing Nick on the tomorrow – men ertaga Nik bilan uchrashmoqchiman.
The master is seeing to the radio – usta radioni tuzatyapti.
Sarah is seeing to her little sister – Sara kichik singlisiga qarab turibdi
“THINK” fe’li “…deb o’ylamoq, …deb hisoblamoq” ma’nosida biror bir ishharakatning bajarilishiga yoki vaziyatga nisbatan fikr bildirish mazmunida bo’lsa,
hozirgi zamon davom fe’li shaklida qo’llanmaydi, ya’ni –ing qo’shimchasini olmaydi:
I think you should sell your car – mashinangizni sotishingiz kerak deb o’ylayman.
I think he is right – u haq deb hisoblayman.
Ammo “think” fe’li “kimdir haqida o’ylamoq; nimadir haqida o’ylamoq”
ma’nosida hozirgi zamon davom fe’li shaklida qo’llana oladi, ya’ni –ing
qo’shimchasini oladi:
To think of smb / smth (doing smth)
97
To think about smb / smth
I am thinking about my mother – men onam haqida o’ylayapman.
He is thinking about his future – u kelajagi haqida o’ylayapti.
Nick is thinking of buying a new car – Nik yangi mashina sotib olish haqida
o’ylayapti.
I am thinking of an excuse – men bahona izlayapman.
“TO HAVE” fe’li “bor bo’lmoq, ega bo’lmoq” ma’nosida hozirgi zamon davom
fe’lida qo’llanmaydi, ya’ni –ing qo’shimchasini olmaydi:
I have a book – meni kitobim bor.
He has a car – uni mashinasi bor.
Ammo “to have” fe’li ot bilan birikib “qilmoq, bajarmoq” ma’nosida mustaqil
fe’l bo’lib kelsa, hozirgi zamon davom fe’lida qo’llanadi, ya’ni –ing qo’shimchasini
oladi:
He is having dinner now – u hozir tushlik qilyapti.
I am having my English now – men hozir ingliz tili darsimni bajaryapman.
Nick is having a test now – Nik hozir test yechyapti.
“LOOK” (ko’rinmoq) va “FEEL” (his qilmoq) fe’llari hozirgi zamon davom fe’li
shaklida qo’llanishi ham qo’llanmasligi ham mumkin:
The present indefinite tense The present continuous
tense
You look tired
You are looking tired
I feel hungry
I am feeling hungry
a) “Look” fe’li “ko’rinmoq” ma’nosida davom zamonda qo’llanmaydi:
You look tired – siz charchagan ko’rinasiz
Jack looks upset – Jek hafa ko’rinadi
Ammo “Look” fe’li “qaramoq” ma’nosida davom zamonda qo’llana oladi:
Jack is looking at us – Jek bizga qarayapti
b) “Feel” fe’li “silamoq, siypalamoq” ma’nosida va “sezmoq, his qilmoq”
ma’nosida davom zamonda qo’llana oladi:
I’m feeling my cat’s pur – men mushugimni junini silayapman
I’m feeling well today – men bugun o’zimni yaxshi his qilyapman.
Ammo “feel” fe’li “that” bog’lovchisi bilan bog’lanib qo’shma gap tarkibida
kelsa, davom zamonda qo’llana olmaydi:
I feel that you are wrong – men sizni nohaq ekanligingizni sezyapman.
“Smell” fe’li “hid taratmoq” ma’nosida davom zamonda qo’llana olmaydi:
Rose smells nice – atirgul ajoyib hid taratyapti
Ammo “Smell” fe’li “hidlamoq” ma’nosida davom zamonda qo’llana oladi:
I’m smelling the rose – men atirgulni hidlayapman.
“Appear” fe’li “tuyilmoq, o’xshamoq” ma’nosida hozirgi davom zamonda
qo’llanmaydi:
Jack appears tired – Jek charchaganga o’xshaydi.
The film appears interesting – film qiziqarliga o’xshaydi,
Ammo “Appear” fe’li “kinoda suratga tushmoq” ma’nosida hozirgi zamon
davom fe’lida qo’llana oladi:
This actor is appearing in a new film – bu aktyor yangi filmda suratga tushyapti
98
“Taste” fe’li ovqatga nisbatan “ta’mi bo’lmoq” ma’nosida davom zamonda
qo’llana olmaydi:
The dinner tastes good
Ammo “Taste” fe’li “mazasini tatib ko’rmoq” ma’nosida davom zamonda
qo’llana oladi:
I am tasting the dinner – men tushlikni tatib ko’ryapman.
“Weigh” fe’li “og’irlikka ega bo’lmoq” ma’nosida davom zamonda qo’llana
olmaydi:
This box weighs 10 kilos – bu quti 10 kilo og’irlikka ega
Ammo “Weigh” fe’li “vazn o’lchamoq, taroziga tortmoq” ma’nosida davom
zamonda qo’llana oladi:
I’m weighing the box – men qutining vaznini o’lchayapman.
The Past Indefinite Tense
1) O’tgan noaniq zamon ish-harakat yoki voqea-hodisalarning o’tgan zamonda
bajarilib sodir bo’lganligini ko’rsatadi. O’tgan noaniq zamonda ish-harakat yoki
voqea-hodisa o’tgan zamonning o’zida boshlanib shu zamonning o’zida tugaydi.
Payt ravishlari: yesterday – kecha
The day before yesterday – kechadan oldingi kun
Last week (month, year) – o’tgan hafta (oy, yil)
Last Sunday – o’tgan shanba kuni
Last season – o’tgan mavsum
Last term – o’tgan chorak
…ago – oldin
2 hours (2 days, 10 minutes, 2 weeks, 2 months, 2 years, 2
seasons) ago
In 2007 – 2007-yilda
In the Middle Ages – o’rta asrlarda
During the war – urush vaqtida
NOTE : He will finish work in 2 days – u ishni 2 kundan so’ng tugatadi
He finished work in 2 days – u ishni 2 kunda tugatdi.
Yasalishi: o’tgan noaniq zamon to’g’ri va noto’g’ri fe’llarning 2-shakli ya’ni o’tgan
zamon shakli bilan yasaladi. To’g’ri fe’llarga –ed, -d qo’shimchalari qo’shiladi,
noto’g’ri fe’llarning shakli esa o’zgarib ketadi:
Infinitive (V1)
Past indefinite
(V2)
To live
Lived
To translate
Translated
To work
Worked
To open
Opened
To go
To see
To do
To bring
Went
Saw
Did
Brought
Subject + Verb2
We lived in Tashkent last year – o’tgan yili biz Toshkentda yashar edik.
He opened the door 2 hours ago – u 2 soat oldin eshikni ochdi
99
I translated this text yesterday – kecha men bu tekstni tarjima qildim.
They saw this film last year – ular o’tgan yili bu filmni ko’rgan
Nick bought me a book last Sunday – o’tgan shanba kuni Nik menga bir kitob
berdi.
She came here a week ago – u bu yerga 1 hafta oldin kelgan edi.
Bo’lishsiz shakida “did” yordamchi fe’liga “not” inkor yuklamasi qo’shiladi va
mustaqil fe’llar o’tgan zamon shaklidan hozirgi zamon shakliga qaytadi, ya’ni to’g’ri
fe’llardagi –ed, -d qo’shimchalari tushib qoladi, noto’g’ri fe’llar o’tgan zamon
shaklidan hozirgi zamon shakliga qaytadi:
Subject + did + not + Verb1
We didn’t live in Tshkent last year
He didn’t open the door 2 hours ago
I didn’t translate this text yesterday
They didn’t see this film last year
Nick didn’t bring me any book last Sunday
She didn’t come here a week ago.
So’roq shakli “did” yordamchi fe’lini egadan oldinga chiqarib yasaladi:
Did + Subject + Verb1…?
Did you live in Tashkent last year? - Yes, I did / No, I did not
Did he open the door 2 hours ago? -Yes, he did / No, he did not
Did I translate this text yesterday? - Yes, you did / No, you did not
Did they see this film last year? - Yes, they did / No, they did not
Did Nick bring me any book last Sunday? - Yes, he did / No, he did not
Did she come here a week ago? - Yes, she did / No, she did not.
3) O’tgan zamonda ketma-ket sodir bo’lgan ish-harakatlar o’tgan noaniq zamon
orqali ifodalanadi:
I had a meal and began to work – men ovqatlandim va ishlashni boshladim.
Yesterday, I went home late. I was very tired so – men kecha uyga kech bordim.
Juda charchagan edim.
I had supper and went to bed – men kechki ovqatni yedim va uxladim.
§ “To be” fe’lining o’tgan zamonda qo’llanishi
O’tgan zamonda “to be” fe’lining 2 ta shakli mavjud: “was” va “were”
The Present Indefinite
Tense
I am a student – men
talabaman.
He is at home now – hozir
u uyda
They are here – ular shu
yerdalar
The Past Indefinite Tense
I was a student last year –
men o’tgan yili talaba edim.
He was at home yesterday
morning – kecha ertalab u
uyda edi.
They were here an hour ago
– bir soat oldin ular shu yerda
edilar.
Bo’lishsiz va so’roq shakllari “was” “were” ning o’zi orqali yasaladi.
Bo’lishsiz shaklda “was” “were” ga “not” inkor yuklamasi qo’shiladi:
I was not a student last year – o’tgan yili men talaba emas edim.
He was not at home yesterday morning – kecha ertalab u uyda emas edi.
100
They were not here an hour ago – bir soat oldin ular bu yerda emas edilar.
So’roq shaklda “was” “were” egadan oldinga chiqadi:
Were you a student last year? - Yes, I was / No, I was not
Was he at home yesterday morning? - Yes, he was / No, he was not
Were they here an hour ago? - Yes, they were / No, they were not
“To have” fe’lining o’tgan zamonda qo’llanishi
O’tgan zamonda “to have” fe’lining hamma shaxslar uchun bir xil “had” shakli
mavjud:
Singular
Plural
I had
We had
You had
You had
He / she had
They had
We had our books yesterday – kecha kitoblarimiz bor edi.
Bo’lishsiz shakli 2 xil yo’l bilan yasaladi:
a) “had” fe’liga “not” inkor yuklamasini qo’shib: Subject + had + not
We had not our books yesterday.
b) “did” yordamchi fe’liga “not” inkor yuklamasini qo’shib: Subject + did +
not + have
We did not have our books yesterday.
So’roq shakli ham 2 xil usul bilan yasaladi:
a) “had” fe’lini egadan oldinga chiqarib: Had + Subject + …?
Had we our books yesterday? - Yes, you have / No, you have not
b) “did” yordamchi fe’lini egadan oldinga chiqarib: Did + Subject +
have…?
Did we have our books yesterday? - Yes, you did / No, you did not
§ “Used to” iborasi
“Used to” (qilar edim…) iborasi har doim fe’llarning infinitive shaklini talab qiladi:
Subject + used to + do (Verb1) smth.
“Used to” iborasi o’tgan zamonda doimiy ravishda takrorlanib bajarilgan, ammo
hozirgi kunda bajarilmaydigan faqat eslanadigan ish-harakatni ifodalash uchun
qo’llanadi:
Five years ago, I used to smoke 10 cigarettes a day, but now, I don’t smoke – men
besh yil ilgari bir kunda 10 ta sigaret chekar edim, ammo hozir chekmayman.
Years ago, Mr. Jones used to come to my place every evening and we used to play
a game of chess – bir necha yil ilgari janob Jons har oqshom menikiga kelardi va biz
bir partiya shaxmat o’ynar edik.
In my childhood, there used to be a shop in our street, but it was pulled later –
bolaligimda ko’chamizda bir do’kon bo’lar edi, ammo u keyinchalik buzildi.
In my childhood, I used to eat much ice-cream, but I hate it now – bolaligimda
men muzqaymoqni ko’p yerdim, ammo hozir uni yoqtirmayman.
Years ago, John used to have an old car, but he sold it later – bir necha yil avval
Jonning bir eski mashinasi bor edi, ammo keyinchalik uni sotib yubordi.
Bo’lishsiz shakli “did” yordamchi fe’liga “not” inkor yuklamasini qo’shib yasaladi:
Subject + did + not + use + to do smth.
Five years ago, I didn’t use to smoke, but I smoke a lot now – besh yil ilgari men
chekmas edim, ammo hozir ko’p chekaman.
101
Years ago, Mr. Jones didn’t use to come to my place at all but he comes to my
place every evening and we play a game of chess – bir necha yil ilgari janob Jon
menikiga umuman kelmas edi, ammo hozir u har oqshom menikiga keladi va biz bir
partiya shaxmat o’ynaymiz
In my childhood, there didn’t use to be any shop in our street, but it was built later
– bolaligimda ko’chamizda bironta do’kon yo’q edi, keyinchalik qurildi.
In my childhood, I didn’t use to eat much ice-cream, but I like it now –
bolaligimda ko’p muzqaymoq yemas edim, ammo hozir uni yoqtiraman.
So’roq shaklida “did” yordamchi fe’li egadan oldinga chiqadi:
Did + Subject + use + to do smth…?
Did you use to smoke five years ago? - Yes, I did / No, I did not
Did Mr. Jones use to come to your place every evening? - Yes, he did / No, he did
not
Did there use to be any shop in your street in your childhood? - Yes, there did /
No, there did not.
Did you use to eat much ice-cream in your childhood? - Yes, I did / No, I did not
Did Mr. John use to have an old car years ago? - Yes, he did / No, he did not
Syn: Would
Five years ago, I would smoke 10 cigarettes a day, but I don’t smoke now.
Many years ago, Mr. Jones would come to my place every evening and we would
play a game of chess.
In my childhood, there would be a shop in our street, but it was pulled later.
In my childhood, I would eat much ice-cream, but I hate it now.
Years ago, John would have an old car, but he sold it later.
Note: Would fe’li used to do ga sinonim hisoblanadi lekin ular orasida farq shuki
would fe’lini holat fe’llari bilan ishlatib bo`lmaydi.
The Past Continuous Tense
1) O’tgan zamon davom fe’li ish-harakat yoki voqea-hodisaning o’tgan zamonda
aniq bir vaqtda davom etib bajarilganligini, sodir bo’lganligini ko’rsatadi.
Payt ravishlari: at 2 o’clock yesterday – kecha soat 2 da
At this time yesterday – kecha shu vaqtda
At this time last year – o’tgan yili shu vaqtda
Between 6 and 7 yesterday – kecha soat 6-7lar orasida
In spring last year – o’tgan yili bahorda
From 3 till 4 yesterday – kecha soat 3 dan 4 gacha
In May last year – o’tgan yili mayda
On Monday last week – o’tgan hafta dushanba kunida
All day long yesterday – kecha kun bo’yi
The whole day yesterday – kecha kun bo’yi
Yasalishi. O’tgan zamon davom fe’li “to be” fe’lining o’tgan zamon shakllari (was,
were) va mustaqil fe’llarning sifatdosh 1 shakli (verb + ing) bilan yasaladi:
Subject + was / were + Partciple1 (Verb + ing)
I was reading a book at 2 o’clock yesterday – men kecha soat 2da kitob o’qiyotgan
edim.
Nick was taking his exams at this time last year – Nik o’tgan yili shu vaqtda imtixon
topshirayotgan edi.
We were watching TV between 7 and 8 yesterday – biz kecha soat 7-8 lar orasida
televizor ko’rayotgan edik.
Bo’lishsiz shakli “to be” fe’lining o’tgan zamon shakllari (was, were) ga “not” inkor
yuklamasini qo’shib yasaladi:
102
Subject + was / were + not + Partciple1 (Verb + ing)
I was not reading a book at 2 o’clock yesterday
Nick was not taking his exams at this time last year.
We were not watching TV between 7 and 8 yesterday.
So’roq shaklida “to be” fe’lining o’tgan zamon shakllari egadan oldinga chiqadi:
Was / were + Subject + Partciple1 (Verb + ing)…?
Were you reading a book at 2 o’clock yesterday? - Yes, I was / No, I was not
Was Nick taking his exams at this time last year? - Yes, he was / No, he was not
Were we watching TV between 7 and 8? – Yes, you were / No, you were not
2) Matn mazmunidan kelib chiqib, o’tgan zamon davom fe’li ish-harakat yoki voqeahodisaning o’tgan zamonda davom etib bajarilganligini, sodir bo’lganligini ko’rsatadi
va bu holatda o’tgan zamon davom fe’li gapda ma’no jihatdan o’tgan noaniq
zamon bilan bog’lanib keladi:
I went out in the morning. It was raining – ertalab tashqariga chiqdim. Yomg’ir
yog’yotgan edi.
I saw Nick in the street. He was going to work – men ko’chada Nikni ko’rdim. U
ishga ketyotgan edi.
It was evening. I was watching TV and my brother was reading a book. At that
moment, the door opened and Nick entered the room – kech tushayotgan edi. Men
televizor ko’ryotgan edim, akam esa kitob o’qiyotgan edi. Shu payt eshik ochilib
xonaga Nick kirib keldi.
At the airport, I met Nick. He was going to Berlin and we had a chat – aerapotda
Nickni ko’rdim. U Berlinga ketayotgan ekan va biz suhbatlashdik
3) Bog’langan qo’shma gaplarda, o’tgan zamon davom fe’li gapda ma’no jihatdan
o’tgan noaniq zamon bilan bog’lanib keladi va ish-harakatning davom etib
bajarilganligini, sodir bo’lganligini ko’rsatadi:
When - …ganda, …gan vaqtda
As – vaqtida, onda
While – bir vaqtda, birgalikda, ayni zamonda
“When” bog’lovchisi bilan gapning birinchi qismida o’tgan noaniq zamon, boshqa
bir qismida o’tgan zamon davom fe’li qo’llanadi va ular ma’no jihatdan o’rin
almashishlari ham mumkin:
When + Subject + Past Indefinite + Subject + Past Continuous
When + Subject + Past Continuous + Subject + Past Indefinite
Sara tushlik tayyorlayotganda qo’lini kuydirib oldi –
When Sarah burnt her hand, she was cooking dinner
When Sarah was cooking dinner, she burnt her hand
Sarah burnt her hand when she was cooking dinner
Ammo bu holatda ko`pincha when so`zi gapning continuous shakli bilan bog`lanishi
ko`p adabiyotlarda birinchi formuladan ko`ra maqullangan
“As” bog’lovchisi bilan gapning birinchi qismida o’tgan noaniq zamon, boshqa bir
qismida esa o’tgan zamon davom fe’li qo’llanadi. Ular ma’no jihatdan o’rin
almashishlari mumkin:
As + Subject + Past Continuous + Subject + Past Indefinite
As + Subject + Past Indefinite + Subject + Past Continuous
Men uyga ketayotganimda akangni uchratdim –
As I was going home, I met your brother
103
As I met your brother, I was going home
I met your brother, as I was going home
While – a) “While” bog’lovchisi bilan gapning har ikkala qismida ham o’tgan
zamon davom fe’lini qo’llash mumkin:
While + Subject + Past Continuous, + Subject + Past Continuous
Subject + Past Continuous + while + Subject + Past Continuous
Men televizor ko’rayotgan vaqtda akam kitob o’qiyotgan edi –
While I was watching TV, my brother was reading a book
I was watching TV while my brother was reading a book
b) “While” bog’lovchisi bilan gapning 1- qismida o’tgan noaniq zamon, boshqa bir
qismida esa o’tgan zamon davom fe’li qo’llana oladi va ular ma’no jihatdan o’rin
almashishlari mumkin:
While + Subject + Past Continuous, + Subject + Past Indefinite
While + Subject + Past Indefinite, + Subject + Past Continuous
Men televizor ko’rayotgan vaqtda akam kitob o’qidi –
While I watching TV, my brother read a book
While my brother read a book, I was watching TV
c) “While” bog’lovchisi bilan gapning har ikkala qismida ham o’tgan noaniq zamon
qo’llana oladi:
While + Subject + Past Indefinite, + Subject + Past Indefinite
While I watched TV, my brother read a book
NOTE: o’tgan zamon davom fe’li holat fe’llari bilan qo’llanmaydi.
The Future Indefinite Tense
Kelasi noaniq zamon ish- harakat yoki voqea- hodisaning kelasi zamonda
bajarilishi yoki sodir bo’lishi mumkinligi ehtimoli borligini ko’rsatadi.
Payt Ravishlari: Tomorrow morning (afternoon, evening) – ertaga ertalab (
abetga, kechga)
The day after tomorrow – ertadan keyin
Next week ( month, year, term, season) – kelasi hafta ( oy, yil,
chorak, fasl)
Next Sunday – Kelasi yakshanba
Next May – kelasi mayda
Next Winter – kelasi qishda
Soon – tez orada
In the future – kelajakda / In the past – o’tmishda
In 2 hours ( weeks, days, years) – 2 soatdan so’ng
Yasalishi: kelasi noaniq zamon “shall” “will” yordamida va fe’llarning infinitive
shakli bilan yasaladi:
Subject + shall / will + do (Verb1)
Shall
I , we
Will
He, she, it, you, they
1)
Qisqartmasi: Shall – ‘ll
Shall not – shan’t
Will – ‘ll
Will not – won’t
They will come soon – ular tez orada kelishadi
I’ll help you tomorrow – men sizga ertaga yordam beraman
Nick will be a student next year – Nik kelasi yilda talaba bo’ladi
Bo’lishsiz shakli: hozirgi noaniq zamondagi “will” “shall” yordamchi fe’llariga
“not” inkor yuklamasini qo’shib yasaladi:
104
Subject+ shall / will + not + do (Verb1)
They won’t come soon – ular tez orada kelishmaydi
I shan’t help you tomorrow – men ertaga sizga yordam bera olmayman
It won’t rain next week – kelasi haftada yomg’ir yog’maydi
So’roq shaklida “shall” “will” yordamchi fe’llari egadan oldinga chiqadii:
Shall / will + Subject + do…?
Will they come soon? – Yes, they’ll / No, they’ll not
Will you help me tomorrow? – Yes, I’ll / No, I’ll not
Kelasi noaniq zamon gapda quyidagi so’z va iboralar bilan qo’llanadi:
Perhaps / probably – ehtimol
I think – o’ylashimcha
I don’t think – o’ylamayman
I’m sure – ishonchim komil
I hope – umid qilaman
I expect – kutaman
I suppose – taxminimcha
Perhaps, he will help you – ehtimol u senga yordam bermoqchidir
She will probably stay here – ehtimol u shu yerda qolar
I think they will come late – ular kechroq kelishadi deb o’ylayman
I don’t think they will come late
I hope he will help me – u menga yordam berdi deb o’ylayman.
I expect Jack will bring us some books.
2)
Kelasi noaniq zamon bog’langan qo’shma gaplarda gapda ma’no jihatdan
hozirgi noaniq zamon bilan bog’lanib keladi. Ya’ni gapning bog’lovchilari
qo’llangan qismida kesim hozirgi noaniq zamon shaklida bo’ladi. Sababi ushbu
bog’lovchilardan so’ng “shall” “will” yordamchi fe’llari qo’llanmaydi:
If – agar
When – qachon
Unless - …masa
Untill - …gacha
Before – oldin
After – keyin
As soon as – darhol
In case – ehtiyot shart
As long as – agar (kuchli shart qo’yish uchun)
Provided (that) – agar tartib bilan (kuchli shart qo’yish uchun)
Providing (that) – agar tartib bilan (kuchli shart qo’yish uchun)
While – o’sha vaqtda
If he comes tomorrow, we’ll go to the cinema – agar u ertaga kelsa, biz kinoga
boramiz
When I finish work, I’ll go home – qacon ishimni tugatsam uyga boraman.
Unless he comes home today, I’ll stay here – agar u bugun uyga kelmasa, men shu
yerda qolaman
I’ll phone you as soon as I get home – uyga yetib olishim bilanoq sizga telefon
qilaman.
You’ll take an umbrella in case it rains – yomg’ir yog’ishiga qarshi soyabon oling.
I will do the home before Mother comes from work – onam ishdan qaytishidan oldin
uyni yig’ishtirib qo’yaman.
I will be at home while Jack is out – Jek ko’chada bo’lganda man uyda bo’laman.
3)
105
I will give you my book as long as you don’t tear it – agar yirtmasang kitobimni
senga beraman.
The children will stay here as long as they don’t make a noise – agar bolalar
shovqin qilishmasa shu yerda qolishadi.
“Shall” va “will” fe’llari modal fe’llari sifatida hamma shaxslar uchun bir
xil.
a) “Will” modal fe’l sifatida quyidagi ma’nolarni ifodalaydi:
Taklif mazmunidagi gaplarda:
I’ll help you
I’ll give you a lift to your house
Iltimos mazmunidagi gaplarda:
Will you give me your pen, please?
Will you pass me the salt, please?
Will you close the door, please?
Iltimosni rad etish mazmunidagi gaplarda: I won’t give you my pen
I won’t pass you the salt
I won’t close the door
I won’t give you a lift to your house
Va’da berish mazmunidagi gaplarda:
Please, lend me your pen I will give it
back soon
Please, give me your book for 2 days, I
will return it on Sunday.
4)
b) “Shall” modal fe’l sifatida, asosan, so’roq gaplarda qo’llanadi. Ya’ni
bajarmoqchi bo’lgan ishimizga nisbatan kimdandir maslahat so’rash, kimningdir
fikrini so’rash uchun qo’llanadi:
Shall I buy this suit? – Bu kastyumni sotib olaymi?
Shall we go there by bus or by taxi? – Biz u yerga avtobusda boramizni yoki
taksidami?
What time shall I phone you? – Sizga soat nechada qo’ng’iroq qilay?
Where shall Jack wait for you? –
Jek seni qayerda kutib tursin?
When shall Nick come? – Nik
qachon kelsin?
Compare:
Where will Jack wait for you? – Jek seni
qayerda kutib turadi?
When will Nick come? – Nik qachon
keladi?
“To be going to” iborasining qo’llanishi
1) “To be going to” iborasi fe’llarning infinitive shaklini talab qiladi.
To be going to + to do smth – nimadir qilmoqchi bo’lmoq
To be going to – “-moqchi bo’lmoq” iborasi ish- harakatning oldindan
rejalashtirilganligini, maqsad qilinganligini ko’rsatadi va kelasi zamon ishharakatlariga nisbatan qo’llanilib, kelasi zamon payt ravishlarini oladi:
am
Subject + is
+ going to + Verb1 + kelasi zamon payt ravishi
are
Yesterday’s storm damaged the roof of our house. Father planned to repair the
roof next week – kechagi bo’ron uyimiz tomini zararladi. Otam kelasi hafta tomni
ta’mirlashni rejalashtirdi.
Father: I’m going to repair the roof next week
You: My father is going to repair the roof next week
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
am
Subject + is + not going to + Verb1…
106
are
Jack planned not to buy a car next year
Jack is not going to buy a car next year – Jek kelasi yili mashina sotib olishni
rejalashtirmayapti.
So’roq shakli:
Am
Is + Subject + going to + Verb1…?
Are
You want to know if Jack planned to buy a car next year
Is Jack going to buy a car next year? Yes, he is / No, he is not
2) “To be going to” iborasi hech qanday rejalashtirilmagan, lekin ko’rinib
turgan faktlar asosida bajarilishi yoki sodir bo’lishi aniq bo’lgan ishharakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
There are black clouds in the sky. It is going to rain – Osmonda qora bulutlar bor.
Aniq yomg’ir yog’adi.
I have an exam tomorrow and I haven’t prepared for it. I am going to fail an exam –
Ertaga meni imtixonim bor, ammo men unga tayyorlanmadim. Men imtixondan aniq
yiqilaman
3) O’tgan zamonda “to be going to” iborasi bajarilishi rejalashtirilgan, ahd
qilingan, kelishilgan,ammo bajarilmagan ish-harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
Subject + was / were + going to + Verb1
We were going to play foodball yesterday, but it rained all day – Kecha biz futbol
o’ynashni rejalashtirgan edik, ammo kun bo’yi yomg’ir yog’di.
I was going to write to Jack yesterday, but I forgot – Kecha Jekka xat yozmoqchi
edim, ammo yodimdan ko’tarilibdi.
§. “To be going to” va “Will” ning farqi
To be going to – bajarilishi oldindan rejalashtirilgan ish-harakatlar uchun
qo’llanadi.
Will – biror bir ish-harakatni bajarish fikri hozir tug’ilganligini bildiradi.
Jack: “why are you carrying the
book?”
You: “I’m going to read it”
Compare:
Jack: “oh, I have a terrible headache”
You: “do you? Wait here. I will get you
an acpirin”
The Future Continuous Tense
Kelasi zamon davom fe’li ish-harakat yoki voqea-hodisaning kelasi zamonda
aniq bir vaqtda davom etib bajarilayotgan bo’lishini ko’rsatadi (Kelasi noaniq
zamon – biz ko’rsatgan vaqtda ish-harakatning boshlanishini ko’rsatadi.
Kelasi zamon davom fe’li – biz ko’rsatgan vaqtda ish-harakatning davom
etib bajarilayotgan bo’lishini ko’rsatadi):
Compare:
I will do homework at 2 o’clock
I will be doing homework at 2 o’clock
tomorrow – men erta soat 2 da uy
tomorrow – men erta soat 2 da uy
vazifamni bajaramanaman (qilishni
vazifamni bajaryotgan bo’laman.
boshlayman)
1)
Payt Ravishlari: At 2 o’clock tomorrow – erta soat 2 da
At this time tomorrow – ertaga shu vaqtda
From 5 till 7 tomorrow – erta soat 5 dan 7 gacha
107
On Monday next week – kelasi hafta dushanbada
Between 2 and 3 tomorrow – erta soat 2 va 3 lar orasida
In May next year – kelasi yili mayda
In winter next year – kelasi yili qishda
Yasalishi:
Subject + will be + P1 (Verb+ing)
Jack will be sleeping at this time tomorrow – Jek ertaga shu vaqtda uxlayotgan
bo’ladi
They will be taking an exam in May next year – ular kelasi yil yozda imtixon
topshiryotgan bo’lishadi
We will be working between 2 and 3 tomorrow – biz erta soat 2 va 3 lar orasida
ishlayotgan bo’lamiz.
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
Subject + will + not + be + P1 (Verb + ing)
Jack won’t be sleeping at this time tomorrow
They won’t be taking an exam in May next year
We won’t be working between 2 and 3 tomorrow
So’roq shakli:
Will + Subject + be + P1 (Verb + ing)…?
Will Jack be sleeping at this time tomorrow?
Will they be taking an exam in May next year?
Will you be working between 2 and 3 tomorrow?
Bog’langan qo’shma gaplarda kelasi zamon davom fe’li gapda ma’no
jihatdan hozirgi noaniq zamon bilan bog’lanib keladi. Ya’ni gapning
bog’lovchilar qo’llangan qismida kesim hozirgi noaniq zamon shaklida bo’ladi:
If you come to me at 10 tomorrow, I’ll be repairing my bicycle
When I get home, they will be eating supper
2)
Compare:
If you come to me at 10 tomorrow,
If you come to me at 10 tomorrow, I
I will be repairing my bicycle – agar will repair my bicycle – agar sen erta
sen erta soat 10 da menikiga kelsang soat 10 da menikiga kelsang
men velosipedimni tuzatyotgan
velosipedimni tuzataman (tuzatishni
bo’laman.
boshlayman).
When I get home, they will be
When I get home, they will eat supper
eating supper – men uyga yetib
– men uyga yetib kelsam ular kechki
kelsam ular kechki ovqatni
ovqatni yeyishadi (yeyishni boshlashadi)
yeyishyotgan bo’lishadi.
The Present Perfect Tense
1) Hozirgi tugallangan zamon o’tgan zamonda boshlangan ish-harakatning hozirgi
zamonda bajarilib tugallanganligini ko’rsatadi (Ya’ni ish-harakat na o’tgan
zamonga, na hozirgi zamonga tegishli.Ish-harakat o’tgan zamonda boshlanib,
hozirgi zamonda tugaydi)
O’tgan noaniq zamon va hozirgi tugallangan zamonning farqi:
a) O’tgan noaniq zamonda ish-harakat o’tgan zamonning o’zida boshlanib o’tgan
zamonning o’zida tugaydi va aniq vaqtni ko’rsata oladi:
I translated the text yesterday – men kecha matnni tarjima qildim.
b) Hozirgi tugallangan zamonda ish-harakat o’tgan zamonda boshlanib hozirgi
zamonda tugaydi va bu zamon aniq vaqtni ko’rsata olmaydi:
I have just translated the text – men matnni hozirgina tarjima qilib bo’ldim
108
Payt Ravishlari: Just – hozirgina
For ages –
ancha vaqtdan beri
Already – allaqachon
Ever –
biror marta (so’roq gaplar uchun)
Yet – hali ham (bo’lishsiz va so’roq shakl uchun)
Never –
hech qachon (bo’lishsiz gaplar uchun)
So far – hozirgacha
Recently
– so’ngi vaqtlarda, yaqinda
Since… / for… - dan beri
Lately –
yaqinda
Yasalishi:
Subject + have / has + PІІ (Verb3)
Jack has already arrived home – Jek allaqachon uyga yetib keldi
We have done 3 exercises so far – biz hozirgacha 3 ta mashqni bajarib bo’ldik
They have bought a new house recently – ular yaqinda yangi uy sotib olishdi
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
Subject + have / has + not + PІІ (Verb3)
Jack hasn’t arrived home yet – Jek hali ham uyga yetib kelgani yo’q
We have not done 3 exercises yet – biz hali ham 3 ta mashqni bajarganimiz yo’q
They have not bought a new house yet – ular hali ham yangi uy sotib olishgani yo’q
So’roq shakli:
Have / has + Subject + PІІ (Verb3)…?
Has Jack arrived home yet? – Yes, he has / No, he has not
Have you done 3 exercises? – Yes, we have / No, we have not
Have you translated the text yet? – Yes, I have / No, I have not
NOTE: Subject + have / has + yet + to do smth – hali qiladigan ishi bor
bo’lmoq
I have yet to translated the text = I have not translated the text yet
They have yet to finish work = they have not finished work yet
Hozirgi tugallangan zamon quyidagi aniq vaqtni ko’rsatuvchi payt ravishlari
bilan ham qo’llanadi:
Today – bugun
This week (month, year, term) – shu hafta (oy, yil, chorak)
I have read a new book this week – men shu haftada bir yangi kitob o’qidim
2)
Yaqin vaqtlar ichida ro’y bergan yangiliklar, o’zgarishlar, voqea-hodisalar
haqida kimgadir ma’lumot bersak, hozirgi tugallangan zamon qo’llanadi:
Jack has bought a new car – Jek yangi mashina sotib oldi
Maria has gone to America – Mariya Amerikaga bordi
There has been an explosion in Moscow Metro – Moskva metrosida portlash yuz
berdi
My father has started a new business – otam yangi biznes boshladi
Jack has been engaged to Maria – Jek Maria bilan unashtirildi.
3)
Hozirgi tugallangan zamon gapda ma’no jihatdan hozirgi noaniq zamon
bilan yoki hozirgi zamon davom fe’li bilan bog’lanib keladi:
I have translated the text, I’m free now – matnni tarjima qilib bo’ldim, men endi
bo’shman
4)
109
Jack has just arrived home, he is having supper now – Jek hozirgina uyga yetib keldi,
endi u kechki ovqatni yemoqda.
They have played foodball. They are resting now – ular futbol o’ynashdi. Hozir ular
dam olishyapti
Suhbat jarayonida, birinchi gapning kesimi hozirgi tugallangan zamonda,
keyingi gapning kesimi esa o’tgan noaniq zamonda bo’la oladi:
- Jack has broken his hand (Jek qo’lini sindirib oldi)
- How did he break his hand?(u qo’lini qanday qilib sindirib oldi?)
- He fell off the stairs (u zinadan yiqilib tushdi).
- Jack has crashed the car into the tree (Jek
mashinasini daraxtga urib oldi)
- How did that happen?(Bu qanday sodir bo’ldi?)
- He slept under the weel (u rulda uxlab qolibdi)
5)
Hozirgi tugallangan zamon “since” payt ravishi yordamida o’tgan noaniq
zamon bilan bog’lanib keladi:
Subject + Present Perfect + since + Subject + Past
Indefinite
I have done 3 exercises since I came home – men uyga kelganimdan beri 3 ta mashq
bajardim
Jack has written 3 letters since he went to Moscow – Jek Moskvaga ketganidan beri
3 ta xat yozdi.
6)
Ever since + Subject + Past Simple, Subject + + Present
Perfect
Ever since I came home, I have done 3 exercises
Ever since he went to Moscow, Jack has written 3 letters.
Bundan tashqari, “since” yordamida hozirgi tugallangan zamon o’tgan noaniq
zamon payt ravishlari bilan birikib keladi:
Subject + Present Perfect + since + o’tgan zamon payt
ravishlari
I have phoned Jack twice since yesterday – Jekka kechadan beri 2 marta telefon
qildim
Jack has written 2 articles since last year – Jek o’tgan yildan beri 2 ta maqola yozdi
They have built 2 houses since 1993 – ular 1993-yildan beri 2 ta uy qurishdi.
7)
Hozirgi tugallangan zamon gapda sifatlarning orttirma darajasi bilan
birikib keladi:
Superlative Degree + that + Subject + Present Perfect
Thi is the best book that I have ever read – Bu men umrimda o’qigan eng yaxshi
kitob
This is the most intereting film that I have ever seen – Bu men ko’rgan eng qiziqarli
film
This is the strangest man that I have ever met – Bu men umrimda uchratgan eng
kuchli odam
8)
Hozirgi tugallangan zamon tartib sonli birikmalar bilan birikib keladi:
Tartib sonli birikma + that + Subject + Present Perfect
This is the second time that I have driven a car – bu mening ikkinchi marta mashina
haydashim.
9)
110
This is the fifth cup of tea that Jack has drunk – bu Jek ichgan beshinchi piyola choy
This is the first time that I have read this book – men bu kitobni birinchi marta
o’qishim.
“Been to” and “Gone to”
Been to – ikki yoqlama ish-harakatni, ya’ni biror joyga borib qaytib kelganlikni
ifodalaydi:
Jack is at home. He is telling an interesting story about his journey. He has been to
New York – Jek uyda. U o’zining sayohati haqida qiziqarli hikoya aytib bermoqda. U
Nyu-Yorkda bo’lib qaytdi
I have been to the market. Look! I have bought a lot of things – men bozorga borib
keldim. Qara, ko’p buyumlar sotib oldim
10)
Gone to – bir yoqlama ish-harakatni, ya’ni biror yerga jo’nab ketganlikni
ifodalaydi:
Jack isn’t at home. He has gone to New-york – Jek uyda emas. U Nyu-yorkka jo’nab
ketgan
Where is Maria? She has gone to the market – Mariya qayerda? U bozorga ketgan
The Present Perfect Continuous Tense
1) Hozirgi tugallangan zamon davom fe’li ish-harakat yoki voqea-hodisaning
o’tgan zamonda boshlanib, hozirgi zamonda ham ma’lum vaqtdan beri
tugallanmasdan davom etib bajarilayotganligini, sodir bo’layotganligini
ko’rsatadi.
Payt Ravishlari: For a long time – ancha vaqtdan beri
For long – ancha vaqtdan beri
For 2 hours (days, weeks, months, years) – 2 soatdan beri
In the past few hours (days, weeks, months, years) – so’ngi bir
necha soat ichida
For the last few hours (days, weeks, months, years) – so’ngi
bir necha soatdan beri
Since yesterday – kechadan beri
Since 2 hours – 2 soatdan beri
Since last weeks (months, years) – o’tgan haftalardan beri
Since last Sunday – o’tgan yakshanbadan beri
Since 1993 – 1993-yildan beri
Yasalishi:
Subject + have / has + been + PІ (Verb + ing)
I have been translating this text since yesterday – men bu matnni kechadan beri
tarjima qilyapman
It has been raining for 2 hours – 2 soatdan beri yomg’ir yog’yapti
Jack has been reading this book since last week – Jek bu kitobni o’tgan haftadan
beri o’qiyapti
Nick has been working here for the last few years – Nik bu yerda o’tgan bir necha
yillardan beri ishlayapti
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
Subject + have / has + not + been + PІ (Verb + ing)
I haven’t been translating this text since yesterday
It has not been raining for 2 hours
Jack has not been reading this book since last week
Nick has not been working here for the last few years
111
So’roq shakli:
Have / has + Subject + been + PІ (Verb + ing)
Have you been translating this text since yesterday? Yes, I have / No, I haven’t
Has it been raining for 2 hours? Yes, it has / No, it hasn’t
Has Jack been reading this book since last week? Yes, I have / No, I haven’t
Has Nick been working here for the last few years? Yes, I have / No, I haven’t
NOTE: Hozirgi tugallangan zamon davom fe’lida ish-harakatni bajarishga
sarflangan vaqtni bildirish uchun “How long?” qachondan beri) so’roq olmoshi
qo’llanadi:
-How long have you been translating this text?
- I have been translating this text since 2 hours
Hozirgi tugallangan zamon davom fe’li o’tgan zamonda boshlanib,
hozirgacha davom etib kelib endigina tugallangan ish-harakatni va uning
natijasini ifodalab keladi. Bu holatda hozirgi tugallangan zamon davom fe’li
payt ravishlarisiz qo’llanadi:
There is smell of cigarettes in the room. Someone has been smoking in the room –
xonadan sigaret hidi kelyapti. Xonada kimdir chekibdi
The ground is wet and muddy. It has been raining – yer namchil va loy. Yomg’ir
yog’ibdi
Sarah’s eyes are red and putty. She has been crying – Saraning ko’zlari qizargan va
shishgan. U yig’labdi
2)
Hozirgi tugallangan zamon va hozirgi tugallangan zamon davom fe’lining
farqi:
a) Hozirgi tugallangan zamon – ish-harakat va voqea-hodisaning o’tgan zamonda
boshlanib hozirgina tugallanganligini va uning natijasini ko’rsatadi:
He has caught to fish so far
He has saved 1000 sums so far – u hozirgacha 1000 so’m yig’di.
b) Hozirgi tugallangan zamon davom fe’li – natijani ko’rsatmaydi, u davomiylikni
ifodalaydi. Ya’ni o’tgan zamonda boshlangan ish-harakatning hozirgi zamonda
tugallanmay bajarilayotganligini ko’rsatadi:
Jack is a fisher. He has been fishing for 2 hours – Jek baliqchi. U 2 soatdan beri
baliq ovlayapti
Jack wants to buy a new car. He has been saving money for 2 years – Jek yangi
mashina sotib olishni xohlaydi. U 2 yildan beri pul yig’yapti
3)
NOTE: Hozirgi tugallangan zamon “When?” (qachon?) va “How?” (qanday?)
so’roq olmoshlari bilan qo’llanmaydi. Bu so’roq olmoshlar o’tgan noaniq
zamonda qo’llanadi.
The Past Perfect Tense
1) O’tgan tugallangan zamon qachonlardir boshlangan ish-harakatlarni o’tgan
zamonda aniq bir vaqtgacha bajarilib tugallanganligini, sodir bo’lganligini
ko’rsatadi.
Payt Ravishlari: By 2 o’clock yesterday – kecha soat 2 gacha
By that time yesterday – kecha shu vaqtgacha
By Monday last week – o’tgan hafta dushanbagacha
By May last year – o’tgan yili maygacha
By Winter last year – o’tgan yili qishgacha
By this time last year – o’tgan yili shu vaqtgacha
112
Yasalishi: O’tgan tugallangan zamon “to have” fe’lining o’tgan zamon shakli va
fe’llarning sifatdosh ІІ shakli bilan yasaladi:
Subject + had + PІІ (V3)
Past Perfect Tense
My mother had cooked dinner by 2
o’clock yesterday – onam kecha soat
2 gacha tushlik tayyorladi
Jack had taken his exams by May
last year – Jek o’tgan yili maygacha
imtixonlarini topshirib bo’ldi
Compare:
Past Indefinite Tense
Mother cooked dinner at 2 o’clock
yesterday – onam kecha soat 2 da tushlik
tayyorladi
Jack took his exams in May last year –
Jek o’tgan yili mayda imtixonlarini
topshirdi
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
Subject + had + not + PІІ (V3)
Mother hadn’t cooked his dinner by 2 o’clock yesterday
Jack hadn’t taken his exams by May last year.
So’roq shakli:
Had + Subject + PІІ (V3)…?
Had mother cooked dinner by 2 o’clock yesterday? Yes, she had / No, she hadn’t
Had Jack taken his exams by May last year? Yes, he had / No, he hadn’t
Matn mazmunidan kelib chiqib o’tgan tugallangan zamon, gapda ma’no
jihatdan o’tgan noaniq zamon bilan bog’lanadi.Bu holatda o’tgan tugallangan
zamon ish-harakatlari o’tgan noaniq zamon ish-harakatlaridan oldin
bajarilganligini, sodir bo’lganligini ko’rsatadi:
Compare:
Past Perfect Tense
Past Indefinite Tense
I came home late yesterday. Mother
I came home late yesterday. Mother
had cooked supper – kecha uyga kech cooked supper – kecha uyga kech
keldim. Onam kechki ovqatni
keldim. Onam tushlik tayyorladi.
tayyorlab qo’ygan ekan.
Yesterday, there shown an Indian
Yesterday, there shown an Indian film
film on TV, but I didn’t see it. I had
on TV and I saw it – kecha televizorda
seen it before – kecha televizordan
hindcha film berdi va men uni ko’rdim.
hidcha film berdi, ammo men
ko’rmadim. Uni oldin ko’rgan edim.
I went out yesterday morning. It
I went out yesterday morning. It stopped
had stopped raining – kecha ertalab
raining – kecha ertalab tashqariga
tashqariga chiqdim Yomg’ir to’xtagan chiqdim. Yomg’ir to’xtadi.
ekan.
2)
Bog’langan qo’shma gaplarda, o’tgan tugallangan zamon gapda ma’no jihatdan
o’tgan noaniq zamon bilan bog’lanib keladi va ish-harakatning o’tgan noaniq
zamonda bajarilgan ish-harakatdan oldin bajarilganligini, sodir bo’lganligini
ko’rsatadi:
When Before (oldin) –
Subject + Past Perfect + before Subject +
Past Simple
After (keyin) Subject + Past Simple + after + Subject +
Past Perfect
Until (…gacha) –
Subject + Past Perfect + until + Subject + Past
Simple
3)
113
As soon as (…bilanoq) –
As soon as + Past Perfect + Subject + Past
Simple
By the time (o’sha vaqtda) –
By the time + Subject + Past Simple, +
Subject + Past Perfect
No sooner (ko’p vaqt o’tmasdan) – No sooner + had + Subject + PІІ, S + Past
Simple
When I came home, Jack had cleaned the room – men uyga kelganimda Jek uyni
tozalab qo’ygan ekan
When Jack had cleaned the room, I came home – Jek xonani tozalab bo’lganda men
uyga keldim
Jack had cleaned the room before I came home – men uyga kelishimdan oldin Jek
uyni tozalab qo’ygan ekan
I came home after Jack had cleaned the room – Jek xonani tozalab bo’lgandan keyin
men uyga keldim
Jack had cleaned the room until I came home – men uyga kelgunimcha Jek xonani
tozalab bo’lgan ekan
As soon as Jack had cleaned the room, I came home – Jek xonani tozalab bo’lishi
bilanoq men uyga keldim
By the time I came home, Jack had cleaned the room – men uyga kelgan vaqtda Jek
xonani tozalab bo’lgan ekan.
No sooner had Jack cleaned the room, I came home – Jek xonani tozalab bo’lishidan
ko’p vaqt o’tmasdan men uyga keldim
The Past Perfect Continuous Tense
1) O’tgan tugallangan zamon davom fe’li qachonlardir boshlangan ishharakatlarni o’tgan zamonda tugallanmasdan davom etib bajarilayotganligini,
sodir bo’lyotganligini ko’rsatadi.O’tgan tugallangan zamon davom fe’li, asosan,
bog’langan qo’shma gaplar holatida qo’llanadi va gapda ma’no jihatdan o’tgan
noaniq zamon bilan bog’lanib keladi.
Payt Ravishlari: For a long time – ancha vaqtdan beri
For 2 hours (days, weeks, months, years) – 2 soatdan beri
In the past few hours (days, weeks, months, years) – o’tgan
bir necha soatlardan beri
For the past few hours (days, weeks, months, years) – o’tgan
bir necha soatlardan beri
Since 2 o’clock – soat 2 dan beri
Since last week – o’tgan haftadan beri
Since last Sunday – o’tgan yakshanbadan beri
Since morning – ertalabdan beri
Since 1999 – 1999-yildan beri
Yasalishi:
Subject + had + been + PІ (Verb + ing)
When I came home, Jack had been watching TV for 2 hours – men uyga
kelganimda Jek 2 soatdan beri televizor ko’ryotgan ekan.
When the war broke out, my sister had been living in Moscow for 5 years – urush
tugaganda singlim Moskvada 5 yildan beri yashayotgan edi.
When I finished work, Jack had been waiting for me for a long time – men ishimni
tugatgan vaqtimda Jek meni ancha vaqtdan beri kutib turayotgan ekan.
When I went out, it was raining. It had been raining since morning – tashqariga
chiqqanimizda yomg’ir yog’yotgan ekan. Yomg’ir ertalabdan beri yog’ayotgan edi
114
Qachonlardir boshlangan ish-harakatning o’tgan zamongacha davom etib
kelib, endigina tugallanganligini va uning natijasini ko’rsatadi. Bu holatda
o’tgan tugallangan zamon davom fe’li payt ravishlarisiz qo’llanadi:
The ground was wet and muddy. It had been raining – yer namchil va loy edi.
Yomg’ir yog’ib o’tibdi
Her eyes were red and puffy. She had been crying – uning ko’zlari qizargan va
shishgan edi. U yig’labdi
2)
The Future Perfect Tense
Kelasi tugallangan zamon ish-harakat yoki voqea-hodisaning aniq bir vaqtgacha
bajarilib tugallangan bo’lishi mumkinligi ehtimoli borligini ko’rsatadi.
Payt Ravishlari: By 2 o’clock tomorrow – erta soat 2 gacha
By this time tomorrow – ertaga shu vaqtgacha
By Monday next week – kelasi hafta dushanbagacha
By the end of next week – kelasi haftaning oxirigacha
By this time next year – kelasi yili shu vaqtgacha
By May next year – kelasi yili maygacha
By Winter next year – kelasi yili qishgacha
1)
Yasalishi:
Subject + will + have + PІІ (V3)
I will have done homework by 2 o’clock tomorrow – men ertaga soat 2 gacha uy
vazifamni qilib bo’lgan bo’laman.
Jack will have arrived home by this time tomorrow – Jek erta sh vaqtgacha uyga
yetib kelgan bo’ladi.
The meeting will have finished by 10 o’clock tomorrow – majlis erta soat 10 gacha
tugab bo’lgan bo’ladi.
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
Subject + will + not + have + PІІ (V3)
I will not have done homework by 2 o’clock tomorrow
Jack will not have arrived home by this time tomorrow
The meeting will not have finished by 10 o’clock tomorrow
So’roq shakli:
Will + Subject + have + PІІ (V3)…?
Will you have done homework by 2 o’clock tomorrow? Yes, I will / No, I won’t
Will Jack have arrived home by this time tomorrow? Yes, he will / No, he won’t
Will the meeting have finished by 10 o’clock tomorrow? Yes, it will / No, it won’t
NOTE: 1) Jack is a taxi driver. He will have driven a taxi for 20 years by February
next year – Jek shafyor. Kelasi yili fevralda uning taksi haydashiga 20 yil to’lgan
bo’ladi
I am a teacher. I will have taught pupils for 30 years by November next year – men
o’qituvchiman. Kelasi yili noyabrda o’quchilarga ta’lim beryotganimga 30 yil to’lgan
bo’ladi
This is a young factory. It will have manufactured cars for 10 years by May next
year – bu yangi zavod. Kelasi yili mayda zavodning mashinalar ishlab chiqarishiga 10
yil to’lgan bo’ladi
I’m tired. I will have worked ceaselessly for 3 days by 6 o’clock tomorrow – men
charchadim. Ertaga soat 6 da men 3 kundan beri to’xtovsiz ishlagan bo’laman
Nick is a singer. He will have sung for 10 years by Spring next year – Nik
qo’shiqchi. Kelasi yili bahorda uni qo’shiq aytishiga 10 yil to’lgan bo’ladi
115
This firm is very famous. It will have produced men’s shoes for 10 years by Spring
next year – bu firma juda mashhur. Kelasi yili mayda firmaning erkaklar foyafzali
ishlab chiqarishiga 10 yil to’ladi
Matn mazmunidan kelib chiqib, kelasi tugallangan zamon ishharakatlarning kelasi zamonda bajarilib tugallanishi mumkinligini
ko’rsatadi:
Don’t come at 7 o’clock. We shall be having a meeting. Come at 10 o’clock. We’ll
have finished the meeting – soat 7 da kelmang. Biz majlis o’tkazyotgan bo’lamiz. Soat
10 da keling. Biz majlisni tugatgan bo’lamiz
2)
Bog’langan qo’shma gaplarda, kelasi tugallangan zamon gapda ma’no
jihatdan hozirgi noaniq zamon bilan bog’lanadi, ya’ni gapning bog’lovchi
qo’llangan qismida kesim har doim hozirgi noaniq zamon shaklida bo’ladi.
If / when / by the time + Subject + Present Indifinite + Subject +
Future Perfect
If you come to me at 10 tomorrow, I will have translated the text – agar sen erta
soat 10 da menikiga kelsang, men matnni tarjima qilib bo’lgan bo’laman
When I get home, they will have eatten supper – men uyga borgan vaqtda ular
kechki ovqatni yeb bo’lishgan bo’lishadi
By the time Mother comes from work, I will have cleaned the room – onam ishdan
kelgan vaqtda men xonani tozalab bo’lgan bo’laman
Compare:
The Future Perfect
The Future Indefinite
The Future Continuous
Tense
Tense
Tense
If you come to me at
If you come to me at 10
If you come to me at
10 tomorrow, I will have tomorrow, I will repair my 10 tomorrow, I will be
repaired my car – agar
car – agar sen erta soat
repairing my car – agar
sen erta soat 10 da
10 da menikiga kelsang,
sen erta soat 10 da
menikiga kelsang, men
mashinamni tuzataman
menikiga kelsang,
mashinamni tuzatib
mashinamni tuzatyotgan
bo’lgan bo’laman
bo’laman
3)
The Future Perfect Continuous Tense
1) Kelasi tugallangan zamon davom fe’li kelasi zamonda boshlanadigan ishharakatning kelasi zamonning o’zida ma’lum bir vaqtdan beri davom etib
bajarilishini ko’rsatadi.
Subject + will + have + been + PІ (V + ing)
I will begin work at 10 tomorrow. At 12 o’clock, I will have been working for 2
hours – men ertaga soat 10 da ishni boshlayman. Soat 12 da men 2 soatdan beri
ishlayotgan bo’laman
PROBLEM VERBS
(Muammoli fe’llar)
Fe’llar 2 turga bo’linadi: 1 – Transitive verbs (o’timli fe’llar)
2 – Intransitive verbs (o’timsiz fe’llar)
O’zidan so’ng to’ldiruvchi oladigan fe’llar – o’timli fe’llar:
I translated the text – men tekstni tarjima qildim
O’zidan so’ng to’ldiruvchi olmaydigan fe’llar – o’timsiz fe’llar:
I slept on the floor – men polda uxladim
1) To rise – o’rnidan turmoq; ko’tarilmoq; oshmoq
116
“To rise” fe’li o’timsiz fe’l hisoblanadi
Rise – rose - risen
The sun rises early in the summer – quyosh erta yozda ko’tariladi
When the teacher came into the room, the student rose from their seats – o’qituvchi
xonaga kirganda talabalar o’rinlaridan turishdi
It must be late. The moon has risen – kech bo’lib ketgan bo’lsa kerak. Oy chiqibti
Prices have risen – narx-navo oshibdi
I rise early every day – men har kuni erta turaman
2) To raise – ko’tarmoq, oshirmoq
“To raise” fe’li o’timli fe’l hisoblanadi
I raised my hand – men qo’limni ko’tardim
Dr. Masson raised the problem at the meeting – janob Masson majlisda shu
muammoni ko’tardi
The sellers raised the price of potatoes – sotuvchilar pomidorning narxini oshirdilar
The crane raised the car – kran mashinani ko’tardi
3) To lay – kimnidir, nimanidir qo’ymoq, yotqizmoq
Lay – laid – laid – laying
“Lay” fe’li o’timli fe’l hisoblanadi va doim to’ldiruvchi oladi:
I laid my books on the table – men kitoblarimni stolga qo’ydim
Jack always lays his clothes on the sofa – Jek doim kitimlarini divanga qo’yadi
The child laid the toy in the box – bolakay o’yinchog’ini qutiga qo’ydi
Mother laid her baby in the crib – ona chaqalog’ini belanchakka yotqizdi
4) To sit – o’tirmoq
Sit – sat – sat – sitting
“To sit” fe’li o’timsiz fe’l hisoblanadi va “o’tirmoq” ma’nosida “down” predlogi
bilan birikib keladi:
I always sit in the first row in class – men doimo sinfxonaning birinchi qatorida
o’tiraman
Sit down! – o’tiring
5) To set – narsani yoki kishini qo’ymoq, yotqizmoq, mustahkamlamoq
Set – set – set – setting
“Set” fe’li o’timli fe’l hisoblanadi
Jack set the chocolate near the fire and it melted – Jek shokolatni kamen yaqiniga
qo’ydi va u erib qoldi
Mother set her son in the crib – ona o’g’lini belanjakka yotqizdi
I set the explosives under the floor – men polni tagiga bomba qo’ydim
Muammoli fe’llar bilan iboralarning qo’llanishi
1) To lay off – ishdan bo’shatmoq
The company manager laid off Jack – kompaniya boshlig’i Jekni ishdan bo’shatdi
2) To set an alarm clock for… - budilnikni ma’lum vaqtga qo’ymoq
I set my alarm clock for 5 o’clock – men budilnikimni soat 5 ga qo’ydim
3) To lay the table – dasturxon tuzamoq
To set the table – dasturxon tuzamoq
4) To set fire to… - o’t qo’yib yubormoq
117
I set fire to Jack’s house – men Jekning uyiga o’t qo’ydim
5) To raise chickens / sheep – jo’ja / qo’y boqmoq
My mother raises chickens – onam joja boqadilar
6) To lie – yotmoq, dam olishga yotmoq, joylashgan bo’lmoq
“To lie” fe’li o’timsiz fe’l hisoblanadi va “yotmoq” ma’nosida “down” predlogi bilan
bog’lanib keladi.
Lie – lay – lain – lying
NOTE: “to lie” fe’lini “to lie” (yolg’on gapirmoq) fe’li bilan adashtirmang
Lie – lied – lied – lying
The University lies in the center of the city – universitet shaharning markazida
joylashgan
Uzbekistan lies between 2 rivers – O’zbekiston 2 ta daryo oralig’ida joylashgan
When I’m tired, I lie down for a rest – men charchasam dam olish uchun yotaman
The old dog lay on the grass watching the children – qari it o’tni ustida bolalarni
kuzatgancha yotibdi
Don’t disturb Mary. She has just lain down for a nap – Merini bezovta qilma. U
hozirgina dam olish uchun yotdi
PASSIVE VOICE
1) Majhul nisbatda, aniq nisbatdan farq qilgan holda ish-harakatning bajaruvchisi
(egasi) ma’lum bo’ladi yoki gapda ko’rsatilmaydi.
Active voice:
Passive voice:
I cleaned the room – men xonani
The room was cleaned – xona tozalandi
tozaladim
Nick was given “2” – Nikka “2”
The teacher gave Nick “2” –
qo’yishdi
o’qituvchi Nikka “2” qo’ydi
The student translated the letter –
The letter was translated – xat tarjima
talaba xatni tarjima qildi
qilindi
2) Majhul nisbatda ish-harakatning bajaruvchisini ko’rsatishimiz mumkin.
Bunda, majhul nisbat aniq nisbatdan shunisi bilan farq qiladiki, majhul nisbatda
ish-harakatni bajaruvchi ish-harakatning kimdir tomonidan bajarilishini aniqlab
aniqlovchi vazifasida keladi va ish-harakatning kimdir tomonidan bajarilishini
ko’rsatish uchun “by” (tomonidan) predlogidan foydalaniladi.
Active voice:
Passive voice:
Popov invented the radio – Popov
The radio was invented by Popov –
radioni kashf qildi
radio Popov tomonidan kashf qilindi
“Poltava” was written by Pushkin –
Pushkin wrote “Poltava” – Pushkin “Poltava” Pushkin tomonidan yozilgan
“Poltava” ni yozdi
3) Gaplarni aniq nisbatdan majhul nisbatga aylantirganimizda, gapdagi ega va
to’ldiruvchi o’zaro o’rin almashadi. Ya’ni aniq nisbatdagi ega majhul nisbatdagi
to’ldiruvchining o’rniga, to’ldiruvchi esa eganing o’rniga o’tadi:
Active voice:
Passive voice:
I cleaned the room
The room was cleaned by me
The teacher gave Nick “2”
Nick was given “2” by the teacher
118
NOTE: Aniq nisbatdagi gapda nechta to’ldiruvchi bo’lsa, shuncha majhul
nisbat shakli yasashimiz mumkin:
I gave Piter a book – men Piterga kitob berdim
a) Piter was given a book by me – men tomonimdan Piterga kitob
berildi
b) The book was given to Piter by me – kitob men tomonimdan Piterga
berildi
Co-workers presented Jane a car – hamkasblari Jekka mashina taqdim etishdi
a) Jane was presented a car by co-workers – Jeynga hamkasblari tomonidan
mashina taqdim etildi
b) The car was presented to Jane by co-workers – mashina Jeynga
hamkasblari tomonidan taqdim etildi
4) O’zidan so’ng to’ldiruvchi talab qilmaydigan o’timsiz fe’llar majhul
nisbatda qo’llanolmaydi:
Intransitive verbs:
Examples:
To go – bormoq
I go to school
To come – kelmoq
He came home
To arrive – yetib kelmoq
We arrived in Karshi
To stay – qolmoq
He stayed at a hotel
To sleep - uxlamoq
I slept in the room
NOTE: Ba’zi fe’llar bir ma’noda o’timli, boshqa ma’noda esa o’timsiz bo’ladi:
To return – a) “qaytmoq” ma’nosida:
I returned to town – men shaharga
qaytdim
b) “qaytarib bermoq” ma’nosida: I returned the book to John
The book was returned to John by me
To set a) “botmoq” ma’nosida:
The sun set – quyosh
botdi
b) “tuzamoq, o’rnatmoq, ochmoq” ma’nosida: Sarah set the table –
Sara stol tuzadi
The table was set by
Sarah – stol Sara tomonidan tuzaldi
5) Ingliz tilida majhul nisbat “to be” fe’li va mustaqil fe’llarning 3-shakli
(sifatdosh ІІ) bilan yasaladi:
Be + PІІ (done)
Majhul nisbatdagi gapni qaysi zamonda tuslamoqchi bo’lsak, “to be” fe’lining o’sha
zamon shakli qo’llanadi.
Zamonaviy ingliz tilida 10 ta zamon shaklida majhul nisbat qo’llanadi:
Active voice
Subject + Verb1 (do / does)
Subject + Verb2 (did)
Subject + shall / will + Verb1 (do /
does)
Subject + should / would + Verb1
(do)
Passive voice
The Present Indefinite Tense:
Subject + am / is / are + PІІ (done)
The Past Indefinite Tense:
Subject + was / were + PІІ (done)
The Future Indefinite Tense:
Subject + shall / will + be + PІІ (done)
The Future Indefinite in the Past:
Subject + should / would + be + PІІ
(done)
119
Subject + am / is / are + P1 (doing)
Subject + was / were + PІ (doing)
Subject + have / has + PІІ (done)
Subject + had + PІІ (done)
Subject + shall / will + have + PІІ
(done)
Subject + should / would + have +
PІІ (done)
The Present Continuous Tense:
Subject + am / is / are + being + PІІ
(done)
The Past Continuous Tense:
Subject + was / were + being + PІІ
(done)
The Present Perfect Tense:
Subject + have / has + been + PІІ
(done)
The Past Perfect Tense:
Subject + had + been + PІІ (done)
The Future Perfect Tense:
Subject + shall / will + have + been +
PІІ (done)
The Future Perfect in the Past:
Subject + should / would + have +
been + PІІ (done)
6) Modal fe’llar majhul nisbatda qo’llanadi:
Modal Verbs + be + PІІ (done)
Active voice:
Passive voice:
Subject + can + do
Smb / smth + can + be + PІІ (done)
Subject + must + do
Smb / smth + must + be + PІІ (done)
Subject + may / might + do
Smb / smth + may / might + be + PІІ
(done)
Subject + should + do
S + should + be + PІІ (done)
Subject + ought + to do
Smb / smth + ought + to be + PІІ
(done)
Subject + need + to do
Smb / smth + need + to be + PІІ
(done)
Subject + have to + do
Smb / smth + have to + be + PІІ
(done)
I must translate the text – men matnni tarjima qilishim shart
The text must be translated by me – matn men tomonimdan tarjima qilinishi shart
You can do this work – siz bu ishni qila olasiz
This work can be done by you – bu ish siz tomoningizdan qilina oladi
You should invite Nick here – siz Nikni bu yerga taklif qilishiningiz kerak
Nick should be invited here – Nik bu yerga taklif qilinishi kerak
I need to clean the room – men xonani tozalashim kerak
The room needs to be cleaned – xona tozalanishi kerak
7) Ingliz tilida “tug’ilmoq” iborasi har doim majhul nisbat orqali ifodalanadi.
Kishiga nisbatan har doim o’tgan noaniq zamon qo’llanadi:
I was born in 1981
My father was born in 1950
Pushkin was born in 1799
120
8) Hodisalar natijasida sodir bo’lgan ish-harakatlar har doim majhul nisbat
orqali ifodalanadi:
My had was blown in the wind – mening shlyapam shamolda uchib ketdi
The wall was collapsed in the rain – devor yomg’irda nurab tushdi
The tree was blown down in the storm – daraxt dovulda qulab tushdi
The house was dameged in the fire – uy yong’inda zararlandi
9) Ma’lumki, ingliz tilida majhul nisbat “to be” fe’li va fe’llarning sifatdosh ІІ shakli
orqali yasaladi. Ammo ingliz tili og’zaki nutqida majhul nisbat yasash uchun
“to be” fe’lining o’rniga “to get” fe’lini qo’llashimiz mumkin:
To be + PІІ
To get + PІІ
This book is used very much – bu
This book gets used very much
kitob juda ko’p foydalaniladi
I was steeng by a bee in the garden I got streeng by a bee in the garden
– bog’da bir ari meni chaqib oldi
Sarah was bitten by a dog in the
Sarah got bittin by a dog in the street
street – ko’chada Sarani bir it tishlab
oldi
NOTE1: “get” bilan qo’llangan ba’zi iboralar majhul nisbatda bo’lmaydi:
Get married – uylanmoq, turmushga chiqmoq
Get divorced – ajrashmoq (er-xotin)
Get dressed – kiyinmoq
Get changed – o’zgarmoq
Nick got married yesterday – Nik kecha uylandi
Sarah got divorced with her husband – Sara eri bilan ajrashdi
I’m getting dressed – men kiyinyapman
“Get” fe’li sifatlar bilan birikib, biror bir holatning o’zga holatga o’zgarishini
ifodalab keladi:
Subject + get + adjective
Get angry – jahli chiqmoq
Get good – yaxshi
bo’lmoq
Get anxious –
Get heavy – og’ir
bo’lmoq
Get bald –
Get hungry – och
qolmoq
Get better – yaxshilanmoq
Get late – kech
tushmoq
Get big – kattarmoq
Get light – yorug’
bo’lmoq
Get busy – band bo’lmoq
Get mad Get chilly – o’ta sovuq bo’lmoq
Get nervous asabiylashmoq
Get cold – shamollamoq
Get old - qarimoq
Get dark – qorong’i tushmoq
Get pale – oqarib
ketmoq
Get dizzy –
Get rich – boyib
ketmoq
Get empty – bo’shab qolmoq
Get sick – kasal
bo’lmoq
Get fat – semirmoq
Get sleepy -
121
Get full – to’la bo’lmoq
Get thirsty – chanqamoq
bo’lmoq, isimoq
Get tall – uzaymoq
Get warm – iliq
NOTE2: Majhul nisbatda ish-harakatning nimadir vositasida bajarilishini
ko’rsatmoqchi bo’lsak, “with” predlogidan foydalanamiz:
The fire was put off with water – olov suv bilan o’chirildi
The letter was written with a pencil – xat qalam bilan yozildi
1. To surprise – hayron qoldirmoq
The magican surprised me – sehrgar meni hayron qoldirdi
To be surprised at / by – hayron qolmoq
I’m surprised at the magican – men sehrgarga hayron qoldim
2. To bore – zeriktirmoq
The film bored me – film meni zeriktirdi
To be bored with – zerikmoq
I’m bored with the film – men filmdan zerikdim
3. To clutter – to’ldirmoq
Jack cluttered the room with books – Jek xonani kitoblar bilan to’ldirdi
To be cluttered with – to’ldirilmoq
The room is cluttered with books – xona kitoblar bilan to’ldirildi
PARTICIPLE ADJECTIVES
(Sifatdoshlarni ifodalovchi sifatlar)
-ing:
-ed:
An interesting person – qiziqarli odam
An interested person – qiziqqan odam
A surprising event – hayratlanarli voqea A surprised man - hayratlangan kishi
1) –ing qo’shimchasi bilan tugaydigan sifatlar biror bir ish-harakatning
davomiyligini ko’rsatadi:
A snoring man – hurrak otayotgan odam
A sleeping boy – uxlayotgan bola
A running girl – yugurayotgan qiz
A smiling girl – jilmayotgan qiz
2) –ed qo’shimchasi bilan tugaydigan sifatlar bo’lib o’tgan ish-harakatning
holatini ko’rsatadi:
A translated text – tarjima qilingan matn
A broken window – singan deraza
A stolen car – o’g’irlangan mashina
MODAL VERBS
Modallik hususiyatiga ega bo’lgan yarim ma’noli fe’llar – modal fe’llar
Modallik hususiyatlari: qobiliyat, imkoniyat, ehtimollik, tahmin, majburiyat,
zaruriyat, ta’qiq, ruxsat, maslahat, gumonsirash, taklif va hokazo
Modal fe’llarning “yarim ma’noli fe’llar” deyilishiga sabab, ular gapda mustaqil
fe’llarsiz hech qanday ma’no anglatmaydi. Shu bilan birgalikda, modal fe’llar
“kamchilikli fe’llar” hisoblanadi. Chunku ularga hozirgi noaniq zamonda 3-shaxs
birlik, o’tgan zamon va davomli zamon qo’shimchalari qo’shilmaydi. Ularning
ba’zilari o’zidan so’ng “to” yuklamasini talab qilmaydi, hamda –ing qo’shimchasi
qo’shilmaydi.
122
“Can” modal fe’li
Can – “qila olmoq, bajara olmoq” Bu ma’noda “can” modal fe’li biror bir ishharakatni aqliy va jismoniy tomondan bajara olish qobiliyatini va imkoniyatini
ko’rsatadi (Hozirgi va kelasi zamon uchun qo’llanadi):
Subject + can + do (V1)
Sarah can speak french fluently – Sara fransuz tilida ravon gaplasha oladi
Nick can run 100 meters in 10 seconds – Nik 10 sekundda 100 metr yugura oladi
John is very strong. He can lift heavy things without difficulty – Jon juda kuchli. U
og’ir buyumlarni qiyinchiliksiz ko’tara oladi
I can play the piano – men pianino chala olaman
Nick can see far-away things – Nik uzoq masofadagi buyumlarni ko’ra oladi
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
Subject + can + not + do (V1)
Sarah can’t speak french fluently
Nick can’t run 100 metres in 10 seconds
I can’t play the piano
Nick can’t see far-away things
So’roq shakli:
Can + Subject + do (V1)…?
Can Sarah speak french fluently? Yes, she can / No, she can’t
Can Nick run 100 metres in 10 seconds? Yes, he can / No, he can’t
Can you play the piano? Yes, I can / No, I can’t
Can Nick see far-away things? Yes, he can / No, he can’t
§. Bundan tashqari, “can” modal fe’li hozirgi zamonda quyidagi ma’nolarni
ifodalaydi:
1) Real imkoniyatni ifodalaydi:
I have enough money. I can buy this car – meni yetarli pulim bor. Bu mashinani sotib
ololaman
I will be free tomorrow and I can come to you – men ertaga bo’sh bo’laman va
senikiga kela olaman
2) Taklif mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
Can I help you? – sizga yordam bera olamanmi?
Can I pass you the book? – sizga shu kitobni uzatib yubora olamanmi?
Can I drive you home? – sizni uyingizga olib bora olamanmi?
3) Imkoniyat mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
I can help you – men sizga yordam bera olaman
I can pass you the book – men sizga shu kitobni uzatib yubora olaman
I can drive you home – men sizni uyingizga eltib qo’ya olaman
4) Iltimos mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
Can you help me, please? Certainly / No, I can’t – iltimos, menga yordam bera
olasizmi?- xa albatta / afsuski, yo’q
Can you pass me the book, please? Certainly / No, I can’t – iltimos, menga mana
shu kitobni uztib yubora olasizmi?- xa / yo’q
Can you drive me home, please? Certainly / No, I can’t – iltimos, meni uyga eltib
qo’ya olasizmi?- xa albatta / yo’q
123
Huddi shu holatda, hushmuomalalik, odob bilan iltimos qilinsa, “can” modal
fe’lining o’rniga “could” modal fe’li qo’llanadi (Notanish shaxslar uchun):
Could you help me, please? Certainly / No, I couldn’t
Could you pass me the book, please? Certainly / No, I couldn’t
Could you drive me home, please? Certainly / No, i couldn’t
5) Norasmiy ruxsat so’rash mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
Can I take your book for 2 days? Certainly / I’m afraid not – kitobingizni 2 kunga
olib tura olamanmi? Albatta / afsuski, yo’q
Can I use your phone? Certainly / I’m afraid not – telefoningizdan foydalanib tura
olmanmi? Albatta / afsuski, yo’q
Can I have your pen for a minute? Certainly / I’m afraid not – ruchkangizni bir
minutga olib tura olamanmi? Albatta / yo’q
Can I smoke here? Certainly / I’m afraid not – bu yerda cheksam maylimi? Albatta /
afsuski, yo’q
Huddi shu ma’noda, yumshoqlik, hushmuomalalik va odob bilan ruxsat
so’ralsa, “can” modal fe’lining o’rniga “could” modal fe’lidan foydalanamiz
(Notanish kishilar uchun):
Could I use your phone? Certainly / No, I’m afraid not
Could I have your pen for a minute? Certainly / No, I’m afraid not
Could I smoke here? Certainly / No, I’m afraid not
Huddi shu holatda, rasmiy ma’noda ruxsat so’ralsa, “can” modal fe’lining
o’rniga “may” modal fe’lidan foydalanamiz:
May I come in? Yes, you may / No, you can’t (musn’t) – Kirsam maylimi? xa / yo’q
May I take a floor? Yes, you may / No, you can’t (musn’t) – so’zga chiqsam
maylimi? xa / yo’q
6) Ruxsat berish mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
You can take my book – siz kitobimni olib turishingiz mumkin
You can use my phone if you pay – agar to’lab qo’ysangiz telefonimdan
foydalanishingiz mumkin
You can go home earlier today – siz bugun uyga ertaroq borishingiz mumkin
7) Ta’qiq mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi. Bu holatda “can” modal fe’li ishharakatning bajarilishini qat’iyan taqiqlashni, man etishni bildiradi:
The doctor said to me: “You can’t smoke. Your illness is serious – doktor menga
dedi: “Chekmasligingiz kerak. Sizning kasalligingiz jiddiy
Underaged people can’t use alcohol in our country – mamlakatimizda voyaga
yetmaganlarning spirtli ichimliklar ichishi ta’qiqlanadi
Shu holatda “can” modal fe’lining o’rniga “may” modal fe’lini ham
qo’llashimiz mumkin.
8) Ikkilanish, gumonsirash, shubha mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
Can it be true? – shu rostmikan?
Can he be a translator? – u tarjimonmikan?
9) Imkonsizlikni, amalga oshmaslikni ko’rsatadi?
It can’t be true – bu to’g’ri emas
He can’t be a translator – u tarjimon bo’la olmaydi
124
“Could” modal fe’li
1) “Could” modal fe’li “can” madal fe’lining o’tgan zamon shakli sifatida uning
o’rniga, o’tgan zamonda qo’llanadi va o’tgan zamonda biror bir ish-harakatning
aqliy va jismoniy tomondan bajara olganlik qobiliyati bor bo’lganligini ko’rsatadi.
Present Tense: Subject + can +
Past Tense: Subject + could + Verb1
Verb1
Sarah can speak french fluently –
Sarah could speak french fluently last
Sara fransuz tilini ravon gapira oladi year – Sara o’tgan yili fransuz tilini
Jim can drive a car – Jim mashina
ravon gapira olardi
hayday oladi
Jim could drive a car when he was
young – Jim yoshligida mashina hayday
olardi
Bo’lishsiz shakli: Subject + could + do + not
Sarah couldn’t speak french fluently last year – Sara o’tgan yili fransuz tilini gapira
olmasdi
Jim couldn’t drive a car when he was young – Jim yoshligida mashina hayday
olmasdi
So’roq shakli: Could + Subject + do…?
Could Sarah speak french fluently last year? Yes, he could / No, he couldn’t
Could Jim drive a car when he was young? Yes, he could / No, he couldn’t
2) “Could” modal fe’li hozirgi zamonda yumshoq iltimos mazmunidagi
gaplarda qo’llanadi (Notanish shaxslar uchun):
Could you pass me the book, please? Certainly / I’m afraid not - marhamat qilib
kitobingizni uzatib turia olmaysizmi? Albatta / afsuski, yo’q
Could you give me your pen for a minute, please? Certainly / I’m afraid not –
marhamat qilib ruchkangizni bir daqiqaga berib tura olmaysizmi? Albatta / afsuski,
yo’q
Could you leave home earlier today? Certainly / I’m afraid not – bugun uyga
ertaroq keta olmaysizmi? Albatta / yo’q
Xuddi shu holat “do you think?” iborasi bilan ham birikib kelishi mumkin:
Do you think you could pass me the book? – menga kitobni uzatib yubora olaman
deb o’ylaysizmi?
Do you think you could give me your pen for a minute? – menga ruchkangizni bir
daqiqaga berib tura olaman deb o’ylaysizmi?
Do you think I could leave home earlier today? – bugun uyga ertaroq keta olaman
deb o’ylaysizmi?
3) “Could” modal fe’li hozirgi zamonda taklif kiritish va fikr bildirish
mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
- What shall we have for dinner? (tushlikka nima yeymiz?)
- We could have a chicken (jo’ja yeymiz)
- What shall I give Piter for his bithday? (Piterning tug’ilgan kuniga nima beray?)
- You could give him a book (unga kitob ber)
Where shall I go for holiday? (ta’tilda qayerga
boray?)
You could go to Italy (siz Italiyaga boring)
125
4) “Could” modal fe’li hozirgi zamonda mubolag’a mazminidagi gaplarda
qo’llanadi:
I’m so hungry that I could eat a horse – men shunaqa ochmanki, otni ham yeb qo’ya
olaman
I’m so tired that I could sleep a week – men shunaqa charchadimki, bir hafta uxlasam
kerak
He is so angry that he could burn the whole world – uni shunaqa jahli chiqyaptiki,
butun dunyoga o’t qo’ygudek
You are getting on my nervous that I could kill you – sen shunaqa asabimga
o’ynayapsanki, hozir seni o’ldirib qo’yaman
5) “Could” modal fe’li hozirgi va kelasi zamonda noaniq va asossiz tahmin,
ehtimolli gaplarda qo’llanadi. Bu holatda, “could” modal fe’li “may”, “might”
modal fe’llariga sinonim bo’lib keladi:
I don’t know – bilmayman
I have no idea – bilmayman
I’m not sure – ishonchim komil emas
I don’t know for sure – ishonchim komil emas
Who knows – kim biladi
- Do you think it will rain tomorrow?(Ertaga yomg’ir yog’adi deb
o’ylaysanmi?)
- I don’t know, it could rain (bilmadim, yog’ishi ham mumkin)
- Where is Jack? ( Jek qayerda?)
- I have no idea. He could be at home (Bilmadim. U uyda bo’lishi ham mumkin)
When will he come?( U qachon keladi?)
Who knows! He could come earlier (Bilmadim!
Ertaroq kelishi ham mumkin)
6) “Could” modal fe’li noreal ish-harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
Jack: “Stay here with us, today” – bugun biz bilan shu yerda qol
You: “I could stay here, but Mother won’t let me” – shu yerda qolardimu, ammo
onam ruxsat bermaydilarda.
Jack: “Buy this book, it is very interesting” – mana bu kitobni sotib olaqol, u juda
qiziqarli
You: “I could buy it, but I haven’t enough money” – uni sotib olardim-u, ammo pulim
yetmaydida.
“Can” modal fe’lining ekvalenti: “To be able to”
1) “To be able to” – “qila olmoq, qodir bo’lmoq” deb tarjima qilinadi va biror bir
ish-harakatning aqliy yoki jismoniy tomondan bajara olish qobiliyati va
imkoniyatini ko’tsatgan holda, “can” modal fe’lining o’rnida, u bilan teng
ma’noda hozirgi va kelasi zamonda, hamda “can” modal fe’li qo’llana
olmaydigan holatlarda qo’llanadi:
Subject + be (any tense) + able to do smth
Subject + am / is / are + able + to do smth
Can:
To be able to:
I can speak 2 foreign languages –
I’m able to speak 2 foreign languages
men 2 ta xorijiy tilda gapira olaman
He can lift heavy things – u og’ir
He is able to lift heavy things
buyumlarni ko’tara oladi
John can drive a car – Jon mashina
John is able to drive a car
126
hayday oladi
2) In The Future Tense: Subject + shall / will + be able + to do smth
Can:
To be able to:
Who can help me tomorrow? – kim
Who will be able to help me tomorrow?
erta menga yordam bera oladi?
Now, he will close the door, and you
Now, he will close the door, and you
can’t come – hozir u eshikni yopadi va won’t able to come in
siz kira olmaysiz
I’m learning English now, and next
I’m learning English now, and next
year I can speak English – men hozir
yeari will be able to speak English
ingliz tilini o’rganyapman, kelasi yili
men inglizcha gapira olaman
3) In The Past Tense: Subject + was / were + able + to do smth – nimadir
qilishga muvaffaq bo’lmoq,
nimadir qilishni uddalay olmoq
“To be able to” o’tgan zamonda ma’no jihatdan “could” modal fe’li bilan
sinonim bo’la olmaydi, chunki, “Could” modal fe’li – o’tgan zamonda biror bir ishharakatni aqliy va jismoniy tomondan bajara olganlik qobiliyati bor bo’lganligini
ko’rsatsa, “To be able to” – hech qanday qobiliyatni ifodalamaydi, balki o’tgan
zamonda, aniq bir vaziyatda biror bir ish-harakatni bajarishga muvaffaq bo’lganlikni,
uddalay olganlikni ko’rsatadi:
Could:
S + was / were + able + to do
smth:
I could play the pianoin my youth –
The house took fire suddenly, but
men yoshligimda pianino chala olardim everybody was able to escape –
to’sattan uyga o’t ketdi, ammo xamma
Jim could run fast 10 years ago – Jim quutilib chiqishga muvaffaq bo’ldi
10 yil avval tez yugura olardi
I ran after the thief, but he was able
to run away – men o’g’rini ortidan
When I was young that I could
quvdim, ammo u qochib qolishga
answer any question – men yosh
muvaffaq bo’ldi
bo’lgan vaqtimda har qanday savolga
Yesterday, at the exam, the teacher
javob bera olardim
asked me too difficult questions, but I
was able to answer all of the questions
– kecha imtixonda, o’qituvchi menga
juda qiyin savollar berdi, ammo men
savollarning barchasiga javob
berishga muvaffaq bo’ldim
A boy fell into the water, but the
rescuers were able to save the his life –
bir bola suvga yiqilib tushdi, ammo
qutqaruvchilar uning hayotini saqlab
qolishga muvaffaq bo’lishdi
O’tgan zamonda “to be able to” har doim ish-harakatning muvaffaqiyatli
tugashini talab qiladi, ya’ni bu ekvalent bo’lishsiz gaplarda qo’llana olmaydi.
O’tgan zamonda bo’lishsiz gaplarda “to be able to” ning o’rniga “could not”
qo’llanadi:
127
The house took the fire suddenly, and some of the people in it couldn’t escape –
to’sattan uyga o’t ketdi va bir necha kishi undan qutilib chiqa olmadi.
I ran after the thief and he couldn’t run away – men o’g’rini ortidan quvdim va u
qochib keta olmadi
Yesterday, at the exam, the teacher asked me too difficult questions and I couldn’t
answer them – kecha imtixonda, o’qituvchi menga juda murakkab savollar berdi va
men ularga javob bera olmadim.
NOTE1: Ba’zi bir kishi his-tuyg’usini anglatuvchi fe’llar bilan o’tgan zamonda
“could” modal fe’li qo’llanadi. Bu fe’llar hech qachon “To be able to” bilan
qo’llanmaydi:
See – ko’rmoq
Feel – his qilmoq
Hear – eshitmoq
Remember - eslamoq
Smell – hidlamoq
Understand - tushunmoq
Taste – tatib ko’rmoq
The teacher explained the rule to us twice and then we could understand it –
o’qituvchimiz bizga qoidani 2 marta tushuntirdi va keyin biz unga tushuna oldik
I stared at the darkness and I could see a figure – men qorong’ulikka tikilib qaradim
va bir shaklni ko’ra oldim
NOTE2: O’tgan zamonda “to be able to” quyidagi fe’llar bilan sinonim bo’lib kela
oladi:
Was / were + able + to do
Syn: to succeed in doing smth – nimadir qilishga muvaffaq bo’lmoq
to manage to do smth – nimadir qilishga muvaffaq bo’lmoq
to be capable of doing smth – nimadir qilishga muvaffaq bo’lmoq
Uyga to’sattan o’t ketdi, ammo biz qutilib chiqishga muvaffaq bo’ldik –
The house suddenly took fire, but we were able to
escape
The house suddenly took fire, but we succeeded
in escaping
The house suddenly took fire, but we managed to
escape
Ant: to fail to do smth – nimadir qilishda muvaffaqiyatsizlikka uchramoq
The house suddenly took fire, and some of the people in it failed to escape – uyga
to’sattan o’t ketdi va bir necha odamlar undan qutilib chiqa olmadi
4) To be able to – “qila olmoq, bajara olmoq” ma’nosida “can” modal fe’lining
o’rniga, u bilan teng ma’noda, “can” modal fe’li qo’llana olmaydigan holatlarda
qo’llanadi. “Can” modal fe’lining infinitive shakli yo’qligi uchun gapda 2darajali fe’l sifatida qo’llana olmaydi:
Can:
To be able to:
I want to speak English – men
I want to be able to speak English –
inglizcha gapirishni xohlayman
men inlizcha gapira olishni xohlayman
He seems to help us – u bizga yordam
He seems to be able to help us – u
beradiganga o’xshaydi
bizga yordam bera oladiganga
He may help you – u sizga yordam
o’xshaydi
berishi mumkin
He may be able to help you – u sizga
128
I have just finished work – men
hozirgina ishni tugatdim
I used to run fast in my childhood –
men bolaligimda tez yugurardim
yordam bera olishi mumkin
I have just been able to finish work –
men hozirgina ishni tugata oldim
I used to be able to run fast in my
childhood – men bolaligimda tez
yugura olardim
§. “Could have done”
Could have done – “qila olardi, qo’lidan kelardi, qilsa bo’lardi” deb tarjima
qilinadi va o’tgan zamonda biror bir ish-harakatni bajarishga to’la imkoniyati bo’lgan
yoki bajara olgan holda uni bajarmaganlikni, bajarishni xohlamaganlikni ko’rsatadi:
He could have given me his book yesterday, but he didn’t want to – kecha u menga
kitobini berib tursa bo’lardi, ammo berishni xohlamadi
Yesterday, I was free at home. I could have gone to the cinema, but I decided not to
– men kecha uyda bo’sh edim. Kinoga borsam bo’lardi, ammo bormaslikka qaror
qildim
- Did Jack lend you any money? (Jek senga pul qarzga berdimi?)
- No, he could have lent me some money, but he didn’t (yo’q, u menga biroz pul
qarzga berib tursa bo’lardi, ammo bermadi)
“Couldn’t have done”
Couldn’t have done – “baribir qila olmasdi” deb tarjima qilinadi va o’tgan
zamonda biror bir ish-harakatni bajarishni xohlaganligimizni, ammo bajarishga
imkoniyat bo’lmaganligini ko’rsatadi:
- Why didn’t you go to Nick’s birhday? (siz nimaga Nikning tug’ilgan kuniga
bormadingiz?)
- I couldn’t have gone to Nick’s bithday because I was busy at work on that day
(men baribir Nikning tug’ilgan kuniga bora olmasdim, chunki o’sha kuni ish bilan
band edim)
- I hear you didn’t play football yesterday (men kecha sizni futbol
o’ynamaganligingizni eshitdim)
- I couldn’t have played, because I had broken my leg (baribir o’ynay olmasdim,
chunki men oyog’imni sindirib olganman)
“May” va “Might” modal fe’llari
“May” va “might” – “mumkin” deb tarjima qilinadi va o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning
“to” siz infinitive shaklini talab qiladi:
Subject + may / might + do
1) “May” va “might” modal fe’llari ish-harakat yoki voqea-hodisaning bajarilishi
yoki sodir bo’lishi mumkinligi ehtimoli borligini ko’rsatadi va bu ma’noda “may” va
“might” modal fe’llari hozirgi va kelasi zamonda noaniq va asossiz ehtimollikni,
tahminni ko’rsatib keladi (less than 50%):
I don’t know – bilmadim
I have no idea – bilmadim
I’m not sure – ishonchim komil emas
I don’t know for sure – ishonchim komil emas
Who knows – kim biladi
- Where is Nick? (Nik qayerda?)
- I don’t know, he may / might be at home (bilmadim, uyda bo’lishi ham mumkin)
- Will it rain tomorrow? (ertaga yomg’ir yog’ar ekanmi?)
129
I have no idea, it may / might rain (bilmadim, yog’ishi ham
mumkin)
- Is Nick ill? (Nik kasalmi?)
- I’m not sure, he may / might be ill (ishonchim komil emas, u kasal bo’lishi ham
mumkin)
-
Bo’lishsiz va so’roq shakllari “may” va “might” modal fe’llarining o’zi bilan
yasaladi:
Subject + may / might + not + do
- Will it rain tomorrow?
- I have no idea, it may / might not rain
- Where is Nick?
- I don’t know, he may / might not be
at home
- Is Jack ill?
- I’m not sure, he may / might not be ill
“May” va “might” modal fe’llari davomli zamon infinitivi bilan birikib, aynan
hozir davom etib bajarilayotgan, sodir bo’layotgan voqea-hodisalarga nisbatan
noaniq va asossiz tahminni, ehtimollikni ifodalab keladi:
Subject + may / might + be + doing – qilayotgan bo’lishi
mumkin
- What is John doing now? (Jon hozir nima qilayapti?)
- I have no idea, he may / might be preparing for the exam (bilmadim, imtixonga
tayyorlanyotgan bo’lishi ham mumkin)
- Is Nick sleeping? (Nik uxlayaptimi?)
- I have no idea, he may / might be sleeping (bilmadim,
uxlayotgan bo’lishi ham mumkin)
- Is it raining outside? (tashqarida yomg’ir yog’yaptimi?)
- I’m not sure, it may / might be raining (ishonchim komil emasu yog’yotgan
bo’lishi ham mumkin)
2)
Bo’lishsiz shakl:
Subject + may / might + not + be + doing
- What is John doing now?
- I have no idea, he may / might not be preparing for the exam
Is Nick sleeping?
I have no idea, he may / might not be sleeping
- Is it raining outside?
- I’m not sure, it may / might not be raining
“May” va “might” fe’llari tugallangan zamon infinitivi bilan birikib, o’tgan
zamonda bajarilib o’tilgan ish-harakatlarga nisbatan noaniq va asossiz tahminni,
ehtimollikni ko’rsatib keladi:
Subject + may / might + have + done (PІІ) – qilgan bo’lishi
mumkin
- Did Sarah buy a new car? (Sara yangi mashina sotib oldimi?)
- I’m not sure, she may / might have bought a new car (ishonchim komil emasu
yangi mashina sotib olgan bo’lishi ham mumkin)
3)
- Was John ill yesterday? (kecha Jon kasal bo’ldimi?)
- I don’t know, he may / might have been ill (bilmadim, kasal bo’lgan bo’lishi ham
mumkin)
130
- Did they invite Nick to the party? (ular Nikni kechaga taklif qilishdimi?)
- I have no idea, they may / might have invited Nick to the party (bilmadim, ular
Nikni kechaga taklif qilishgan bo’lishi ham mumkin)
Bo’lishsiz shakli: Subject + may / might + not + have + done (PІІ)
- Did Sarah buy a new car?
- I’m not sure, she may / might not have bought a new car
- Was John ill yesterday?
- I don’t know, he may / might not have been ill
- Did they invite Nick to the party?
- I have no idea, they may / might not have invited Nick to the party
§. Subject + may / might + as well + do (Verb1) – bajarish
mumkin, bajarsa bo’laveradi
Ayni vaqtda, qiladigan boshqa ishimiz yo’qligi uchun o’zimiz xohlagan biror bir
ishni bajarishimiz mumkinligini ko’rsatadi:
I have finished work and there is nothing to do. I may / might as well go home – men
ishimni tugatib bo’ldim va endi qiladigan ish yo’q. Men uyga ketaversam ham bo’ladi
It is already lunchtime and you are free. You say:”We may / might as well have
lunch” – tushlik vaqti bo’ldi va siz bo’shsiz. Siz aytasiz:” biz tushlik qilsak ham
bo’laveradi”
You are free at home and there is a good film on TV. You say: “I may / might as well
see the film” – siz uyda bo’shsiz va televizorda yxshi bir kino beryapti. Siz aytasiz:
“Filmni ko’rsam ham bo’ladi”
§. Bundan tashqari “may” modal fe’li hozirgi zamonda quyidagi ma’nolarda
qo’llanadi:
1) Ruhsat so’rash mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi. Shu ma’noda “may” modal
fe’li “can” modal fe’lidan farq qilgan holda, asosan, rasmiy holatlarda
qo’llanadi:
- May I come in? (kirsam maylimi?)
- Yes, you may / No, you can’t (musn’t)
- May I take a floor? (so’zga chiqsam maylimi?)
- Yes, you may / No, you can’t (musn’t)
- May I smoke here? (bu yerda cheksam maylimi?)
- Yes, you may / No, you can’t (musn’t)
2) Ruhsat berish mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
You may go anywhere you like – xohlagan yeringizga borishingiz mumkin
You may come at any time – xohlagan vaqtingizda kelishingiz mumkin
You may get any book you like – xohlagan kitobingizni olishingiz mumkin
You may use my phone as long as you pay for your calls – agar qo’ng’iroqlar
haqqini to’lasangiz telefonimdan foydalanishingiz mumkin
3) Ta’qiq mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi. Bu ma’noda “may” modal fe’li
“can” modal fe’li bilan bir xil ma’noda qo’llanadi va biror bir ish-harakatning
qat’iyan ta’qiqlanganligini, man etilganligini ko’rsatadi:
131
Your illness is serious. You may not smoke – sizning kasalligingiz jiddiy. Siz
chekmasligingiz kerak
“May” va “Can” modal fe’llarining farqi
“Can” modal fe’li biror bir ish-harakatning bajarilishining real imkoniyatini
ko’rsatadi.
“May” modal fe’li shunchaki tahmin va mavhum imkoniyatni ko’rsatadi:
You may break the body, but you can’t break the sipirit – tanamni parchalashingiz
mumkin, ammo ruhimni parchalay olmaysiz
Can:
He can come tomorrow – u ertaga
kela oladi
May:
He may come tomorrow – u ertaga
kelishi mumkin
§. “Might” modal fe’li
1) Bosh gapning kesimi o’tgan zamonda bo’lgani holda, “may” modal fe’li
ko’chirma gapdan o’zlashtirma gapga aylantirilganda “might” modal fe’li
uning o’rniga, uning o’tgan zamon shakli sifatida qo’llanadi:
Direct Speech:
He told me: “You may go home” –
u menga dedi: “sen uyga borishing
mumkin”
Indirect Speech:
He told me that I might go home – u
menga uyga borishim mumkinligini aytdi
2) “Might” modal fe’li hozirgi zamonda yumshoq va xushmuomalalik tarzidagi
iltimos va ruhsat mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
Might / could I use your phone for a minute, please? – iltimos, telefoningizdan bir
daqiqaga foydalansam mumkinmi?
Might / could you pass me the salt, please? – iltimos, tuzni uzatib yubora
olmaysizmi?
3) “Might” modal fe’li o’pka, gina ohangidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
Why are you indifferent to the child? You might take a good care of him – nima
cuhun bolaga e’tiborsizsan? Uni yaxshilab tarbiyalasang bo’lardiku
Why did you leave my things in the room? You might bring them – nima uchun
buyumlarimni xonada qoldirding? Ularni olib kelsang bo’lardiku
“Must” modal fe’li
“Must” modal fe’li “kerak, shart, majbur” ma’nosida, biror bir ish-harakatning
bajarilishi shartliligini, majburligini, burchliligini bildiradi va o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning
“to” siz infinitive shaklini talab qiladi:
Subject + must + do smth
You must pay attention to the rule – siz qoidaga diqqat qilishingiz shart
They must help each other – ular bir-birlariga yordam berishlari kerak
We must protect our country – biz mamlakatimizni himoya qilishimiz shart
I must be in time for work – men o’z vaqtida ishda bo’lishim shart
I must get up early every day – men har kuni erta turishim kerak
Bo’lishsiz shakli. “Majburiylik, burchlilik, shartlilik” ma’nosida “must” modal fe’li
“need” modal fe’li orqali bo’lishsiz shaklda ifodalanadi:
Subject + need + not + do smth
You needn’t pay attention to the rule – siz qoidaga diqqat qilishingiz shart emas
132
They needn’t help each other – ular bir-birlariga yordam berishlari shart emas
I needn’t get up early every day – men har kuni erta turishim shart emas
Biz “must” modal fe’lini o’zi bilan bo’lishiz shakl yasasak, u “man etmoq,
taqiqlanmoq” ma’nosini beradi:
You musn’t pay attention to the rule – siz qoidaga diqqat qilishingiz taqiqlanadi
They musn’t help each other – ular bir-birlariga yordam berishi taqiqlanadi
You musn’t get up early – siz erta turishingiz man etiladi
So’roq shakli:
Must + Subject + do smth…?
- Must I pay attention to the rule?
- Yes, you must / No, you needn’t
- Must they help each other?
- Yes, they must / No, they needn’t
- Must you get up early every day?
- Yes, I must / No, I needn’t
§. Bundan tashqari, “must” modal fe’li gapda quyidagi ma’nolarda qo’llanadi:
1) Aniq va asosli ehtimollik, taxmin mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi.
a) “Must” modal fe’li o’zidan so’ng hozirgi zamon infinitivini olib hozirgi
zamondagi ish-harakatga nisbatan aniq va asosli tahminni, ehtimollikni
ifodalaydi:
Subject + must + do smth
John is a very strong and fit. He must go in for sports – Jon juda kuchli va sog’lom.
U sport bilan shug’illansa kerak
Sarah and Jane always keep together. They must be friends – Sara va jeyn doim
birga yurishadi. Ular do’st bo’lishsa kerak
John blows money carelessly. He must be extremely rich – Jon pulni ayamay
sovuradi. U o’ta ketgan boy bo’lsa kerak
The teacher always puts Nick “5”. He must do his homework – o’qituvchi doim
Nikka “5” baho qo’yadi. U uy vazifasini bajarsa kerak
Bo’lishsiz shakl: aniq va asosli ehtimollik, tahmin mazmunidagi gaplarda “must”
modal fe’li “can” modal fe’li orqali bo’lishsiz shaklga aylantiriladi:
Subject + can’t / musn’t / couldn’t + do smth
John is a very weak and sick. He can’t go in for sports – Jon juda nimjon va kasal. U
sport bilan shug’illanmasa kerak
Sarah and Jane don’t get on. They can’t be friends
John spends money coin to coin. He can’t be rich – Jon pulni tinma-tin sarflaydi. U
boy bo’lmasa kerak
The teacher always puts Nick “2”. He can’t do his homework – o’qituvchi doim
Nikka “2” baho qo’yadi. U uy vazifasini bajarmasa kerak
NOTE: “Must” modal fe’li kamdan-kam hollarda, tahmin mazmunidagi
gaplarda bo’lishsiz shaklni o’zi yasashi mumkin:
The teacher always puts Nick “2”. He musn’t do his homework
b) “Must” modal fe’li o’zidan so’ng davomli zamon infinitivini talab qilib, aynan
hozir davom etib bajarilayotgan ish-harakatlarga nisbatan aniq va asosli taxminni,
ehtimollikni ifodalaydi:
Subject + must + be + doing (PІ)
133
- What is Nick doing now? (Nik hozir nima qilyapti?)
- He has an exam tomorrow. He must be preparing for the exam (uni ertaga imtixoni
bor. Imtixonga tayyorlanayotgan bo’lsa kerak)
- Where is John now? (Jon hozir qayerda?)
- He is at the exam. He must be answering the questions (u imtixonda. U hozir
savollarga javob beryotgan bo’lsa kerak
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
Subject + can’t / musn’t / couldn’t + be + doing
- Is Nick preparing for the tomorrow’s exam?
- No, he has no exam tomorrow. He can’t be preparing for the exam
c) “Must” modal fe’li o’zidan so’ng tugallangan zamon infinitivini talab qilib,
o’tgan zamonda bajarilib o’tgan ish-harakatlarga nisbatan aniq va asosli taxminni,
ehtimollikni ifodalaydi:
Subject + must + have + done (PІІ) smth – nimadir qilgan
bo’lsa kerak
Nick is very happy. He must have entered the University – Nik juda baxtiyor. U
universitetga kirgan bo’lsa kerak
The teacher put Nick “5”. He must have done his homework – o’qituvchi Nikka “5”
baho qo’ydi. U uy vazifasini bajargan bo’lsa kerak
The police arrested John. He must have committed a crime – polisiya Jonni hibsga
oldi. U jinoyat qilgan bo’lsa kerak
Bo’lishsiz shakli: Subject + can’t / musn’t / couldn’t + have + done – qilmagan
bo’lsa kerak
Nick isn’t happy. He can’t have entered the University
The teacher put Nick “2”. He can’t have done his homework
2) Taqiq mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi. Shu ma’noda “must” modal fe’li
biror bir ish-harakat bajarilishini vaqtinchalik va biror joyda taqiqlanganligini,
man etilganligini ko’rsatadi:
You musn’t watch TV now. Your brother is sleeping – sen hozir televizor
ko’rmasliging kerak. Ukang uxlayapti
You musn’t smoke at the lycee – siz litseyda chekmasligingiz kerak
You musn’t go out to play until you do homework – sen uy vazifangni
bajarmaguningcha tashqariga o’ynagani chiqmasliging kerak
“Must” modal fe’lining ekvalentlari: 1 – Have to
2 – Have got to
3 – Should
4 – Ought to
5 – Be to
6 – Be supposed to
“Have to” modal fe’li
1) Have to - “kerak, to’g’ri kelmoq” deb tarjima qilinadi va majburiylik,
burchlilik, shartlilik ma’nosida “must” modal fe’lini ekvalenti hisoblanadi. Shu
ma’noda “have to” modal fe’li “must” modal fe’lining o’rniga, u bilan teng
ma’noda qo’llanadi, faqatgina “have to” modal fe’li gapda o’z-o’zini bo’lishsiz
va so’roq shaklga aylantira olmaydi, u qaysi zamonda qo’llansa, o’sha
zamondagi yordamchi fe’llar orqali bo’lishsiz va so’roq shaklga aylantiriladi:
134
Subject + have / has + to do smth
I have to study better – men yaxshiroq o’qishimga to’g’ri keladi
He has to get up early – u erta turishiga to’g’ri keladi
Jack has to wear uniform at lyceum – Jek litseyda forma kiyib yurishiga to’g’ri
keladi
Bo’lishsiz shakl:
Subject + do / does + have + to do smth
I don’t have to study better
He doesn’t have to get up early
Jack doesn’t has to wear uniform at lyceum
So’roq shakl:
Do / does + Subject + have + to do smth…?
Do you have to study better? – Yes, I do / No, I don’t
Does he have to get up early? – Yes, he does / No, he doesn’t
Does Jack have to wear uniform at lyceum? – Yes, he does / No, he doesn’t
2) “Must” modal fe’lining o’tgan zamon shakli bo’lmaganligi uchun, o’tgan
zamonda “must” modal fe’li majburiylik, shartlilik ma’nosida “have to”
ekvalenti orqali ifodalanadi:
Subject + had + to do smth
Yesterday, Mark got ill and we had to take him to hospital – kecha Mark kasal bo’lib
qoldi va biz uni shifoxonaga olib borishimizga to’g’ri keldi
On the way home, my car broke down and I had to repair it – uyga ketayotib
mashinam buzilib qoldi va uni ta’mirlashimga to’g’ri keldi
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
Subject + did + not + have + to do smth
We didn’t have to take Jack to hospital
I didn’t have to repair my car
So’roq shakli:
Did + Subject + have + to do smth…?
Did you have to take him to hospital? – Yes, I did / No, I didn’t
Did you have to pay for the concert yesterday? – Yes, I did / No, I didn’t
In the Future Tense:
Subject + shall / will + have + to do smth
They must come tomorrow – ular ertaga kelishlari shart
They will have to come tomorrow – ular ertaga kelishlariga to’g’ri keladi
Bo’lishsiz shakli: They needn’t come tomorrow
They won’t have to come tomorrow
So’roq shakli: Must they come tomorrow?- Yes, they must / No, they needn’t
Will they have to come tomorrow? – Yes, they will / No, they won’t
“Must” va “Have to” modal fe’llarining farqi
“Must” va “have to” modal fe’llari biror bir ish-harakatni bajarish shart va
majburiyligini ko’rsatadi. Faqat:
1) Biror bir ish-harakatni kishi o’z fikri va tushunchasidan kelib chiqib
bajarishi majbur, shart deb hisoblasa, “must” modal fe’li qo’llanadi:
I must help you now – men hozir sizga yordam berishim kerak
You must do this work right now – siz bu ishni hoziroq bajarishingiz shart
If you are going to party, you must wear a new suit – agar siz kechaga borayotgan
bo’lsangiz yangi kastyumni kiyishingiz kerak
135
Kishi shart-sharoitdan, vaziyatdan va qonun-qoidadan kelib chiqib biror bir
ish-harakatning bajarilishi shart deb hisoblasa “have to” modal fe’li qo’llanadi:
He is very helpless. I have to help him – u juda nochor. Men unga yordam
berishimga to’g’ri keladi
The train leaves the station at 6 early in the morning. So I have to get up early to
take it – poyezd ertalab soat 6 da stansiyadan jo’naydi. Men unda ketish uchun ertalab
turishimga to’g’ri keladi
Nick studies at University. So he has to wear a tie – Nik universitetda o’qiydi.
Shuning uchun u galstuk taqib yurishiga to’g’ri keladi
In Britain, children have to go to school at 5 – Britaniyada bolalar besh yoshda
maktabga borishlari kerak
2) “Must” modal fe’li biror bir ish-harakat bajarilishining taqiqlanishini,
bajarmasligimiz shartliligini ko’rsatadi:
You musn’t smoke in the room – siz xonada chekmasligingiz shart
You musn’t forget to post the letter – siz xatni jo’natishni unutmasligingiz shart
Ann told me to give Nick this book. I musn’t leave it in the room – Anna bu kitobni
Nikka berib qo’yishimni aytdi. Men uni xonada qoldirmasligim shart
“Don’t have to” va “needn’t” modal fe’llari biror bir ish-harakat
bajarilishining hojati yo’qligini, majburiy emasligini bilgan holda, bajarmasligini
ko’rsatadi:
Today is Sunday. I don’t have to go to work – bugun yakshanba. Ishga
borishimningi hojati yo’q
Tomorrow is my day off. I don’t have to get up early – erta mening dam olish kunim.
Erta turmasam ham bo’laveradi
3) “Must” modal fe’lidan farqli holda, “have to” modal fe’li sabab holatlarni
ifodalash uchun qo’llanadi:
As my mother is ill in hospital, I have to go to see her every day – onam shifoxonada
kasal bo’lib yotganligi sababli men har kuni ularni ko’rgani borib turishimga to’g’ri
keladi
As it was raining hard, I had to stay at Nick’s place – yomg’ir qattiq yog’ganligi
sababli men Niknikida qolishimga to’g’ri keldi
4) Ba’zi hollarda, “have to” modal fe’li “majburiylik” ma’nosida “must” modal
fe’lidan kuchli hisoblanadi:
He didn’t want to come to the party, but he had to – u ziyofatga kelishni
xohlamagandi, ammo kelishga majbur bo’ldi
I don’t want to help him, but I have to – men unga yordamberishni xohlamayman,
ammo yordam berishga majburman
“Have got to” modal fe’li
“Have got to” ekvalenti “majburiylik, shartlilik” ma’nosida, “must” modal
fe’lining o’rniga, u bilan teng ma’noda faqat hozirgi zamonda qo’llanadi. Gapda o’zo’zini bo’lishsiz va so’roq shakllarga aylantira oladi.
Payt ravishlari: now, today, tonight, this night, this week
Subject + have / has + got + to do smth
I must speak to him now = I have got to speak to him now
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
Subject + have / has + not + got + to do smth
I have not got to speak to him now
136
So’roq shakli:
Have / has + Subject + got + to do smth…?
Have you got to speak to him now? _ Yes, I have / No, I have not
“Should” modal fe’li
1) Maslahat, tavsiya berish mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi. Kimgadir nimadir
qilishni, qilmaslikni maslahat berish uchun va kimdandir maslahat so’rash
mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
Subject + should + do (Verb1)
You should respect elderly people – sen kattalarni hurmat qilishing kerak
You should study hard if you want to enter the University – agar universitetga
kirishni xohlasang qattiq o’qishing kerak
Bo’lishsiz shakli:
Subject + should + not + do (Verb1)
You shouldn’t offend your friends – do’stlaringni hafe qilmasliging kerak
You shouldn’t destroy bird’s nest – qushlarning inini buzmasliginh kerak
So’roq shakli:
Should + Subject + do (Verb1)…?
What should I do to please Ann?- Annani xursand qilish uchun nima qilishim kerak
What should I give Jack for his birthday?- Jekning tug’ilgan kuniga nima sovg’a
qilishim kerak?
What should I do to solve this problem? – bu muammoni hal qilish uchun nima
qilishim kerak?
What should he do to pass the exam? – u imtixondan o’tish uchun nima qilishi
kerak?
2) “Should” modal fe’li “I think”, “I don’t think” iboralari bilan birikib, biror
bir holat yoki vaziyatga nisbatan kishi o’z shaxsiy fikrini bildirish
mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
I think the people should help each other – odamlar bir-birlariga yordam berishlari
kerak deb o’ylayman
I think they should study a lot of to pass the exam – ular imtixondan o’tishlari uchun
ko’p o’qishlari kerak deb o’ylayman
I don’t think they should stay here so many day – ular bu yerda juda ko’p kun
qolishlari kerak deb o’ylamayman
I don’t think people should throw litter in the street – odamlar ko’chaga axlat
tashlashlari kerak deb o’ylamayman
3) Norozilik, shikoyat va e’tiroz mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi. Ya’ni biz
kutgan va o’ylagan holatning aynan biz kutgandek bo’lib chiqmasligiga nisbatan
e’tiroz bildirishni ifodalaydi:
The student wrote “aplle”. You say: “You are wrong. It should be “apple” ” –
talaba “aplle” deb yozdi. Siz aytasiz: “Xato yozding. Bu “apple” bo’lishi kerak”
You go home at 10 o’clock. Children are watching TV instead of going to school.
You say: “What are the children doing at home? They should be at school now” –
siz soat 10 da uyga keldingiz. Bolalar maktabga borish o’rniga televizor ko’rib
o’tiribdi. Siz aytasiz: “Bolalar uyda nima qilishyapti? Ular hozir maktabda bo’lishlari
kerak”
4) “Should” modal fe’li ish-harakatning bajarilish darajasiga qarab uning
kelajakdagi natijasini oldindan faraz, taxmin qilish mazmunidagi gaplarda
qo’llanadi:
137
Sarah is studying hard. She should enter the University – Sara qattiq o’qiyapti. U
universitetga kirsa kerak
Jack is working restlessly. He should buy a car next year – Jek dam olmasdan
ishlayapti. U kelasi yili yangi mashina sotib olsa kerak
Bu yerda “should” modal fe’li kelasi zamonda qo’llanadi va kelasi zamonda
bajariladigan ish-harakatlarga nisbatan “may” modal fe’liga qaraganda aniqroq
tahlil qilishda qo’llanadi:
May (less than 50 %)
- Is Jack going to enter the University
next year?
- I don’t know, he may enter the
University
Should (more than 50 %)
- Is Jack going to enter the University?
- He is studying very hard. He should
enter the University
5) “Should” modal fe’li gapda “if” bog’lovchisi bilan birikib, ish-harakatning
bajarilish ehtimolligi nihayatda kamligini ko’rsatadi. Xatto ish-harakat
bajarilmasligi ham mumkin:
If anyone should come when I’m not at home, tell him that I’m at work – agar men
uyda yo’qligimda birov kelsa, unga meni ishda ekanligimni ayting
Gapda “if” bog’lovchisini tushirib qoldirish ham mumkin. Gapda “if”
bog’lovchisi tushib qolsa, “should” modal feli egadan oldinga chiqadi:
Should anyone come when I’m not at home, tell him that I’m at work
6) a) Ba’zi bir fe’llardan so’ng gapda har doim “should” modal fe’li qo’llanadi:
suggest
propose
Subject + recommend + that + Subject + should + do (V1)
insist
demand
I suggest that they should stay here – men sizni shu yerda qolishingizni maslahat
beraman
I recommended that Jack should buy this book – men Jekni shu kitobni sotib olishini
tavsiya qilgan edim
b) Xuddi shu holatda, “should” modal fe’lining o’rniga fe’llarning oddiy
infinitive shakli ham qo’llanishi mumkin. Bunda ma’no o’zgarmaydi va fe’llardagi
3-shaxs birlik qo’shimchalari qo’shilmaydi:
suggest
propose
Subject + recommend + that + Subject + do (V1)
insist
demand
I suggest that they stay here
I recommended that Jack buy this book
c) Xuddi shu holatda, yuqoridagi fe’llardan so’ng fe’llarning o’tgan zamon
shakli qo’llanishi ham mumkin va bu gapdagi ma’noga ta’sir ko’rsatmaydi:
suggest
propose
Subject + recommend + that + Subject + did (V2)
138
insist
demand
I suggest that they stayed here
I recommended that Jack bought this book
7) Ba’zi sifatlardan so’ng “should” modal fe’li qo’llanadi:
Strange – g’alati
Natural – tabiiy
Odd – g’alati
Interesting – qiziqarli
Funny - kulgili
Surprised - hayratlanarli
Typical Surprising – hayratlanarli
Adjective + that + Subject + should + do (V1)
It is funny that he should wear a coat on such a hot day – shunday issiq kunda uning
palto kiyib yurgani kulguli
Bu yerda “should” modal fe’li gapda tarjima qilinmaydi.
8) “Should” modal fe’li maslahat mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi. Gapda
o’zini misol qilib keltirgan holda, kimgadir nimadir qilish, qilmaslikni maslahat
berish mazmunidagi gaplarda qo’llanadi:
- Shall I leave now? (hozir ketaymi?)
- No, I should wait a bit longer (yo’q, seni o’rningda bo’lganimda biroz kutib turgan
bo’lardim)
- Shall I throw away these things? (bu narsalarni otib yuboraymi?)
- No, I should keep them (Yo’q, seni o’rningda bo’lganimda ularni saqlab qo’ygan
bo’lar edim)
NOTE:
Subject + should + have + done (PІІ) – qilishi kerak edi
O’tgan zamonda bajarilishi shart bo’lgan, bajarilishi maslahat berilgan, ammo
bajarilmagan ish-harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
I advised Jack to take a taxi, but he walked. Now, he is tired and you are angry
about it. You say: “You should have taken a taxi” – men Jekka taksida ketishni
maslahat berdim, ammo u piyoda ketdi. Endi u holdan toydi va sizni bundan jahliz
chiqdi. Siz aytasiz: “Taksida ketishing kerak edi”
I told Jack to save money for his bad days, but he didn’t take my advice. Now, he is
out of money and job. You feel sorry about this. He say: “I should have taken your
advice” – men Jekka qora kunlari uchun pul yig’ib qo’yishini aytdim, ammo u
maslahatimga quloq solmadi. Hozir u pulsiz va ishsiz. Siz bunga achinasiz. U aytadi:
“Maslahatingga quloq solsam bo’lar ekan”
Subject + should + not + have + done (PІІ) – bajarmasligi
kerak edi
O’tgan zamonda bajarilishi maslahat berilmagan, ammo bajarilgan ishharakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
I told Sarah not to give my book to Jack, but she gave Jack my book. Now, I’m angry
about it and I said her: “You shouldn’t have given my book to Jack. He will tear it” –
men Saraga Jekka kitobimni bermaslikni aytgan edim, ammo u kitobimni Jekka berib
yuboribdi. Hozir meni bundan jaxlim chiqyapti va unga dedim: “Sen Jekka kitobimni
bermasliging kerak edi. U kitobni yirtadi”
Sarah lent Jack some money and Jack still doesn’t return. You say: “You shouldn’t
have lend Jack money. He will never return it” – Sara Jekka biroz pul qarz berdi va
139
Jek uni haligacha qaytarib bermadi. Siz aytasiz: “Sen Jekka pul qarz bermasliging
kerak edi. U aslo uni qaytarib bermaydi”
“Had better” and “Should”
1) “Should” modal fe’li umumiy maslahat berish uchun qo’llanadi:
Subject + should + do
People should wear warm clothes in cold weather – odamlar sovuq havoda issiq
kiyimlarni kiyib yurishlari kerak
Drivers should keep their eyes on the way – haydovchilar yo’lda ketayotib ko’zlarini
uzmasliklari kerak
2) “Had better” esa aniq bir vaziyatda, aniq bir kishiga maslahat berish uchun
qo’llanadi va o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning “to” siz infinitive shaklini oladi:
Subject + had better + do
It is cold outside. You had better wear your coat. It is winding hard – tashqari
sovuq. Paltongizni kiyganingiz yaxshiroq edi. Kuchli shamol esyapti
You had better close the window – derazani yopganingiz yaxshiroq edi
The weather is so misty. You had better not go there by car – ob-havo tumanli. U
yerga mashinada bormaganingiz yaxshiroq edi
“It is time” iborasi
a) “It is time” (vaqti bo’ldi) iborasi biror bir ish-harakat bajarilishiga nisbatan
tanqidiy munosabat bildirish uchun qo’llanadi va undan so’ng fe’llarning
infinitive shakli qo’llanadi:
It is time + to do smth
It is time to go home – uyga borish vaqti bo’ldi
It is time to finish work – ishni tugallash vaqti bo’ldi
Agar ish-harakatning bajaruvchisini ko’rsatmoqchi bo’lsak “for” predlogidan
foydalanamiz:
It is time for us to finish work – bizning ishni tugatadigan vaqtimiz bo’ldi
It is time for him to go home – uning uyga ketadigan vaqti bo’ldi
b) “It is time” iborasi bilan fe’llarning o’tgan zamon shaklidan ham foydalana
olamiz, ammo fe’llar o’tgan zamonda bo’lishiga qaramay uning ma’nosi
hozirgi zamonda bo’ladi:
It is time Jack finished work – Jekning ishni tugatadigan vaqti keldi
c) “It is time” iborasi bilan “high”, “about” predlogi qo’llansa, gapning
ma’nosi kuchayadi
“To be to” modal fe’li
1) To be to – “kerak” deb tarjima qilinadi va bu modal fe’lning hozirgi va o’tgan
zamon shakli mavjud. Uning hozirgi zamon shakli ham hozirgi zamon uchun,
ham kelasi zamon uchun qo’llanadi.
Hozirgi zamonda “to be to” ekvalenti biror bir ish-harakatning jadval asosida,
aniq bir vaqtga belgilangan holda bajarilishi kerakligini ko’rsatadi:
Subject + am / is / are + to do smth
Classes are to begin at 8.15 at lyceum – litseyda darslar soat 8.15 da boshlanishi
kerak
The train is to arrive at the station at 7 o’clock – poyezd bekatga soat 7 da yetib
kelishi kerak
140
2) O’tgan zamonda “to be to” ekvalenti bajarilishi rejalashtirilgan, kelishilgan,
ammo bajarilmagan ish-harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
Subject + was / were + to do smth
I was to phone Jack yesterday, but I forgot – men kecha Jekka telefon qilishim kerak
edi, ammo yodimdan ko’tarilibdi
Jack was to bring his book yesterday, he didn’t – Jek kecha kitobini berishi kerak
edi, ammo bermadi
They were to wait for me at the theatre, but when I went, they had gone away – ular
meni teatrda kutib turishlari kerak edi, ammo men borganimda, ular ketib qolishgan
ekan
“To be supposed to” modal fe’li
1) To be supporsed to – “kerak” deb tarjima qilinadi va hozirgi zamonda
jadval asosida, aniq bir vaqtga belgilangan holda bajarilishi kerak bo’lgan
ish-harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
S + am / is / are + supposed + to do smth
The meeting begins at 10 o’clock. Everybody is supposed to be here – majlis soat 10
da boshlanadi. Hamma shu yerda bo’lishi kerak
The classes at the lyceum are supposed to begin at 8 o’clock – litseydagi darslar
soat 8 da boshlanishi kerak
2) “To be supposed to” ekvalenti o’tgan zamonda bajarilishi kelishilgan,
ahdlashilgan, ammo bajarilmagan ish-harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
S + was / were + supposed + to do smth
They were supposed to come to me yesterday, but they didn’t – ular kecha menikiga
kelishlari kerak edi, ammo kelishmadi
The London train was supposed to leave at 6 - London poyezdi soat 6 da jo’nab
ketishi kerak edi
“Ought to” modal fe’li
1) Maslahat ma’nisida “should” modal fe’li bilan teng ma’noda qo’llanadi:
You ought to respect the elderly – siz kattalarni hurmat qilishingiz kerak
You ought not to offend your friends – siz do’stlaringizni xafa qilmasligingiz kerak
What ought I to do to pass the exam?
2) “Ought to” modal fe’li “must” modal fe’lining ekvalenti sifatida ishharakatni bajarishda aniq va asosli taxminni, ehtimollikni ifodalab keladi:
This restaurant is always full of people. It ought to be good – bu restorant doim
odamlar bilan to’la. U yxshi bo’lsa kerak
3) Javobgarlikni, ma’suliyatni ifodalab, har bir kasb egasi o’z ishini qilishi
kerakligini bildiradi:
I’m a teacher. I ought to teach children – men o’qituvchiman. Men bolalarga bilim
berishim kerak
Jack is a doctor. He ought to treat the sick – Jek shifokor. U bemorlarni davolashi
kerak
“Need” modal fe’li
Need – “kerak, zarur” deb tarjima qilinadi va zaruriyatni, muhtojlikni ifodalab
keladi. “Need” ingliz tilida ham modal fe’l, ham mustaqil fe’l bo’lib kela oladi va
ma’no o’zgarmaydi. Mustaqil fe’l ma’nosida ko’proq qo’llanadi
141
a) Kishilarning narsa-predmetlarga va kishilarga bo’lgan muhtojligini ifodalab
keladi:
Modal fe’l:
Mustaqil fe’l:
I need a book
Jack need a car to go to town
I need a book
Jack needs a car to go to town
I needn’t a book
Jack needn’t a car to go to town
I don’t need a book
Jack doesn’t need a car to go to town
Need you a book? – Yes, I need / No,
Do you need a book? – Yes, I do /
I needn’t
No, I don’t
Need Jack a car to go to town? – Yes,
Does Jack need a car to go to town?
he need / No, he needn’t
– Yes, he does / No, he doesn’t
b) “Need” modal fe’li biror bir ish-harakatning bajarilishining zaruriyatini
ko’rsatadi:
This is an urgent problem. We need solve it (= we need to solve it) – bu muhim
muammo. Biz uni hal qilishimiz zarur
Bu ma’noda “need” modal fe’li, asosan, bo’lishsiz shaklda qo’llanib, “must”
modal fe’li ifodalagan majburiyatni, burchlilikni, shartlilikni inkor etib keladi:
We must protect the environment – biz atrof-muhitni muhofaza qilishimiz shart
We needn’t protect the environment – biz atrof-muhitni muhofaza qilishimiz kerak
emas
§.
Subject + need + have done (PІІ) – qilishi zarur edi
O’tgan zamonda bajarilishi zarur bo’lgan, ammo bajarilmagan ishharakatlarga nisbatan tanbeh berish mazmunini ifodalaydi:
Why did you leave so early yesterday? You need have stayed at the office untill the
evening – nima uchun kecha juda erta ketdingiz? Siz kechgacha idorada qolishingiz
zarur edi
Why didn’t you finish work yesterday? You need have finished it. I was going to
show the work to the boss today – nima uchun kecha ishni tugatmadingiz? Siz uni
tugatishingiz zarur edi. Men bugun ishni boshliqqa ko’rsatmoqchi edim
S + needn’t + have done (PІІ) – qilishi zarur emas edi
O’tgan zamonda bajarilishi zarur bo’lmagan, ammo bajarilgan ish-harakatlar
uchun qo’llanadi:
Why did you read the whole book? You needn’t have read the whole book – siz nima
uchun butun bir kitobni o’qib chiqdingiz? Butun bir kitobni o’qishingiz shart emas edi
NOTE: a) Subject + needn’t + have done
O’tgan zamonda bilmasdan turib bajarilgan, ammo bajarilgan ish-harakatning
zarur emasligini bildiradi:
Not knowing it was Sunday, I went to work. I needn’t have gone to work – bugan
yakshanba ekanligini bilmasdan ishga bordim. Men ishga borishim zarur emas edi
b) Subject + didn’t + need to do
Ish-harakatni bajarish zarur emasligini bilgan holda bajarilmagan ishharakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
142
I knew it was Sunday, so I didn’t go to work. I needn’t to go – yakshanba ekanligini
bilgandim, shuning uchun ishga bormadim. Borishim zarur emas
“Would” modal fe’li
1) “Would” modal fe’li hozirgi zamonda xushmuomalalik bilan taklif qilish
uchun qo’llanadi:
Would you drink some tea? – biroz choy ichasizmi?
Would you pass me the salt, please? – iltimos, tuzni uzatib yubora olmaysizmi?
2) Would you mind + doing smth? – nimadir qilishga qarshi emasmisiz?
Birovdan nimadir qilishni xushmuomalalik va odob bilan iltimos qilish uchun
qo’llanadi:
Would you mind opening the window, please? – derazani ochishga qarshi
emasmisiz?
Would you mind turning off the radio? – radioni o’chirib yubora olmaysizmi?
3) Would you mind + if + Subject + do (did)…?
Kimdandir o’zimiz biror bir ish-harakatni qilishimizni odob bilan so’rash
uchun qo’llanadi:
Would you mind if I turn(ed) off the radio? – radioni o’chirishimga qarshi
emasmisiz?
Would you mind if I open(ed) the window? – derazani ochishimga qarshi emasmisiz?
4) “Would” modal fe’li o’tgan zamonda doimiy takrorlanib bajarilgan, ammo
hozirda bajarilmaydigan, faqat eslanadigan ish-harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
Subject + would + do
Syn: used to
In our childhood, we would play in the mud every day – bolaligimizda, har kuni
loyda o’ynar edik
SEQUENCE OF TENSES
(Zamonlar moslashuvi)
Zamonlar moslashuvida gap 2 qismdan iborat bo’ladi: 1 – Hokim bo’lak (bosh
gap)
2 – Tobe bolak (ergash
gap)
Qoidaga ko’ra, bosh gap va ergash gapning kesimlari o’zaro moslashadi.
Ergash gapning kesimi har doim bosh gapning kesimiga bo’ysungan holda
moslashishi shart. Zamonlar moslashuvi qoidasi o’zlashtirma gaplarda qo’llanadi
1. The Future Indefinite in the Past Tense
(Kelasi o’tgan noaniq zamon)
Hali bajarilmagan, ammo kelasi zamonda bajarilishi mumkin bo’lgan ish-harakatlar
haqida o’tgan zamonda habar berishda qo’llanadi. Bunda gapning bosh gap qismi –
o’tgan zamonda, ergash gap qismi – kelasi zamonda bo’ladi:
Subject + will + do
(Verb1)
I will teach a new topic next week –
men kelasi haftada yangi mavzuni
o’rgataman
Subject + would + do
(Verb1)
The teacher said that he would teach
a new topic next week – o’qituvchi
kelasi hafta yangi mavzuni o’rgatishini
aytdi
143
It will rain tomorrow – ertaga
yomg’ir yog’adi
The teacher said that it would rain
the following day – o’qituvchi shu
kunlarda yomg’ir yog’ishini aytdi
Kelasi o’tgan noaniq zamon – zamonlar moslashuvida va o’zlashtirma gaplarda
qo’llanadi.
2. The Future Continuous in the Past Tense
(O’tgan kelasi zamon davom fe’li)
Hali bajarilmagan, ammo kelasi zamonda, ko’rsatilgan vaqtda davom etib bajarilishi
mumkin bo’lgan ish-harakatlar haqida oldindan ma’lumot berish uchun qo’llanadi:
Subject + will + be +
doing
I will be watching TV at 10 o’clock
tomorrow – men ertaga soat 10 da
televizor ko’ryotgan bo’laman
Subject + would + be +
doing
Jack said that he would be watching
TV at 10 o’clock the following day –
Jek ertaga soat 10 da televizor
ko’ryotgan bo’lishini aytdi
3. The Future Perfect in the Past Tense
(O’tgan kelasi tugallangan zamon)
Hali bajarilmagan, ammo kelasi zamonda ko’rsatilgan vaqtgacha bajarilib
tugallanishi mumkin bo’lgan ish-harakatlar haqida oldindan ma’lumot berish uchun
qo’llanadi:
Subject + will + have
+ done
I will have watched TV by 10 o’clock
tomorrow – men erta soat 10 gacha
televizor ko’rib bo’lgan bo’laman
Subject + would + have
+ done
Jack said that he would have
watched TV by 10 o’clock the following
day – Jek erta soat 10 gacha televizor
ko’rib bo’lishini aytdi
Direct and Indirect Speech
(Ko’chirma va o’zlashtirma gaplar)
Ko’chirma gapda so’zlovchining nutqi qanday aytilgan bo’lsa, hech qanday
o’zgarishlarsiz yetkaziladi:
Jack said: “I will stay at home” – Jek dedi: ”Men uyda qolaman”
“We are going to the village” – they said – “Biz qishloqqa boryapmiz” – dedi ular
Ko’chirma va o’zlashtirma nutqda, asosan, quyidagi fe’llar qo’llanadi:
Say – demoq
Require – talab qilmoq
Tell – aytmoq
Request – iltimos qilmoq
Ask – so’ramoq
Beg – tilanmoq, yolvormoq
Wonder – hayron bo’lmoq
Beseech – yalinmoq, o’tinib
so’ramoq
Order – buyurmoq
Exclaim – hayajonlanmoq,
xitob qilmoq
Command – komanda bermoq, buyruq bermoq
O’zlashtirma gaplarda so’zlovchining nutqi ma’lum o’zgarishlar bilan
tinglovchiga sharxlab yetkaziladi:
Jack said that he would stay at home – Jek uyda qolishini aytdi
144
They said that they were going to the village – ular qishloqqa boryotkanliklarini
aytishdi
Rule 1: Gaplarni ko’chirma gapdan o’zlashtirma gapga aylantirganimizda, bosh
gapning kesimi hozirgi va kelasi zamonda (Present Indefinite, Present Continuous,
Present Perfect, Future Perfect) bo’lsa, ergash gapning kesimi esa ko’chirma gapda
qaysi zamon shaklida qo’llangan bo’lsa, shu zamonda o’zgarmasdan qoladi:
Direct Speech
Jack says: “I played chess
yesterday” – Jek deydi: “Men kecha
shaxmat o’ynadim”
I say: “I want to see the film” –
men deyman: “Kino ko’rishni
xohlayman”
Sarah is saying: “I have just
arrived home” – Sara aytyapti: “Men
hozirgina uyga ketib keldim”
They have said: “We are waiting
for Jack” – ular aytishdi: “Biz Jekni
kutyapmiz”
He will say: “I am a student” – u
aytadi: “Men talabaman”
Indirect Speech
Jack says that he played chess
yesterday – Jek kecha shaxmat
o’ynaganligini aytdi
I say that I want to see the film – men
kino ko’rishni xohlashimni aytaman
Sarah is saying that she have just
arrived home – Sara hozirgina uyga
yetib kelganligini aytyapti
Thay have said that they are waiting
for Jack – ular Jekni kutyotganliklarini
aytishdi
He will say that he is a student – u
talabaligini aytadi
Rule 2: Gaplarni ko’chirma gapdan o’zlashtirma gapga aylantirganimizda, bosh
gapning kesimi o’tgan zamonda (Past Indefinite, Past Continuous, Past Perfect)
bo’lsa, ergash gapning kesimi ham unga moslashish uchun o’tgan zamonlarning birida
bo’lishi shart.
Bosh gap
Past Indefinite
Past Continuous
Past Perfect
Ko’chirma gap
Present Indefinite
Past Indefinite
Future Indefinite
Present Continuous
Past Continuous
Future Continuous
Present Perfect
Past Perfect
Future Perfect
Present Perfect
Continuous
Past Perfect Continuous
Future Perfect
Continuous
O’zlashtirma gap
Past Indefinite
Past Perfect
Future Indefinite in the
Past
Past Continuous
Past Perfect Continuous
Future Continuous in the
Past
Past Perfect
Past Perfect
Future Perfect in the Past
Past Perfect Continuous
Past Perfect Continuous
Future Perfect in the Past
Continuous
Examples:
Direct Speech:
He said: “I watch TV every day”
He said: “I watched TV yesterday”
Indirect Speech:
He said that he watched TV every day
He said that he had watched TV the
last day
145
He said: “I will watch TV tomorrow”
He said: “I was watching TV at 2
yesterday”
He said: “I will be watching TV at 2
tomorrow”
He said that he would watch TV the
following day
He said that he was watching TV
then
He said that he had been watching
TV at 2 the last day
He said that he would be watching
TV at 2 the following
He said: “I have watched TV”
He said: “I had watched TV by 2
yesterday”
He said: “I will have watched TV by 2
tomorrow”
day
He said that he had watched TV
He said that he had watched TV by 2
the last day
He said that he would have watched
TV by 2 the
He said: “I have been watching TV for
2 hours”
He said: “I had been watching TV for
2 hours”
He said: “I will have been watching
TV for 2 hours”
following day
He said that he had been watching
TV for 2 hours
He said that he had been watching
TV for 2 hours
He said that he would have been
watching TV for 2
He said: “I’m watching TV now”
hours
Rule 3: Bosh gapning kesimi o’tgan zamonda bo’lgan holda ko’chirma gapdan
o’zlashtirma gapga modal fe’llar quyidagicha o’zgaradi:
Direct Speech:
Indirect Speech:
* Could
Could
Can
Could
* Could
Could have
May
Might
* Must
Had to
Must
Must
Have to
Had to
Should
Should
Ought to
Ought to
NOTE 1: Bosh gapning kesimi o’tgan zamonda bo’lgan holda, “could” modal fe’li
“qila olmoq” ma’nosida o’tgan zamonni ifodalagan holda, ko’chirma gapdan
o’zlashtirma gapga o’tganda “could have done” shaklida o’zgaradi:
Direct Speech:
Jack said: “I could speak English 10
years ago” – Jek dedi: “Men 10 yil
oldin inglizcha gapira olardim”
Indirect Speech:
Jack said that he could have spoken
English 10 years before – Jek 10 yil
oldin inglizcha gapira olganligini
aytdi
NOTE 2: Bosh gapning kesimi o’tgan zamonda bo’lgan holda, “could” modal fe’li
ruxsat so’rash va tahmin ma’nolarida ko’chirma gapdan o’zlashtirma gapga
o’zgarmasdan o’tadi:
146
Direct Speech:
Jack told me: “Could I use your
phone?” – Jek menga dedi:
“Telefoningizdan foydalansam
maylimi?”
Jack said: “The weather could
change later” – Jek dedi: “Keyinroq
ob-havo o’zgarishi mumkin”
Indirect Speech:
Jack told me if he could use my
phone – Jek telefonimdan
foydalanishga ruxsat so’radi
Jack said that the weather could
change later – Jek keyinroq ob-havo
o’zgarishi mumkinligini aytdi
Ko’chirma va o’zlashtirma gaplarda “must” modal fe’lining
qo’llanishi
a) Bosh gapning kesimi o’tgan zamonda bo’lgan holda “must” modal fe’li
majburiylik, burchlilik, shartlilik ma’nolarida ko’chirma gapdan o’zlashtirma
gapga “had to” shaklida o’zgaradi:
Direct Speech:
Jack told me: “You must finish
work” – Jek menga dedi: “Ishni
tugatishing shart”
Indirect Speech:
Jack told me that I had to finish
work – Jek menga ishni tugatishim
shartligini aytdi
b) Bosh gapninig kesimi o’tgan zamonda bo’lgan holda “must” modal fe’li tahmin
va taqiq ma’nolarida ko’chirma gapdan o’zlashtirma gapga o’zgarmasdan o’tadi:
Direct Speech:
Indirect Speech:
Jack told me: “You musn’t smoke” –
Jack told me that I musn’t smoke in
Jek menga dedi: “Sen chekmasliging
the room – Jek menga xonada
kerak”
chekishim mumkin emasligini aytdi
Jack told me: “Nick must be rich” –
Jack told me that Nick must be rich
Jek menga dedi: “Nik boy bo’lsa
– Jek menga Nikni boy bo’lishi
kerak”
mumkinligini aytdi
Rule 4: Bosh gapning kesimi o’tgan zamonda bo’lgan holda ba’zi bir so’zlar
ko’chirma gapdan o’zlashtirma gapga quyidagicha o’zgargan holda o’tadi:
Direct Speech:
Indirect Speech:
Today
That day
Yesterday
The day before, the last day
Tomorrow
The following day, the next day
Now
Then
Here
There
This
That
These
Those
Ago
Before
2 days ago
2 days before
In 2 days
2 days later
§. 1) Darak gaplarni ko’chirma gapdan oz’lashtirma gapga aylantirganimizda
bog’lovchi sifatida “that” olmoshi qo’llanadi va bu bog’lovchini gapda tushirib
qoldirish ham mumkin:
Direct Speech:
I said: “I don’t like tea” – men
dedim: “choyni yoqtirmayman”
Jack said: “My brother has a car”
Indirect Speech:
I said that I didn’t like tea – men
choyni yoqtirmasligimni aytdim
Jack said that his brother had a car –
147
– Jek dedi: “Akamni mashinasi bor”
Jek akasini mashinasi borligini aytdi
2)Umumiy so’roq gaplarni ko’chirma gapdan o’zlashtirma gapga aylantirganda,
bog’lovchi sifatida “if” “whether” qo’llanadi va gapda ularni tushirib qoldirish
mumkin emas. O’zlashtirma gaplarda, gapning ergash gap qismida so’roq gap
ishlatilishi mumkin emas:
Direct Speech:
Jack asked me: “Do you live in
Karshi?” – Jek menga dedi:
“Qarshida yashaysizmi?”
You asked Jack: “Are you a
student?” – siz Jekdan so’radingiz:
“Talabamisan?”
Indirect Speech:
Jack asked me if I lived in Karshi –
Jek meni Qarshida yashash
yashamasligimni so’radi
You asked Jack if he was a student –
siz Jekdan talabami yo’qmi so’zadingiz
3) Maxsus so’roq gaplarni ko’chirma gapdan o’zlashtirma gapga aylantirsak,
bog’lovchi sifatida so’roq olmoshlarining o’zi qo’llanadi:
Direct Speech:
Indirect Speech:
Jack asked me: “Where do you
Jack asked me where I lived – Jek
live?” – Jek mendan so’radi:
mendan qayerda yashashimni so’radi
“Qayerda yashaysiz?”
Jack asked me what my name was –
Jack asked me: “What is your
Jek mening ismim nima ekanligini
name?” – Jek mendan so’radi:
so’radi
“Isming nima?”
4) Buyruq gaplarni ko’chirma gapdan o’zlashtirma gapga aylantirsak, bog’lovchi
sifatida “to” yuklamasi qo’llanadi:
Direct Speech:
Jack ordered me: “Go to school” –
Jek menga buyurdi: “Maktabga bor”
The capitan commanded: “Blow the
bridge” – kapitan komanda berdi:
“Ko’prikni portlating”
The begger begged: “Donate me
100 sum” – tilanchi yolvordi: “100
sum sadaqa bering”
Indirect Speech:
Jack ordered me to go to school – Jek
menga maktabga bor deb buyurdi
The capitan commanded to blow the
bridge – kapitan ko’prikni portlatishga
komanda berdi
The begger begged to donate him 100
sum – tilanchi 100 sum sadaqa so’rab
yolvordi
Agar buyruq gaplar bo’lishsiz shaklda bo’lsa, o’zlashtirma gaplarda bog’lovchi
sifatida “not to” yuklamasi qo’llanadi
Direct Speech:
Jack ordered me: “Don’t go to
school”
The capitan commanded: “Don’t
blow the bridge”
Indirect Speech:
Jack ordered me not to go to school
The capitan commanded not to blow
the bridge
5)
“Say” and “Tell”
a) “Say” fe’lidan so’ng to’ldiruvchi qo’llanmaydi:
Subject + say + (that) + S + Verb
Jack said that he was a student – Jek talaba bo’lganligini aytdi
148
b) “Tell” fe’lidan so’ng to’ldiruvchi qo’llanadi:
Subject + tell + Object + (that) + S + Verb
Jack told me that he was a student – Jek menga talaba bo’lganligini aytdi
Bundan tashqari, “tell” fe’li ot bilan birikib kela oladi:
To tell a story – hikoya aytib bermoq
To tell a joke – hazil tariqasida aytmoq
To tell a secret – sirni aytmoq
To tell a lie – yolg’on gapirmoq
To tell the truth – haqiqatni gapirmoq
To tell the time – vaqtni aytmoq
FE’LNING SHAXSSIZ SHAKLLARI
INFINITIVE
Infinitive – fe’lning shaxssiz shakllaridan biri bo’lib, o’zbek tilidagi harakat
nomiga to’g’ri keladi.
Ingliz tilida, “infinitive” fe’llar oldidan “to” yuklamasini qo’shib yasaladi va
gapda “-sh, -ish, -moq” deb tarjima qilinadi.
To read – yozish, yozmoq
To study – o’qish, o’qimoq
Infinitivning gapdagi vazifalari
a) Infinitive ega vazifasida:
To learn English is difficult – ingliz tilini o’rganish qiyin
To leave in a village is pleasant – qishloqda qolish yoqimli
To drive a car in a big city isn’t easy – katta shaharda mashina haydash oson emas
b) Infinitive ot-kesim vazifasida:
His duty is to keep the house clean – uning vazifasi uyni toza saqlash
My hobby is to read English books – mening sevimli mashg’ulotim inglizcha kitoblar
o’qish
c) Infinitive to’ldiruvchi vazifasida:
I like to read books – men kitoblar o’qishni yoqtiraman
He wants to study – u o’qishni xohlaydi
d) Infinitive hol (asosan, sabab va maqsad hollari) vazifasida:
I went to the library to get a book – men kitob olish uchun kutubxonaga bordim
Jack bought a book to read – Jek o’qish uchun kitob sotib oldi
Infinitivening turlari
Types
Present Infinitive
Perfect Infinitive
Continuous
Infinitive
Perfect Continuous
Infinitive
Active Voice
To do – qilmoq,
bajarmoq
To have done – qilgan
bo’lmoq
To be doing –
qilayotgan bo’lmoq
To have been doing –
qilayotgan
149
Passive Voice
To be done – qilinmoq,
bajarilmoq
To have been done –
qilingan bo’lmoq
-
bo’lmoq
1) Present Infinitive (Hozirgi zamon infinitivi) - ish-harakatlarning boshqa bir ishharakatlarga nisbatan keyinroq bajarilishini, sodir bo’lishini ko’rsatadi. Ingliz
tilida, hozirgi zamon infinitivini xohlagan fe’l bilan ishlatish mumkin:
It seems to rain – yomg’ir yog’adiganga o’xshaydi
Jack decided to die – Jek parhez qilishga qaror qildi
I want to translate this story – men bu hikoyani tarjima qilishni xohlayman
You must clean the room – siz xonani tozalashingiz kerak
I want this story to be translated – men bu hikoyani tarjima qilinishini xohlayman
I want to be woken up at 2 o’clock – meni soat 2 da uyg’otishlarini xohlayman
The room must be cleaned – xona tozalanishi kerak
2) Perfect Infinitive (Tugallangan zamon infinitivi) – ish-harakatlarning boshqa
bir ish-harakatlarga nisbatan oldinroq bajarilishini, sodir bo’lishini ko’rsatadi va
gapda har qanday fe’llar bilan qo’llana olmaydi. U, asosan, quyidagi fe’llar
bilan qo’llanadi:
Seem – ko’rinmoq
Appear – tuyilmoq
Tend – mug’ombirlik qilmoq
Pretend – bahona qilmoq
Claim – ma’lum qilmoq
To be sure – ishonchi komil bo’lmoq
To be happy – baxtli bo’lmoq
To be lirely – tuyilmoq, o’xshamoq
Modal Verbs + have done
Sarah claimed to have translated the text – Sara matnni tarjima qilganligini ma’lum
qildi
They are lirely to have passed the exam – ular imtihondan o’tganga o’xshaydi
Jack is happy. He must have entered the University – Jek baxtiyor. U unversitetga
kirganga o’xshaydi
They appeared to have cleaned the room – ular xonani tozalaganga o’xshaydi
Present Infinitive
It seems to rain – yomg’ir
yog’adiganga o’xshaydi
They appeared to clean the room –
ular xonani tozalaydiganga o’xshaydi
Compare:
Perfect Infinitive
It seems to have rained – yomg’ir
yog’ib o’tganga o’xshaydi
They appered to have cleaned the
room – ular xonani tozalaganga
o’xshaydi
3) Continuous Infinitive (Davomli zamon infinitivi) – ish-harakat yoki voqeahodisalarning aynan hozir, boshqa bir ish-harakatlar bilan bir vaqtda davom etib
bajarilayotganligini, sodir bo’lyotganligini ko’rsatadi va uning passive shakli
yo’q.
Davomli zamon infinitivi ham har qanday fe’llar bilan qo’llanmaydi. U
quyidagi fe’llar bilan qo’llanadi:
Seem – ko’rinmoq
Appear – tuyilmoq
Tend – mug’ombirlik qilmoq
Pretend – bahona qilmoq
150
Claim – ma’lum qilmoq
To be sure – ishonchi komil bo’lmoq
To be happy – baxtli bo’lmoq
To be lirely – tuyilmoq, o’xshamoq
Modal Verbs + be doing
It seems to be raining – yomg’ir yog’ayotganga o’xshaydi
They appear to be cleaning the room – ular xonani tozalayotganga o’xshaydi
Sarah claimed to be translating the text – Sara matnni tarjima qilayotganligini
ma’lum qildi
Sarah must be translating the text – Sara matnni tarjima qilayotgan bo’lsa kerak
4) Perfect Continuous Infinitive (Tugallangan davom zamon infinitivi) –
oldinroq boshlangan ish-harakatlarning boshqa bir ish-harakat bilan ham davom
etib bajarilishini ko’rsatadi va uning passive shakli yo’q.
Tugallangan davom zamon infinitivi ham quyidagi fe’llar bilan qo’llanadi:
Seem – ko’rinmoq
Appear – tuyilmoq
Tend – mug’ombirlik qilmoq
Pretend – bahona qilmoq
Claim – ma’lum qilmoq
To be sure – ishonchi komil bo’lmoq
To be happy – baxtli bo’lmoq
To be lirely – tuyilmoq, o’xshamoq
Modal Verbs + to have been doing
It seems to have been raining since morning – ertalabdan beri yomg’ir
yog’ayotganga o’xshaydi
Sarah claimed to have been translating this text since yesterday – Sara bu matnni
kechadan beri tarjima qilayotganligini ma’lum qildi
Infinitivening qo’llanish holatlari
Rule 1: Ba’zi fe’llar o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning infinitive shaklini oladi:
Verb + to do
Afford – qurbi yetmoq. Bu fe’l, asosan, gapda “can” modal fe’li bilan qo’llanadi:
I can afford to buy this book – bu kitobni sotib olishga qurbim yetadi
Agree – rozi bo’lmoq
He agreed to help me – u menga yordam berishga rozi bo’ldi
Appear – tuyilmoq
He appears to be tired – u charchaganga o’xshaydi
Arrange – kelishmoq
I arranged to meet my friend at the airport – men do’stim bilan aeroportda
uchrashishga kelishdim
Ask – so’ramoq
I asked him to go with us – men undan biz bilan borishini so’radim
Can’t bear* – toqat qila olmaslik
I can’t bear to wait in long lines – uzoq vaqt kutishga toqatim yo’q
Beg – yolvormoq, tilanmoq
He begged to go with us – u biz bilan birga borish uchun yolvordi
Begin – boshlamoq
It began to rain – yomg’ir yog’ishni boshladi
Care – xohishi bo’lmoq
I don’t care to see that show – bu ko’rsatuvni ko’rishga xohishim yo’q
Claim – ma’lum qilmoq
151
She claims to know a famous movie star – u mashhur kino yulduzini tanishini ma’lum
qildi
Consent – yon bermoq, rozi bo’lmoq
She finally consented to marry Jack – nihoyat u Jekka turmushga chiqishga rozi bo’ldi
Continue* – davom etmoq
Jack continued to work – Jek ishlashda davom etdi
Decide – qaror qilmoq
I have decided to leave on Monday – men dushanba kuni qolishga qaror qildim
Demand – talab qilmoq
I demand to know who is responsible – men kim javobgarligini bilishni talab qilaman
Deserve – erishmoq
Jack deserved to win the prize – Jek mukofotni yutib olishga erishdi
Expect – kutmoq
I expect to enter graduate school in the fall Fail – muvaffaqiyatsizlikka uchramoq, qila olmay qolmoq
I failed to return the book to the library on time – men kitobni kutubxonaga o’z vaqtida
qaytarib bera olmadim
Forget* – unitmoq
I forgot to mail the letter – men xat jo’natishni unutib qo’yibman
Hate* – yomon ko’rmoq
I hate to make silly mistakes – men axmoqona xatolar qilishni yomon ko’raman
Hesitate – ikkilanmoq
Don’t hesitate to ask for my help – mendan yordam so’rashga ikkilanmang
Hope – umid qilmoq
Jack hopes to arrive next week – Jek kelasi haftada yetib kelishiga umid qiladi
Learn – o’rganmoq
I learned to play the piano – men pianino chalishni o’rgandim
Like* – yoqtirmoq
I like to go to the movies – men kinoga borishni yoqtiraman
Love* – sevmoq
I love to go to operas – men operalarga borishni sevaman
Manage – uddalamoq
He managed to finish his work early – u ishini erta tugatishni uddaladi
Mean – nazarda tutmoq
I didn’t mean to hurt your feelings – men sizni xafa qilishni nazarda tutmagan edim
Need – muhtoj bo’lmoq
I need to have your opinion – men sizning fikringizga muhtojman
Offer – taklif qilmoq
They offered to help us – ular bizga yordam berishni taklif qilishdi
Plan – reja tuzmoq
I am planning to have a party – men ziyofat uyushtirishni rejalashtiryapman
Prefer* – afzal ko’rmoq
Ann prefers to have a rest to work – Anna ishlashdan ko’ra dam olishni afzal ko’radi
Prepare – tayyorlanmoq
I prepared to welcome my relitions – men ularni qarindoshlarimni kutib olishga
tayyorlandim
Pretend – bahona qilmoq
He always pretends not to understand English – u doim inglizchani tushunmasligini
bahona qiladi
Promise – vada bermoq
I promise not to be late – men kechikmaslikka vada beraman
Refuse – rad etmoq
152
I refuse to believe the story – men bu hikoyaga ishonishni rad qilaman
Regret* – afsuslanmoq
I regred to tell you that you failed – sizni muvaffaqiyatsizlikka uchraganligingizni
aytishdan afsusdaman
Remember* – eslamoq
I remembered to lock the door – men eshikni qulflashni esladim
Seem – tuyulmoq
That cat seems to be friendly – anavi mushuk do’stona tuyulyapti
Can’t stand* – toqat qila olmaslik
I can’t stand to wait in long lines – uzoq vaqt kutishga toqatim yo’q
Start – boshlamoq
It started to rain – yomg’ir yog’ishni boshladi
Struggle – kurashmoq
I struggled to stay awake – men uxlamaslikka qarshi kurashdim
Swear – qasam ichmoq
She swore to tell the truth – u haqiqatni aytishga qasam ichdi
Threaten – do’q-po’pisa qilmoq
She threatened to tell my parents – u ota-onamga aytib beraman deb do’q qildi
Try* – harakat qilmoq
I’m trying to learn English – men ingliz tilini o’rganish uchun harakat qilyapman
Volunteer – xohishi bilan rozi bo’lmoq
He volunteered to help us – u bizga yordam berishga o’z xohishi bilan rozi bo’ldi
Wait – kutmoq
I will wait to hear from you – men sizdan xabar kelishini kutaman
Want – xohlamoq
I want to tell you something – men sizga biror nima aytishni xohlayman
Wish – xohlamoq
She wishes to come with us – u biz bilan kelishni xohlaydi
Rule 2: Complex Object (Murakkab to’ldiruvchi)
Ba’zi bir fe’llar murakkab to’ldiruvchi qoidasida qo’llanib, o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning
infinitive shaklini oladi. Bu qoidada, fe’llardan so’ng 2 turdagi to’ldiruvchi qo’llanadi:
1- Nominal Object (Ot yoki olmoshdan yasalgan
to’ldiruvchi)
2- Verbal Object (Fe’llarning infinitive shaklidan
yasalgan to’ldiruvchi)
Murakkab to’ldiruvchi holatida, nominal object har doim verbal objectdan
oldin qo’llanishi shart. Bu holatda, bir shaxs boshqa bir shaxsni nimadir qilishga
undaydi:
Subject + Verb + Nominal Object + Verbal Object
He would like me to stay here – u meni shu yerda qolishimni xohladi
I want you to read this book – men sizni shu kitobni o’qishingizni xohlayman
I slowed down. I wanted the car behind to be able to over take – men sekinlashdim.
Men orqadagi mashinani quvib o’tishni xohladim
Murakkab to’ldiruvchida qo’llanadigan fe’llar:
Complex Object + smb / smth (Nominal Object) + to do (Verbal
Formula:
Object)
Advise – maslahat bermoq
She advised me to wait until tomorrow – u menga ertagacha kutishni maslahat berdi
Allow – ruxsat bermoq
She allowed me to use her car – u menga mashinasidan foydalanishimga ruxsat berdi
153
Ask – so’ramoq
I asked John to help us – men Jondan bizga yordam berishini so’radim
Beg – yolvormoq, tilanmoq
They begged us to come – ular bizni kelishimizni yolvordi
Cause – sabab bo’lmoq
Her laziness caused her to fail – Erinchoqligi uning muvaffaqiyatsizligiga sabab
bo’ldi
Challenge – chaqirmoq; olib borib qo’ymoq
She challenged me to race her to the corner – burchakka olib borishim uchun u meni
chaqirdi
Convince – ishontirmoq; ko’ndirmoq
I couldn’t convince him to accept our help – men uni yordamimizni qabul qilishga
ko’ndira olmadim
Dare – botinmoq, jur’at qilmoq; mo’ljallamoq
Jack dared me to do better that he had done – Jek o’zi bajarganiga qaraganda
yaxshiroq bajarishimni mo’ljalladi
Encourage – ruhlantirmo, dalda bermoq
He encouraged me to try again – u meni yana bir bor harakat qilib ko’rishga
ruhlantirdi
Expect – kutmoq
I expect you to be on time – men sizni vaqtida bo’lishingizni kutaman
Forbit – man qilmoq, taqiqlamoq
I forbit you to tell him – men sizni u bilan gaplashishingizni man qilaman
Force – majbur qilmoq
They forced him to tell the truth – ular uni haqiqatni aytishiga majbur qilishdi
Hire – yollamoq
She hired a boy to mow the lawn – u bir bolani maysazorni o’rish uchun yolladi
Instruct – o’rgatmoq, o’qitmoq
He instructed his children to be careful – u bolalarini ehtiyotkor bo’lishga o’rgatgan
Invite – taklif qilmoq, chaqirmoq
Harry invited the Johnsons to come to his party – Garri Jonsonlarni ziyofatga kelishga
taklif qildi
Need – muhtoj bo’lmoq
We needed Chris to help us to figure out the solution – biz muammoni hal qilish uchun
Krisning yordamiga muhtojmiz
Order – buyurmoq
The judge ordered me to pay a fine – sudya meni jarima to’lashimni buyurdi
Permit – ruxsat bermoq
He permitted the children to stay up late – u bolalarni kech qolishlariga ruxsat berdi
Persuade – ishontirmoq, ko’ndirmoq
I persuaded him to come for a visit – men uni tashrif buyurishga ko’ndirdim
Remind – eslatmoq
She remind me to lock the door – u menga eshikni qutflashni eslatdi
Require – talab qilmoq
Our teacher requires us to be on time – o’qituvchimiz bizni darsda vaqtida
bo’lishimizni talab qiladi
Teach – o’qitmoq, o’rgatmoq
My brother taught me to swim – akam menga suzishni o’rgatdi
Tell - aytmoq
The doctor told me to take these pills – doctor menga bu dorilarni olishni aytdi
Urge – undamoq
I urged him to apply for the job – men uni ishga ariza berishga undadim
154
Want – xohlamoq
I want you to be happy – men sizni baxtli bo’lishingizni xohlayman
Warn – ogohlantirmoq
I warned you not to drive too fast – men sizni juda tez haydamaslikka ogohlantirdim
Rule 3: Murakkab to’ldiruvchi holatida, his-tuyg’uni bildiruvchi fe’llardan
so’ng, fe’llarni ham infinitiveda, ham gerundida qo’llash mumkin, ammo
1) His-tuyg’uni bildiruvchi fe’llardan so’ng fe’llarning infinitive shakli
qo’llansa, ish-harakatning boshqa bir ish-harakatga nisbatan sal oldinroq
bajarilishini ko’rsatadi. His-tuyg’uni bildiruvchi fe’llardan so’ng infinitive doim
“to” yuklamasisiz qo’llanadi:
See – ko’rmoq
Notice – payqamoq
Watch – kuzatmoq
Observe – kuzatmoq
Hear – eshitmoq
Feel – his qilmoq
Smell – hidlamoq
Listen to – tinglamoq
Look at – qaramoq
Verb + smb / smth (Nominal Object) + do (Verbal
Object)
I noticed the waife cat enter the room – men yovvoyi mushukning xonaga
kirganligini payqadim
I felt somebody put his hand on my shoulder – kimningdir yelkamga qo’lini
qo’yganligini payqadim
2) His-tuyg’uni bildirgan fe’llardan so’ng gerundi qo’llansa, ish-harakatning
o’sha vaqtda bajarilayotganligini ko’rsatadi:
I saw Jack taking your pen – men Jekni seni ruchkangni olayotganligini ko’rdim
I heard somebody snoring in the next room – men qo’shni xonada kimdir hurrak
otayotganligini eshitdim
I listened to the birds singing – men qushlarning sayrayotganligini tingladim
3) His-tuyg’uni bildirgan fe’llar majhul nisbatda “to” yuklamasi bilan
qo’llanadi:
seen
watched
Subject + be + noticed + to do
observed
heard
Jack was seen to take your pen – Jek seni ruchkangni olganini ko’rishdi
The waife cat was noticed to enter the room – yovvoyi mushuk xonaga kirganligini
payqashdi
4) “Let” (ruxsat bermoq) fe’li majhul nisbat holatida, o’zidan so’ng infinitiveni
“to” yuklamasisiz qabul qiladi:
Subject + let smb / smth + do
He let the children watch TV – u bolalarni televizor ko’rishiga ruxsat berdi
We let them stay here – biz ularni shu yerda qolishiga ruxsat berdik
155
5) “Help” (yordam bermoq) fe’li majhul nisbat holatida quyidagicha
qo’llanadi:
a) Amerikancha variantda, “help” fe’li, majhul nisbatda o’zidan so’ng
infinitiveni “to” yuklamasisiz qabul qiladi
Subject + help + smb / smth + do
He helped me translate the text – u matnni tarjima qilishimga yordam berdi
b) Britancha variantda, “help” fe’li, majhul nisbatda o’zidan so’ng infinitiveni
“to” yuklamasi bilan qo’llanadi
Subject + help + smb / smth + to do
He helped me to translate the text – u matnni tarjima qilishimga yordam berdi
CAUSATIVE VERBS
(Undovchi fe’llar)
Undovchi fe’llar, bir kishi ish-harakatni boshqa bir kishi bajarishini xohlashini
ko’rsatadi.
1) Make – undamoq, majbur qilmoq
a) Aniq nisbatda “make” feli o’zidan so’ng infinitiveni “to” yuklamasisiz qabul
qiladi:
Subject + make + smb do smth
Father makes me get up early – otam meni erta turishga undaydi
Jack makes his brother read the book – Jek ukasini kitob o’qishga majburlaydi
b) Majhul nisbatda “make” fe’li infinitiveni “to” yuklamasi bilan qabul qiladi:
Subject + be + made + to do smth
I’m made to get up early (by father) – meni erta turishga undashadi
He was made to read the book – uni kitob o’qishga majburlashdi
2) Have – undamoq, majbur qilmoq
“Have” fe’li majhul nisbat holatida infinitiveni “to” yuklamasisiz qabul qiladi:
Subject + have / has + smb + do smth
Father has me get up early – otam meni erta turishga undaydi
Jack has his brother read the book – Jek ukasini kitob o’qishga majbur qiladi
3) Get – undamoq, majbur qilmoq
“Get” fe’li murakkab to’ldiruvchi holatida infinitiveni “to” yuklamasi bilan qabul
qiladi:
Subject + get + smb + to do smth
Father gets me to get up early – otam meni erta turishga undaydi
Jack gets his brother to read the book – Jek ukasini kitob o’qishga majbur qiladi
NOTE: a) “Have” va “get” fe’llari majhul nisbatdagi kausativlikni ifodalab
ham kelishi mumkin. Bu holatda, ish-harakatni bajarishga undovchi – biz, bajaruvchi
esa boshqa kishi hisoblanadi. Agar ish-harakatning bajaruvchisini ko’rsatmoqchi
bo’lsak, “by” predlogidan foydalanamiz:
Subject + have / get + smth + done (PІІ) + by smb
I had (= got) my tooth pulled out by the dentist – men tish doktoriga tishimni
oldirdim
We are having (= getting) a new house built – biz yangi uy qurdiryapmiz
b) “Have” va “get” fe’llari tasodifan va kutilmaganda bajariladigan ishharakatlarga nisbatan qo’llanadi. Bu holatda, ish-harakatni bajarishga undalmaydi:
156
Jack had (= got) his nose broken in the fight – Jek mushtlashishda burnini sindirib
oldi
Sarah had (= got) her passport taken by the police – Sara politsiyaga pasportini
oldirib qo’ydi
c) Sifatlar o’zidan keyin fe’llarning infinitive shaklini talab qiladi:
Subject + Verb + Adjective + to do
To be glad to – mamnun bo’lmoq
To be happy to – baxtli bo’lmoq
To be pleased to – xursand bo’lmoq
To be delighted to – rohatlanmoq, huzurlanmoq
To be content to – rozi bo’lmoq, qanoatlanmoq
To be relieved to – yordam bermoq, yengillashtirmoq
To be lucky to – omadli bo’lmoq
To be fortunate to – baxtli bo’lmoq
To be sorry to – achinmoq
To be sad to – xafa bo’lmoq
To be upset to – xafa bo’lmoq
To be dissappointed to – ko’ngli qolmoq, hafsalasi pir bo’lmoq
To be praid to – g’ururlanmoq, faxrlanmoq
To be ashamed to – uyalmoq
To be ready to – tayyor bo’lmoq
To be prepared to – tayyorgarlik ko’rmoq
To be anxious to – xavotir olmoq, tashvishlanmoq
To be eager to – sabrsiz bo’lmoq
To be motivated to – undamoq, majbur qilmoq
To be determined to – qat’iyatli bo’lmoq, jasur bo’lmoq
To be careful to – ehtiyotkor bo’lmoq, sinchikov bo’lmoq
To be hesitant to – qat’iyatsiz bo’lmoq, jur’atsiz bo’lmoq
To be reluctant to – xohlamaslik
To be afraid to – qo’rqmoq, cho’chimoq
To be likely to – munosib bo’lmoq, mos bo’lmoq
To be certain to – aniq bo’lmoq
To be surprised to – hayron qolmoq
To be amazed to – hayratlanmoq
To be astonished to – ajablanmoq, hayratlanmoq
To be shocked to –
To be stunned to – hayratlanmoq, ajablanmoq
For examples: I am sad to have heard the bad news – yomon habarlarni eshitish
meni ranjitadi
I am glad to see you – sizni ko’rganimdan mamnunman
d) Narsa-predmetlarning belgi-hususiyatlarini bildirgan sifatlardan so’ng
fe’llarning infinitive shakli qo’llanadi:
Difficult – qiyin
Easy – oson
Hard – og’ir
Impossible – imkonsiz
Dangerous – xavf-hatar
Safe - xavfsiz, ishonchli
Expensive – qimmat
157
Cheap – arzon
For example: it is easy to translate this text – bu matnni tarjima qilish oson
e) Kishilarning harakterini, jihatini bildiruvchi sifatlardan so’ng fe’llarning
infinitive shakli qo’llanadi:
It is + Adjective + of smb + to do
Nice – ajoyib, yaxshi
Cleaver – aqlli
Sensible – aqlli, mulohazali
Kind – mehribon
Unfair – nohaq, vijdonsiz, noinsof
Cruel – shavqatsiz
Mean – pastkash; ziqna, bahil
Silly – axmoq
Stupid – axmoq, tentak
Careless – ehtiyotsiz
Rude – qo’pol
Considerable – mulohazali, aqlli
For eaxmple: It is nice of you to help us – bizga yordam berganing bu sening yaxshi
jihating
Infinitivening maqsadni ifodalashi
Infinitive maqsadni ifodalashi uchun “in order to” (-moq uchun) bilan birikib
keladi:
Subject + Verb + place or thing + in order + to do
smth
I went to the library in order to get a book – men kutubxonaga kitob olish uchun
bordim
Shu holatda, “in order” tushib qolishi ham mumkin, ammo ma’no o’zgarmaydi:
I went to the library to get a book – men kutubxonaga kitob olish uchun bordim
NOTE: Quyidagi iboralardan so’ng infinitive har doim “to” siz qo’llanadi:
Would sooner – ehtimoli bor
Had better – yaxshiroq
Would rather – afzal ko’rish
Why do? – E’tirozni va taajjubni bildiradi
For examples: He would sooner come tomorrow – uning ertaga kelish ehtimoli bor
You had better close the window – derazani yopganingiz yaxshiroq
I would rather watch TV – men televizor ko’rishni afzal ko’raman
Why stay at home? – Nega uyda qolar ekanman?
GERUND
Gerundi – fe’llarning shaxssiz shakllaridan biri bo’lib, o’zbek tilidagi harakat
nomiga to’g’ri keladi va –ing (-moq, -ish, -sh) qo’shimchasini qo’shib yasaladi.
Gerundini gapdagi vazifalari
1) Ega vazifasida:
Swimming is pleasure – suzish yoqimli
Reading is useful – o’qish foydali
158
2) Ot-kesim vazifasida:
My hobby is reading – mening sevimli mashg’ulotim - o’qish
His favourate occupation is swimming – uning sevimli mashg’uloti – suzish
3) To’ldiruvchi vazifasida:
I like reading – men o’qishni yaxshi ko’raman
He fancies watching TV – u televizor ko’rishni xush ko’radi
4) Hol vazifasida:
I learned English by reading much – men ingliz tilini ko’p o’qish orqali o’rgandim
I have breakfast before going to school – men maktabga borishdan oldin nonushta
qilaman
Gerundining turlari
Types
Present Gerund
Perfect Gerund
Active
Doing - bajarmoq
Having done –
bajargan bo’lmoq
Passive
Being done –
bajarilmoq
Having been done –
bajarilgan bo’lmoq
Presend Gerund – ish-harakat yoki voqea-hodisaning boshqa ish-harakatga
qaraganda keyinroq bajarilishini yoki bir vaqtda bajarilishini ko’rsatadi:
- Jack is going to translate the text – Jek matnni tarjima qilmoqchi
- I imagine his translating the text – men uning matnni tarjima qilishini tasavvur
qilyapman
(I imagine the text being translated by Jack – men matnni Jek tomonidan tarjima
qilinishini tasavvur qilyapman)
I fancy going there tomorrow – men u yerga ertaga borishni maqul ko’raman
It started raining – yomg’ir yog’ishni boshladi
Perfect Gerund – ish-harakatning boshqa bir ish-harakatga qaraganda oldinroq
bajarilishini, sodir bo’lishini ko’rsatadi:
Jack translated the text. I imagine his having translated the text – Jek matnni
tarjima qildi. Men uning matnni tarjima qilganligini tasavvur qilyapman
I imagine the text having been translated by Jack – men matnni Jek tomonidan
tarjima qilinganligini tasavvur qilyapman
Jack admitted having stolen the money – Jek pulni o’g’irlaganligini tan oldi
Jack admitted the money having been stolen – Jek pulni o’g’irlangan ekanligini tan
oldi
Gerundining qo’llanish holatlari
1) Predlogdan so’ng doim gerundi qo’llanadi:
Preposition + doing
Instead of staying at home, Jack went to the theatre – uyda qolish o’rniga Jek
teatrga bordi
I usually have a rest after finishing work – men odatda ish tugaganidan so’ng dam
olaman
Jack has wide experience in teaching math. – Jek matematika fanidan ta’lim
berishda keng tajribaga ega
159
NOTE1. Biror bir ish-harakatning boshqa bir ish-harakat vositasida bajarilganligini
ko’rsatish uchun “by” (orqali) predlogi qo’llanadi:
By + doing smth
I learned English by reading much – men ingliz tilini ko’p o’qish orqali o’rgandim
We quenched our thirst by drinking water – biz chanqog’imizni suv ichish orqali
qondirdik
NOTE 2. Ish-harakatning boshqa bir ish-harakat vositasisiz bajarilganligini
ko’rsatish uchun “without” (-siz) predlogi qo’llanadi:
Without + doing smth
Jack went out without saying “good bye” – Jek “xayr” demay tashqariga chiqib
ketdi
Jack began the game without warning us – Jek bizni ogohlantirmay o’yinni boshlab
yubordi
2) Predloglar bilan birikib kelgan fe’llardan so’ng fe’llarning gerundi shakli
qo’llanadi:
To be excited about doing – nimadandir hayajonlanmoq, ta’sirlanmoq
To be worried about doing – nimadandir havotirlanmoq, tashvishlanmoq
To complain about / of doing – nimadir qilishdan shikoyat qilmoq, nolimoq
To dream about / of doing – tush ko’rmoq; nimadir qilishni orzu qilmoq, hayol
qilmoq
To talk about / of doing – nimadir qilish haqida suhbatlashmoq
To think about / of doing – nimadir qilish haqida o’ylamoq
To apologize for doing – nimadir uchun kechirim so’ramoq, uzr so’ramoq
To blame smb for doing – kimnidir nimadir qilishda ayblamoq
To forgive smb for doing – kimnidir nimadir uchun kechirmoq
To have an excuse for doing smth – nimadir qilish uchun bahona qilmoq
To have a reason for doing smth – nimadir qilish uchun sabab bor bo’lmoq
To be responsible for doing smth – nimadir qilish uchun javobgar bo’lmoq
To thank smb for doing smth – kimdandir nimadir uchun minnaddor bo’lmoq
To keep smb from doing smth – kimnidir nimadir qilishiga halaqit bermoq, to’xtatib
qolmoq
To prevent smb from doing smth – kimnidir nimadir qilishdan ogohlantirmoq
To prohibit smb from doing smth – kimgadir nimadir qilishni taqiqlamoq, man etmoq
To stop smb from doing smth – kimnidir nimadir qilishiga halal bermoq, qaytarib
qolmoq, to’xtatib qolmoq
To believe in doing smth – nimadir qilishga ishonmoq
To be interested in doing smth – nimadir qilishga qiziqmoq
To participate in doing smth – nimadir qilishda ishtirok etmoq
To succeed in doing smth – nimadir qilishda muvaffaqiyatga erishmoq
To be accused of doing smth – nimadir qilishda ayblanmoq
To be capable of doing smth – nimadir qilishda qobiliyatli bo’lmoq
For the purpose of doing smth – nimadir qilish maqsadida
To be guilty of doing smth – nimadir qilishda aybdor bo’lmoq
Instead of doing – nimadir qilish o’rniga
160
To take advantage of doing – nimadandir foydalanmoq
To take care of doing – g’amxo’rlik qilmoq
To be tired of doing – nimadir qilishdan charchamoq
To insist on doing – nimadir qilishni talab qilmoq
To congratulate smb on doing smth – kimnidir nimadir qilgani bilan tabriklamoq
To be accustomed to doing – nimadir qilishga odatlangan bo’lmoq
In addition to doing – nimadir qilishga qo’shimcha ravishda
To be committed to doing – nimadir qilishga vada bermoq
To be devoted to doing – nimadir qilishga bag’ishlamoq
To look forward to doing – nimadir qilishni intizorlik bilan kutmoq
To object to doing – nimadir qilishga qarshi bo’lmoq
To be supposed to doing – nimadir qilishni ko’zlamoq, o’ylamoq
To be used to doing – nimadir qilishga odatlanib qolmoq
To confess to doing – nimadir qilishga iqror bo’lmoq
3) Ba’zi fe’llar o’zidan so’ng doim fe’llarning gerundi shaklini oladi:
Subject + Verb + doing
Admit – ruxsat bermoq
*Advise – maslahat bermoq
Anticipate – qadrlamoq, baho bermoq
Appreciate – yuqori baho bermoq, qadrlamoq
Avoid – o’zini olib qochmoq
*Can’t bear – toqat qilolmaslik
*Can’t stand – toqat qilolmaslik
*Begin – boshlamoq
Complete – tugallamoq, oxiriga yetkazmoq
Consider – muhokama qilmoq, ko’rib chiqmoq
*Continue – davom ettirmoq
Delay – kechiktirmoq, keyinga surmoq
Deny – inkor etmoq, tonmoq
Discuss – muhokama qilmoq
Dislike – yomon ko’rmoq
Enjoy – rohatlanmoq
Finish – tugatmoq
*Forget – unitmoq
*Hate – yomon ko’rmoq, nafratlanmoq
Can’t help – o’zini to’xtata olmaslik
Keep – saqlamoq, ushlab turmoq
*Like – yoqtirmoq
*Love – sevmoq
Mention – eslatmoq
Mind – e’tibor qaratmoq
Miss – qo’ldan boy bermoq, kechikmoq
Postpone – kechiktirmoq
Practice – mashq qilmoq, shug’illanmoq
*Prefer – afzal ko’rmoq
Quit – tark etmoq, ketmoq
Recall – bekor qilmoq; esga solmoq
Recollect – xotirada qayta tiklamoq
Recommend – tavsiya qilmoq
*Regret – afsuslanmoq
161
*Remember – eslamoq
Resent – achchiqlanmoq, xafa bo’lmoq, g’azablanmoq
Resist – qarshilik ko’rsatmoq
Risk – tavakkal qilmoq
*Start – boshlamoq
Stop – to’xtatmoq
Suggest – taklif etmoq; maslahat bermoq
Tolerate – chidamoq, chidamli bo’lmoq
*Try – harakat qilmoq
Understand – tushunmoq
4) Go + doing smth. Asosan, sport mashg’ulotlari uchun, hobbi va ba’zan
kundalik ish- harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
Go birdwatching –
Go boating –
Go bowling –
Go sailing –
Go shopping –
Go sightseeing –
Go skating –
Go skateboarding –
Go skiing –
Go skinny dipping –
Go sledding –
Go snorkeling –
Go swimming –
Go tobagganing –
Go windowshopping –
Go camping –
Go canoeing / kayaking –
Go dancing –
Go fishing –
Go hiking –
Go hunting –
Go jogging –
Go mountain climbing –
Go running –
5) Quyidagi birikmalar doim fe’llarning gerundi shaklini talab qiladi:
To have fun doing smth
To have a good time doing smth
├ nimadir qilish bilan vaqtini zo’r
o’tkazmoq
To have trouble doing smth
To have difficulty
To have a hard time
To have a difficult time
├ nimadir qilishga qiynalmoq
To spend (money, time) doing smth
To waste (money, time) doing smth
├ nimadir qilishga pul, vaqt sarflamoq
To sit + place + doing smth
162
To stand + place doing smth
To lie + place + doing smth
├ qayerdadir nimadir qilib o’tirmoq
To find + noun / pronoun + doing smth – nimadir qilishni anglamoq, payqamoq
To catch + noun / pronoun + doing smth – kimnidir nimadir qilishda qo’lga
tushirmoq
For examples: I had fun meeting with my friends – do’stlarim bilan uchrashuv
ajoyib o’tdi
I have difficulty getting up early – men erta turishga qiynalaman
Sarah spent 1000 soums buying this book – Sara bu kitobni sotib
olishga 1000 sum sarfladi
Jack sat on the bench thinking about the exam – Jek skamekaga
o’tirib imtixon haqida o’yladi
I found Jack trembling with the cold – men Jeknining sovuqdan
qaltirayotganligini payqadim
I caught Jack stealing my money – Jek pulimni o’g’irlayotganida
qo’lga tushirdim
To be busy doing smth – nimadir qilish bilan band bo’lmoq
I’m busy writing – men yozish bilan bandman
To be worth doing smth – nimadir qilishga arzimoq
This book is worth reading – bu kitob o’qishga arziydi
It is no good doing smth – yaxshi emas
It is no good offending parents – ota-onani hafa qilish yaxshi emas
It is no use doing smth – nimadir qilish foydasiz bo’lmoq
It is no use phoning Jack now – hozir Jekka telefon qilish befoyda
There is no point in doing smth – nimadir qilishdan nqf yo’q
There is no point in sitting here. Let’s try to do something – bu yerda o’tirishdan foyda
yo’q. Keling biror nima qilishga urinib ko’ramiz
6) Fe’llarning gerundi shakli oldidan egalik olmoshlari yoki qaratqich
kelishigidagi otlar qo’llanishi mumkin. Bu holatda, bajariladigan ish-harakat
kimga tegishli ekanligi aniq bo’ladi:
Possessive pronouns + doing
Possessive nouns + doing
I object to Jack’s coming here – men Jekning bu yerga kelishiga qarshiman
I imagine his translating the text – men uning matnni tarjima qilishini tasavvur
qilyapman
Gerundi va Infinitivening qo’llanish farqi
1) Ba’zi fe’llardan so’ng fe’llarning ham gerundi, ham infinitive shakli
qo’llanishi mumkin:
Begin – boshlamoq
Prefer – afzal ko’rmoq
Start – boshlamoq
Hate – yomon ko’rmoq
Continue – davom ettirmoq
Can’t stand – toqat qilolmaslik
Like – yoqtirmoq
Can’t bear – toqat qila
olmaslik
163
Love – sevmoq
Ammo bu fe’llar davomli zamonlarda kelsa, ulardan so’ng doim fe’llarning
infinitive shakli qo’llanadi:
It is beginning to rain – yomg’ir yog’ishni boshlayapti
Ammo love, like, prefer, hate fe’llari “would” modal fe’li bilan kelsa, o’zidan so’ng
fe’llarning infinitive shaklini oladi va ish-harakatning aynan hozir bajarilishini
ifodalaydi:
Subject + would + like / love / hate / prefer + to do
Umumiy holat:
I like reading – men o’qishni yaxshi
ko’raman
I love swimming in the river – men
daryoda suzishni yaxshi ko’raman
I prefer travelling by car – men
mashinada sayohat qilishni afzal
ko’raman
Hozirgi zamon:
Give me something to read. I would
like to read now – menga o’qish uchun
biror nima bering. Hozir o’qigim
kelyapti
The day is getting hot. I would love to
swim in the river – kun isiyapti. Daryoda
suzgim kelyapti
I would prefer to travel by car – men
mashinada sayohat qilishni afzal
ko’raman
Shu holatda, fe’llardan so’ng tugallangan zamon infinitivi qo’llansa, o’tgan
zamondagi ish-harakatga nisbatan achinishni, sevinishni, afsuslanishni ifodalaydi:
I’m really sorry I couldn’t meet Andrea yesterday. I would love to have seen him
yesterday – kecha Andrey bilan uchrasha olmaganimdan juda afsusdaman. Kecha u
bilan ko’rishishni istagan edim
2) a) “Stop” fe’lidan so’ng fe’llarning gerundi shakli qo’llansa, ish-harakatni
butunlay yakunlashni, to’xtatishni ifodalaydi:
Stop + doing smth – nimadir qilishni to’xtatmoq
I stopped smoking – men chekishni tashladim
Jack stopped buying chocolate – Jek shokolad sotib olishni to’xtatdi
“Stop” fe’lidan so’ng infinitive qo’llansa, ish-harakatni bajarishning maqsadini
ko’rsatadi:
Stop + to do smth – nimadir qilish maqsadida
to’xtamoq
I stopped to smoke – men chekish maqsadida to’xtadim
Jack stopped at the shop to buy chocolate – Jek magazinga shokolad sotib olish
maqsadida to’xtadi
b) “Remember” fe’lidan so’ng geruindi qo’llansa, o’tgan zamonda bajarilgan ishharakatlarni eslashni ifodalaydi:
Remember + doing smth – nimadir qilganligini
eslamoq
I remember seeing this film last year – men bu filmni o’tgan yili ko’rganligimni
esladim
I remember going to the seaside in the youth – men yoshligimda dengiz qizg’og’iga
borganligimni esladim
164
“Remember” fe’lidan so’ng infinitive qo’llansa, masuliyatni, burchni, topshiriqni
bajarishni esda saqlashni ifodalaydi:
Remember + to do smth – nimadir qilishi
kerakligini eslamoq
Do you remember to phone Jack? – Jekka qo’ng’iroq qilishingiz kerakligini
eslaysizmi?
I always remember to lock the door – men har doim eshikni qulflashim kerakligini
eslayman
Remember to give my reqards to your parents – ota-anangizga mendan salom
aytishni unitmang
c) “Forget” fe’lidan so’ng gerundi qo’llansa, o’tgan zamonmda bajarilgan ishharakatni unutishni ifodalaydi:
Forget + doing smth – nimadir qilganligini unutmoq
I forgot seeing this film last year – men bu filmni o’tgan yili ko’rganligimni unitib
qo’yibman
I forgot borrowing you some money a month ago – men senga bir oy ilgari biroz pul
qarz berib turganligimni unitibman
“Forget” fe’lidan so’ng infinitive kelsa, burchni, ma’suliyatni, topshiriqni bajarishni
unutganlikni ifodalaydi:
Forget + to do smth – nimadir qilishni unutmoq
I forgot to phone Jack – men Jekka qo’ng’iroq qilishim kerakligini unutibman
I forget to lock the door every day – men har kuni eshikni qulflashni unutib
qo’yaman
d) “Regret” fe’lidan so’ng gerundi qo’llansa, o’tgan zamonda kishining o’zi
bajargan ish-harakatdan o’zi afsuslanishni, achinishni ifodalaydi:
Regret + doing smth – nimadir qilganligidan
afsuslanmoq
I regret helping Jack. He is ungrateful – men Jekka yordam berganligimdan
afsusdaman. U ko’rnamak ekan
I regret lending Jack the money. He never returned it – men Jekka pul qarz
berganligimdan afsusdaman. U qaytarib bermadi
“Regret” fe’lidan so’ng infinitive qo’llansa, biror bir noxush xabarni kimgadir
yetkazyotganligidan afsuslanishni ifodalaydi:
Regret + to do smth – nimanidir ma’lum
qilyotganligidan afsuslanmoq
I regret to tell you that you failed the exam – sizni imtihondan yiqilganligingizni
aytayotganligimdan afsusdaman
I regret to inform you that Jack got ill – sizga Jekni kasal ekanligini ma’lum
qilayotganimdan afsusdaman
e) “Try” fe’lidan so’ng gerundi qo’llansa, biror bir ish-harakatni qilib ko’rishni,
sinab ko’rishni ifodalaydi:
Try + doing smth – nimadir qilib ko’rmoq, nimadir
qilishni sinab ko’rmoq
- The door doesn’t open (eshik ochilmayapti)
- Try turning the key right and left (Kalitni o’ngga chapga burab ko’ringchi)
- I have a bad headache (Boshim yomon og’riyapti)
165
- Try taking aspirin (aspirin ichib ko’ring)
“Try” fe’lidan so’ng infinitive qo’llansa, biror bir ish-harakatni bajarishga harakat
qilishni, urinib ko’rishni ifodalaydi:
Try + to do smth – nimadir qilishga harakat qilmoq,
urinib ko’rmoq
The book was on the top shelf. I tried to get it, but I wasn’t tall enough – kitob yuqori
polkada edi. Men uni olishga urinib ko’rdim, ammo bo’yim yetmadi
The house caught fire. We tried to put it out, but we couldn’t – uyga o’t ketdi. Biz
olovni o’chirishga harakat qildik, ammo eplay olmadik
3) “Need” modal fe’lidan so’ng fe’llarning infinitive shakli qo’llansa, ishharakatning bir onda bajarilishi zarur ekanligini ko’rsatadi:
Need + to do
We need to clean the room – biz xonani tozalashimiz zarur
Jack needs to repair the car – Jek mashinasini ta’mirlashi zarur
Sarah needs to water the flowers – Sara gullarni sug’orishi kerak
“Need” modal fe’lidan so’ng fe’llarning infinitive shakli qo’llansa, ish-harakatning
shu onda narsa-predmetning hisobidan bajarilishi zarurligini ko’rsatadi va gap majhul
nisbat ma’nosida bo’ladi. Ish-harakatning bajaruvchisi ko’rsatilmaydi:
Need + doing
The room needs cleaning – xona tozalanishi zarur
The car needs repairing – mashina ta’mirlanishi zarur
The flowers need watering – gullar sug’orilishi kerak
Xuddi shu holat o’rniga, ya’ni fe’llarning gerundi shakli o’rniga majhul nisbat
infinitivini ham qo’llash mumkin. Bunda ma’no o’zgarmaydi:
Need + to be done (PІІ)
The room needs to be cleaned – xona tozalanishi zarur
The car needs to be repaired – mashina ta’mirlanishi zarur
The flowers need to be watered – gullar sug’orilishi zarur
4) Quyidagi fe’llar o’zidan so’ng to’ldiruvchi talab qilsa, ulardan so’ng fe’llarning
infinitive shakli qo’llanadi va so’zlovchining nutqi aniq bir shaxsga qaratilgan
bo’ladi:
Advise - maslahat bermoq
Allow - ruhsat bermoq
Permit - ruhsat bermoq
├ + smb. to do smth
Forbit - taqiqlamoq
Encourage – ruhlantirmoq
I advise Jack to learn Russian – men Jekka rus tilini o’rganishni maslahat beraman
I forbit Jack to smoke in the room – Men Jekka xonada chekishni man etaman
Mazkur fe’llardan so’ng to’ldiruvchi kelmasa, ulardan so’ng fe’llarning gerundi
shakli qo’llanadi va bu holatda, so’zlovchining nutqi umumga qaratilgan bo’ladi:
Advise
Allow
Permit
├ + doing
Forbit
Encourage
166
I advice learning Russian – men rus tilini o’rganishni maslahat beraman
I forbit smoking in the room – men xonada chekishni taqiqlayman
5) Quyidagi fe’llar majhul nisbatda kelsa, ulardan so’ng fe’llarning infinitive shakli
qo’llanadi:
Advise
Allow
Permit
Forbit
Encourage
Subject + be ├ + Ask
├ + to do
Order
Warn
Remind
Tell
Force
Expect
I was advised to learn Russian – menga rus tilini o’rganishni maslahat berishdi
I was told to be here at 7 o’clock – menga soat 7 da shu yerda bo’lishim haqida
aytishdi
“Prefer” and “Would rather”
1) Prefer – afzal ko’rmoq, ma’qul ko’rmoq
a) Ish-harakatning bajarilishiga nisbatan “prefer” fe’li o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning
gerundi shaklini oladi:
Subject + prefer + doing smth + to doing smth – nimadir qilishdan nimadir
qilishni afzal ko’rmoq
I prefer tea to coffee – men kofedan ko’ra choyni ma’qul ko’raman
I prefer going to the football match to staying at home – men uyda qolishdan ko’ra
futbol musobaqasiga borishni afzal ko’raman
b) Ish-harakatning bajarilishiga nisbatan “prefer” fe’lidan so’ng fe’llarning infinitive
shakli ham qo’llanadi. Bu holatda, gapdagi birinchi infinitive “to” yuklamasi
bilan, ikkinchi infinitive esa “to” siz qo’llanadi:
Subject + prefer + to do smth + rather than + do smth
I prefer to go to the football match rather than stay at home – men uyda qolishdan
ko’ra futbol musobaqasiga borishni afzal ko’raman
2) Would rather – afzal ko’rmoq, ma’qul ko’rmoq
“Would rather” fe’lidan so’ng fe’llarning infinitive shakli “to” yuklamasisiz
qo’llanadi:
Subject + would rather + do smth + than + do smth
I would raher go to the football match than stay at home – men uyda qolishdan
ko’ra futbol musobaqasiga borishni afzal ko’raman
“Would rather” iborasi
1) Hozirgi va kelasi zamonda bajariladigan ish-harakatlar uchun “would rather”
fe’lidan so’ng hozirgi zamon infinitivi qo’llanadi:
Subject + would rather + do smth
I would rather stay here today – men bugun shu yerda qolishni ma’qul ko’raman
I would rather go to the store tomorrow – men do’konga ertaga borishni ma’qul
ko’raman
167
2) O’tgan zamonda bajarilgan ish-harakatlarni ifodalash uchun “would rather”
fe’lidan so’ng fe’llarning tugallangan zamon infinitivi qo’llanadi:
Subject + would rather + have done
I would raher have stayed here yesterday – kecha men shu yerda qolishni ma’qul
ko’rgan edim
I would rather have gone to the store yesterday – kecha men do’konga borishni
ma’qul ko’rgan edim
3) Present Subjunctive - xohish-istak mayli
Xohish-istak mazmunidagi gaplarda “would rather” fe’lidan so’ng fe’llarning
infinitive shakli qo’llanadi va shaxslarda tuslanmaydi. Xohish-istak mazmunidagi
gaplarda bir kishi boshqa bir kishining biror bir ish-harakatni bajarishini xohlaydi:
Subject 1 + would rather + that + Subject 2 + do
smth
I would rather that you stay here today – bugun sizni shu yerda qolishingizni
xohlayman
I would rather that he stay× here today – bugun uni shu yerda qolishini xohlayman
4) Present Contrary to fact - hozirgi noreal ish-harakat
“Would rather” fe’li hozirgi va kelasi zamondagi noreal, amalga oshmaydigan ishharakatlarni ifodalab ham kelishi mumkin. Bu holatda, “would rather” fe’lidan so’ng
fe’llarning o’tgan zamon shakli (did) qo’llanadi:
Subject 1 + would rather + that + Subject 2 + did
smth
I would rather that Jack worked with me, but Jack doesn’t work with me – Qaniydi,
Jek men bilan ishlasaydi, ammo Jek men bilan ishlamaydi
I would rather that it were winter now, but it is summer now – Qaniydi, hozir qish
bo’lsaydi, ammo hozir yoz fasli
5) Past Contrary to fact - o’tgan noreal ish-harakat
O’tgan zamonda bajarilib o’tgan noreal, amalga oshmaydigan ish-harakatni ifodalash
uchun “would rather” fe’lidan so’ng fe’llarning o’tgan tugallangan zamon shakli (had
done) qo’llanadi:
Subject 1 + would rather + that + Subject 2 + had
done smth
I would rather that Jack had come to class yesterday, but he didn’t come – Qaniydi,
Jek kecha darsga kelgan bo’lsaydi, ammo u kelmadi
NOTE. “Would rather” qo’llangan gaplarda bo’lishsiz shakl quyidagicha
yasaladi:
a) Infinitivedan oldin “not” inkor yuklamasini qo’llash bilan:
I would rather not stay here today – men bugun bu yerda qolishni xohlamayman
I would rather that you not stay here – men sizni bu yerda qolishingizni
xohlamayman
I would rather not have stayed here yesterday – men kecha bu yerda qolishni
xohlamagan edim
b) Noreal holatlarda, bo’lishsiz shakl “did” yoki “had” ga “not” inkor yuklamasini
qo’shish bilan:
I would rather that Jack hadn’t gone to class yesterday – Qaniydi, kecha Jek darsga
kelmagan bo’lsaydi
168
I would rather that Jack didn’t work with me – Qaniydi, Jek men bilan ishlamasaydi
“Be used to doing” and “Get used to doing”
1) Be used to doing – bajarilishi doimiy odatga aylangan ish-harakatlar uchun
qo’llanadi:
Subject + be + used to doing smth – nimadir qilishga
odatlangan bo’lmoq
Jack is used to eating at 7 o’clock – Jek soat 7 da ovqatlanishga odatlangan
2) Get used to doing – bajarilishga odatlanmagan, ammo vaziyat taqazosiga ko’ra
bajarishga ko’nikilgan ish-harakatlar uchun qo’llanadi:
Subject + get used to doing smth – nimadir qilishga ko’nikmoq
We got used to cooking our food when we had to live alone – biz yolg’iz
yashashimizga to’g’ri kelgani uchun ovqatimizni o’zimiz pishirishga odatlandik
(ko’nikdik)
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
(Xohish-istak mayli)
Xohish-istak mayli – noreal, amalga oshmaydigan ish-harakatlarga nisbatan
orzuni, istakni, xohishni ifodalaydi.
Amalga oshmaydigan ish-harakatlar bu – biz xohlamagan ish-harakatlarning
bajarilishi, biz xohlagan ish-harakatlarning esa bajarilmasligidir, ya’ni xohishimizga
qarshi bo’lgan ish-harakatlar.
Xohish-istak mayli 2 turga bo’linadi:
1 - Conditional Sentences – Shart gaplar
2 - Wish Sentences – Istak gaplar
Contional Sentences
Shart gaplar 2 turga bo’linadi: 1 – Real (True) Conditionals
2 – Unreal (Untrue) Conditionals
1) Real, amalga oshadigan shart gaplar ish-harakatning bajarilish ehtimoli
borligini ko’rsatadi va quyidagi turlarga bo’linadi:
a) Doimiy takrorlanib bajariladigan ish-harakatlarni ifodalash uchun gapning har
ikkala qismida ham hozirgi noaniq zamon qo’llanadi:
If + Subject + Present Simple, + Subject + Present
Simple
If it freezes, water turns into ice – agar suv yaxlasa, muzga aylanadi
If I oversleep, Mother always wakes me up – agar men uxlab qolsam onam doim
uyg’otadilar
If anyone comes to us, my dog barks it known – agar biznikiga birov kelsa, itim
vovillab ma’lum qiladi
b) Kelasi zamonda bajariladigan ish-harakatni ifodalash uchun gapning “if”
bog’lovchisi qatnashgan qismida hozirgi noaniq zamon, bo’glovchisiz qismida kelasi
noaniq zamon qo’llanadi:
If + Subject + Present Simple, + Subject + will + do
(Verb1)
If I have time tomorrow, I will call on you – agar ertaga vaqtim bo’lsa, sizga
qo’ng’iroq qilaman
If they come, we will do homework together – agar ular kelishsa, biz birga uy
vazifani bajaramiz
169
c) Gapning “if” bog’lovchisi qo’llangan qismi hozirgi noaniq zamon shaklida
bo’lib, ikkinchi qismi, ya’ni bog’lovchisiz qismi buyruq gap shaklida bo’lishi
mumkin:
If + Subject + Present Simple, Command
If I oversleep, wake me up – agar uxlab qolsam, meni uyg’oting
If you have time tomorrow, come to us – agar ertaga vaqting bo’lsa, menikiga kel
2) a) Noreal shart gaplar hozirgi va kelasi zamonda sodir bo’ladigan , noreal,
amalgam oshmaydigan ish-harakatlarga nisbatan xohish-istakni, orzuni va farazni
ifodalaydi:
If + Subject + Past Indefinite (did, were), + Subject + would / could /
might / should + do (Verb1)
If I were a bird, I would fly in the sky – agar qush bo’lsam osmonda parvoz qilar
edim
If I were a rich man, I would buy a mercedez – agar men boy bo’lsam mersedez
sotib olardim
If I had enough money on me now, I could buy this book – agar hozir yonimda
yetarlicha pul bo’lsaydi, shu kitobni sotib olardim
If Father were not at home now, I could go to the cinema with you – agar otam hozir
uyda bo’lmasaydi, men sen bilan kinoga borar edim
If my friend came to me tomorrow, we would do homework together – agar do’stim
ertaga menikiga kelsa, biz birga uy vazifani bajaramiz
b) O’tgan zamonda bajarilib o’tgan noreal, amalga oshmagan ish-harakatlar uchun
xohish-istakni, orzu va farazni ifodalaydi:
If + Subject + Past Perfect (had done), + Subject + would / could / might
/ should + have done (PІІ)
If you had given me your book yesterday, I would (= could) have passed the exam –
agar kecha menga kitobingni berib turganingda edi, men imtihondan o’tardim
If you hadn’t given me your book yesterday, I couldn’t have passed the exam – agar
kecha menga kitobingni berib turmaganingda edi, men imtihondan o’ta olmasdim
If we had cleaned the room, the teacher wouldn’t have punished us – agar xonani
tozalaganimizda edi, o’qituvchi bizni jazolamas edi
c) Mixed Type – aralash tur
O’tgan zamonda sodir bo’lib o’tgan noreal ish-harakatlarning hozirgi zamondagi
noreal ish-harakatlarga bo’lgan ta’sirini ko’rsatadi:
If + Subject + Past Perfect (had done) + o’tgan zamon payt ravishi, + Subject +
would / could / might / should + do (Verb1) + hozirgi zamon payt ravishi
If I hadn’t had breakfast in the morning, I would be hungry now – agar ertalab
nonushta qilmaganimda edi, hozir ochiqib qolardim
If you had finished work yesterday, you would be free now – agar kecha ishni
tugatganingda edi, hozir bo’sh bo’lar eding
NOTE. Xohish-istak mayli shart gaplarda davomli zamonda ham qo’llanishi
mumkin:
You want to play foodball, but it is raining outside – siz futbol o’ynashni
xohlayapsiz, ammo tashqarida yomg’ir yog’ayapti
If it weren’t raining now, I would play football – agar hozir yomg’ir
yog’mayotganda edi, futbol o’ynardim
170
§. Xohish-istak va faraz mazmunidagi gaplar oddiy gap ko’rinishida ham
bo’lishi ham mumkin.
1) Hozirgi va kelasi zamondagi noreal ish-harakatlarni ifodalash uchun:
Subject + would do
Sarah is so depressed today. Take her to the theatre. She would cheer up – Sara
bugun juda hafa bo’lgan. Uni teatrga olib bor. Kayfiyati ko’tariladi
2) O’tgan zamonda bajarilib o’tgan noreal ish-harakatlarda farazni, afsuslanishni
ifodalash uchun:
Subject + would have done
I would have given you my book yesterday – kecha sizga kitobimni berib tursam
bo’lar ekan
Jack ran after the bus, otherwise he would have missed the bus – Jek avtobusni
ortidan yugurdi, bo’lmasa avtobusga kechikkan bo’lar edi
NOTE: Shart gaplarda “if” bog’lovchisini tushirib qoldirish ham mumkin. Bu
holatda, yordamchi fe’llar egadan oldinga chiqadi:
If I had seen Jack yesterday, I would have told him the news = Had I seen Jack
yesterday, I would have told him the news (Agar kecha Jekni uchratganimda edi, unga
yangiliklarni aytgan bo’lar edim)
Wish Sentences
1) “Wish” fe’li bilan yasaladigan xohish-istak mazmunidagi gaplar ham amalga
oshmaydigan, noreal ish-harakatlar uchun xohish va farazni ifodalaydi.
In Present Tense:
Subject + wish(s) + Subject + Past Simple (did, were) + hozirgi
zamon payt ravishi
My friends don’t come to me very often. I wish my friends came to me very often. I
would be glad – Do’stlarim menikiga tez-tez kelishmaydi. Do’stlarimni menikiga teztez kelib turishsaydi. Xursand bo’lar edim
Jack works with me and I hate him. I wish Jack didn’t work with me. It would be
good – Jek men bilan birga ishlaydi va men uni yomon ko’raman. Jek men bilan birga
ishlamasa edi. Yaxshi bo’lardida
2) In Past Tense:
Subject + wish(ed) + Subject + Past Perfect (had done) + o’tgan
zamon payt ravishi
I wish you had come to me yesterday. We would have had a lot of fun – Kecha
menikiga kelsayding. Vaqtimizni ajoyib o’tkazar edik
3) In Future Tense:
Subject + wish(s) + Subject + would do (Verb1) + kelasi zamon payt
ravishi
I wish I would see my friends tomorrow – ertaga do’stlarim bilan uchrashsaydim
NOTE: as if – xuddi, o’xshab
as though – xuddi, o’xshab
Noreal, amalga oshmaydigan ish-harakatlarni ifodalash uchun, “as if” “as though”
dan so’ng o’tgan zamon qo’llanadi:
Subject + Present Simple (do) + as if / as though + Subject + Past
Indefinite (did, were)
171
Jack isn’t a general, but he orders as if he were a general – Jek general emas, ammo
generalga o’xshab buyruq beradi
She speaks as if she knew it very well – u buni yaxshi biladiganga o’xshab gapirdi
Subject + Past Simple (did) + as if / as though + Subject + Past
Perfect (had done)
Jack got pale as if he had seen a ghost – Jek xuddi arvohni ko’rgandek rangi oqarib
ketdi
“as if” va “as though” quyidagi fe’llardan so’ng qo’llanadi:
look
Subject + sound ├ + as if + Subject + Verb
feel
smell
This building looks like as if it is falling down – bu bino qulab tushayotganga
o’xshaydi
SUBJECT – VERB AGREEMENT
(Ega – kesim moslashuvi)
Har qanday gap ega va kesimdan tashkil topadi va gapning kesimi egaga qarab
moslashishi shart.
1) Agar ega birlikda bo’lsa, unga moslashish uchun kesim ham birlikda bo’lishi
shart:
The student works hard – talaba qattiq ishlaydi
The student has a book – talabaning kitobi bor
The student is very busy – talaba juda band
2) Agar ega ko’plikda bo’lsa, unga moslashish uchun kesim ham ko’plik shaklda
bo’lishi shart:
The students work hard – talabalar qattiq ishlaydilar
The students have books – talabalarning kitoblari bor
The students are very busy – talabalar juda band
Ega – kesim moslashuvi qoidasida, egaga qo’shimcha ma’no berib, egani izohlab
keluvchi bo’laklar ham qo’llanadi, ammo bu bo’laklarning kesimga umuman ta’siri
bo’lmaydi. Ular faqat egaga izoh beradi. Bu bo’laklar predloglar va quyidagi
bog’lovchilar yordamida yasaladi:
Together with
Along with
Accompanied with (=by)
As well as
1) Agar gapning asosiy egasi birlikda bo’lib, izohlovchi bo’lak ko’plikda bo’lsa,
kesim asosiy egaga qarab birlikda bo’ladi:
Subject (in singular) + Prepositional phase (in plural) + Verb
(in singular)
The colour of the books is black – kitoblarning rangi qora
The teacher together with his students goes on a holiday every year – har yili
o’qituvchi talabalari bilan birgalikda ta’tilga chiqadi
The danger of forest fires isn’t looked over – o’rmon yong’inidagi xavf-hatar
bartaraf etilmadi
172
Alex along with his friends has just bought a book – Aleks do’stlari bilan birgalikda
kitob sotib oldi
The study of languages is interesting – til darsi qiziqarli
My dog along with its puppies lies in the shade – itim bolalari bilan birga soyada
yotibdi
John accompanied by his friends goes to the cinema every day – Jon do’stlari
xamrohligida har kuni kinoga boradi
2) Gapdagi asosiy ega ko’plikda bo’lsa va izohlovchi bo’lak birlikda bo’lsa, kesim
gapning asosiy egasiga qarab ko’plik shaklda bo’ladi:
Subject (in plural) + Prepositional phase (in singular) + Verb
(in plural)
The passengers as well as the driver were hurt badly – Yo’lovchilar haydovchi bilan
birga qattiq jarohat olishdi
The effects of that crime are dangerous – bu jinoyat oqibatlari xatarli
Puppies along with their mother lie in the shade – kuchuk bolalari onasi bilan
birgalikda soyada yotibdi
Boys as well as John go to the cinema every day – bolalar Jon bilan birga har kuni
kinoga boradilar
The books on the table are mine – stol ustidagi kitoblar meniki
3) Ikkita birlikdagi ot “and” bog’lovchisi bilan bog’lansa, ko’plik shaklda
hisoblanadi va o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning ko’plik shaklini oladi:
Singular noun + and + Singular noun + Verb (in
plural)
I and he are students – men va u talabalarmiz
John and Jack are close friends – Jon bilan Jek yaqin do’stlar
NOTE 1. “Each” va “every” olmoshlari bilan bog’langan otlar “and” bog’lovchisi
bilan birikib kelsa ham birlikda hisoblanadi va o’zidan so’ng fe’llarning birlik shaklini
talab qiladi:
Each + Singular noun + and + Singular noun + Verb (in
singular)
Every + Singular noun + and + Singular noun + Verb (in
singular)
Each boy and girl has enough books – har bir bola va qizni yetalicha kitoblari bor
Each newspaper and magazine is to be returned in time – har bir gazeta va jurnal
vaqtida qaytariladi
Every man, woman and a child needs love – har bir erkak, ayol va bola
muhabbatga muhtoj
NOTE 2. Sanalmaydigan otlar “and” bog’lovchisi bilan bog’lansa, o’zidan so’ng
fe’llarni ko’plikda talab qiladi:
Noncount noun + and + Noncount noun + Verb (in plural)
Water and air are necessary for life – suv va havo yashash uchun zarur
4) Gerundi va infinitive bilan yasalgan ega doim fe’llarning birlik shaklini oladi va
eganing o’zi ham birlikda bo’ladi:
Growing vegetablaes is difficult – sabzavotlarning o’sishi qiyin
To grow vegetables is difficult – sabzavotlarning o’sishi qiyin
173
5) Ba’zi bir olmoshlar va sonlardan so’ng birlikdagi yoki sanalmaydigan otlar kelsa,
ulardan so’ng fe’llarning birlik shakli qo’llanadi:
Some of / a lot of + Singular noun or Noncount noun + Verb
(in singular)
Some of the book is good – kitobning ba’zi qismlari yaxshi ekan
A lot of the equipment is new – ko’plab jihozlar yangi
Two-thirds of the money is mine – pulning uchdan ikki qismi meniki
Xuddi shu sonlar va olmoshlardan so’ng sanaladigan ko’plikdagi otlar kelsa, ulardan
so’ng fe’llar ko’plik shaklda qo’llanadi:
Some of / a lot of + Plural noun or Count noun + Verb (in
plural)
Some of the books are good – ba’zi bir kitoblar yaxshi
A lot of my friends are here – ko’plab do’stlarim shu yerda
Two-thirds of the dollars are mine – dollarning uchdan ikki qismi meniki
6) One
Every one ├ + of + Plural count noun + Singular verb
Each
None
Bu olmoshlar ko’plikdagi sanaladigan otlar bilan kelganda o’zidan so’ng
fe’llarning birlik shaklini oladi:
One of my friends is here – do’stlarimdan biri shu yerda
Each of the students knows a lot – talabalarning biri ko’p biladi
Every one of the students studies in this University – talabalarning har biri shu
universitetda ta’lim oladi
None of the students works after class – talabalarning hech biri darsdan so’ng
ishlamaydi
7) The number of (soni)– o’zidan so’ng sanaladigan ko’plikdagi otlarni va
fe’llarning birlik shaklini oladi:
The number of + Plural count noun + Verb (in singular)
The number of students is rising – talabalar soni ko’paymoqda
The number of the unemployed is increasing – ishsizlar soni oshmoqda
8) A number of (bir qancha) – o’zidan so’ng ko’plikdagi sanaladigan otlarni va
fe’llarning ham ko’plik shaklini oladi:
A number of + Plural count noun + Verb (in plural)
A number of students are trying to learn English – bir qancha talabalar ingliz tilini
o’rganishga harakat qilishmoqda
9) Birlikdagi sanaladigan va sanalmaydigan otlar uchun doim “there is” iborasi
qo’llanadi:
There is a book on the table – stolda bitta kitob bor
There is water in the pail – chelakda suv bor
10) Ko’plikdagi sanaladigan otlar uchun “there are” iborasi qo’llanadi:
There are books on the table – stolni ustida kitoblar bor
NOTE: ● –s va –es qo’shimchasi bilan tugaydigan davlatlar nomi birlikda
hisoblanadi va o’zidan so’ng birlikdagi fe’llarni talab qiladi:
The United States has fifty states – Qo’shma shtatlar beshta shtatdan iborat
174
The Philippincs is a country in Asia – Filippin Osiyodagi mamlakat
The United Nations has a headquarters in New-York – Nyu-Yorkda BMT ning
shtatkvartirasi bor
● –s va –es qo’shimchasi bilan tugaydigan sanalmaydigan otlar, fan nomlari va
kasallik nomlari o’zidan so’ng doim fe’llarning birlik shaklini oladi:
News is told to them every day – har kuni ularga yangiliklarni aytib turishadi
Mathematics is my favourate subject – matematika mening sevimli fanim
Measles is an illness – tepki bu kasallik
● Vaqtni, mablag’ni, masofani va darajani ifodalovchi ko’plikdagi otlar o’zidan
so’ng fe’llarni birlik shaklini talab qiladi:
Eight hours is enough to have a good rest – 8 soat yaxshi dam olish uchun yetarli
Ten dollars is too much to give him – 10 dollar unga berish uchun juda ko’p
Forty kilometers is difficult to walk – 40 kilometr piyoda yurish uchun qiyin
Fifty degrees is too hot to go out – 50 daraja ko’chaga chiqish uchun juda issiq
● Arifmetik sonlar o’zidan so’ng fe’llarni birlikda oladi:
Two and two is four – ikkiga ikki to’rt
Fife times fife is twenty fife – besh kara besh yigirma besh
● People, police, cattle, fish, sheep kabi –s va –es qo’shimchasi bilan tugamaydigan
ko’plikdagi otlar o’zidan so’ng fe’llarni ko’plikda oladi:
People have their problems – odamlarni o’z muammolari bor
The police are after Jack – politsiya Jekni qo’lga oldi
● Jamlovchi otlar o’zidan so’ng ko’plikdagi fe’llarni oladi:
The poor are always silent – kambag’allar doim sukut saqlashadi
The rich live in palaces – boylar hashamatli uylarda yashashadi
● Uzbek, English, Russian so’zlari til ma’nosida kelsa, o’zidan so’ng birlikdagi
fe’llarni oladi, ammo shu so’zlar xalq, millat ma’nolarida kelsa, o’zidan so’ng
fe’llarning ko’plik shaklini oladi:
English – ingliz tili
Compare:
The English – ingliz xalqi,
English is difficult to learn – ingliz
tilini o’rganish qiyin
millati
The English are very tea-lover people
– inglizlar choyxo’r millat
AFFIRMATIVE STATEMENT
(Bo’lishli munosabat)
Bo’lishli munosabat - boshqa bir kishi tomonidan bildirilgan bo’lishli fikrga nisbatan
bildirilgan bo’lishli munosabatdir.
Ingliz tilida bo’lishli munosabat “so” va “too” bilan yasaladi:
Affirmative statement + Subject + Auxiliary verb + too
Affirmative statement + so + Auxiliary verb + Subject
Gapning “so” va “too” qo’llangan qismida faqat yordamchi fe’llar qo’llanadi.
Gapning bo’lishli qismida kesim qaysi zamonda bo’lsa, gapning “so” “too” qo’llangan
qismida ham shu zamonda bo’lishi shart:
- I am a student (men talabaman)
175
– I am too / so am I / Nick is too / so is Nick (men ham / Nik ham)
- I live in Karshi (men Qarshida turaman)
- I do too / so do I / Nick does too / so does Nick (men ham / Nik ham)
- Jack bought a car (Jek mashina sotib oldi)
- I did too / so did I / Marry did too / so did Marry (men ham / Meri ham)
- I have been to America (men Amerikaga bo’lganman)
- I have too / so have I / Nick has too / so has Nick (men ham / Nik ham)
- Jack has to stay here (Jekni shu yerda qolishiga to’gri keladi)
- I do too / so do I / Nick does too / so does Nick (meni ham / Nikni ham)
- Jack will come tomorrow (Jek ertaga keladi)
- My friends will too / so will my friends (do’stlarim ham)
- They must be here (ular shu yerda bo’lishlari kerak)
- We must too / so must we (biz ham)
- I can speak English (men ingliz tilida gaplasha olaman)
- I can too / so can I (men ham)
NEGATIVE STATEMENT
(Bo’lishsiz munosabat)
Bo’lishsiz munosabat – boshqa bir kishi tomonidan aytilgan bo’lishsiz fikrga
nisbatan bildirilgan bo’lishsiz munosabatdir.
Bo’lishsiz munosabat “either” va “neither” bilan yasaladi. Gapning bo’lishsiz
munosabat qismida kesim qaysi zamon shaklida bo’lsa, gapning “either” va “neither”
qatnashgan qismida ham o’sha zamonda bo’ladi. “Either” dan oldin “not” inkor
yuklamasi qo’shiladi:
Negative statement + Subject + Auxiliary verb + not +
either
Negative statement + neither + Auxiliary verb + Subject
- I am not a student (men talaba emasman)
- I am not either / neither am I / Jack isn’t either / neither is Jack (men ham / Jek
ham)
- I don’t live in Karshi (men Qarshida turmayman)
- I don’t either / neither do I / Jack doesn’t either / neither does Jack (men ham /
Jek ham)
- Jack didn’t come yesterday (kecha Jek kelmadi)
- Nick didn’t either / neither did Nick (Nik ham)
- They shouldn’t speak so loudly (ular shunday baland gapirmasliklari kerak)
- We shouldn’t either / neither should we (biz ham)
NOTE. Ingliz tilida ba’zi bir ravishlar bo’lishsiz ma’no anglatadi. Bo’lishsiz
ravishlar qo’llangan gaplar ham bo’lishsiz gaplar hisoblanadi va bunday ravishlar
qo’llangan gaplarda “not” inkor yuklamasi qo’llanmaydi:
Hardly
176
Barely
Scarcely
kamdan-kam
Hardly ever
├ arang, zo’rg’a
For examples: -
Rarely
Seldom
├
I hardly slept last night (o’tgan kecha arang uxladim)
I didn’t either / neither did I (men ham)
Jack is seldom on time (Jek kamdan-kam o’z vaqtida keladi)
Nick isn’t either / neither is Nick (Nik ham)
177
178
179
180